AWS-Filler Metal Guide PDF

S T D - A W S UGFM-ENGL 3795 m 07842b5 0534430 b L b
I AWS User's Guide

to Filler Metals
h
--
||||
||
|| || ||
|||| || || |||||
| ||||
|
---
AmericanWelding Society
COPYRIGHT 2002; American Welding Society, Inc.
4ip Document provided by IHS Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100, User=, 10/24/2002
04:05:24 MDT Questions or comments about this message: please call the Document
Policy Management Group at 1-800-451-1584.
--
||||
||
|| || ||
|||| || || |||||
| ||||
|
---
AWS User’s Guide

to Filler Metals
COPYRIGHT 2002; American Welding Society, Inc. Document provided by IHS Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100, User=, 10/24/2002
S T D = A W S UGFM-ENGL L775 I0784265 0534432 479 H
American Welding Society

User’s Guide to Filler Metals
Text Compiled By
Lee G. Kvidahl
AWS President, 1993-94
Edited By
Alexander M. Saitta
AWS Technical Services Division
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY

550 Northwest LeJeune Road
Miami, Florida 33126
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
--
||||
||
|| || ||
|||| || || |||||
| ||||
|
---
First Printing, 1995
International Standard Book Number: 0-87 171-466-3
American Welding Society; 550 N.W. LeJeune Road; Miami, Florida 33 126
O 1995 by American Welding Society

All rights reserved.
The AWS User’s Guide to Filler Metals is a collection of commentary information selected from the 30
technical standards written by the AWS Committee on Filler Metal. The User’s Guide provides descriptions of
specific filler metals and their intended usage, as well as methods for classification, welding procedures, and
safety considerations. Although reasonable care has been taken in the compilation and publication of the
User’s Guide to insure authenticity of the contents, no representation is made as to the accuracy or reliability
of this information. The User’s Guide is intended solely as a supplement to the AWS Filler Metal Comparison
Charts, and should not be regarded as a substitute for the various AWS specifications to which it refers. This
publication is subject to revision at any time.
Printed in the United States of America

-~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 07842b5 0514434 2 b 1 m
A5 Committee on Filler Metals

R. A. LaFave, Chairman
Elliott Company
J. P. Hunt, First Vice Chairman D. A. Fink, Second Vice Chairman

lnco Alloys Intemational, Inc The Lincoln Electric Company
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society M. T. Merlo......................................................... Consultant

B. E. Anderson .............................. AlcoTec Wire Company A. R. Mertes............................................ Ampco Metal, Inc
R. L. Bateman............................. Electromanufacturas S A C. L. Null............................ Naval Sea Systems Command
R. A. Bonneau ...................US Army Research Laboratory Y. Ogata................................ Kobe SteelLtd Welding Div -
R. S. Brown ............................ Carpenter Technology Corp J. J. Payne .............................................. SS1 Services, Inc
R. A. Bushey ............................................. Esab Group, Inc R. L. Peaslee..................................... Wall Colmonoy Corp
J. Caprarola....................................................... Consultant E. W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant
L. J. Christensen ............................................... Consultant M. A. Quintana.................... The Lincoln Electric Company
R. J. Christoffel .................................................. Consultant H. F. Reid........................................................... Consultant
D. J. Crement ........................ Precision Components Corp S. D. Reynolds .................................................. Consultant
D. D. Crockett ..................... The Lincoln Electric Company L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
R. A. Daemen ........................... Hobart Brothers Company Dr. D. Rozet ....................................................... Consultant
D. A. DelSignore..................... Westinghouse Electric C o p P. K. Salvesen ...................................... Det Norske Veritas
H. W. Ebert ................. Exxon Research & Engineering Co W. S. Severance....................................... Esab Group, Inc
J. G. Feldstein ...................... Foster Wheeler Energy Corp W. A. Shopp....................................................... Consultant
S. E. Ferree .............................................. Esab Group, Inc M. S. Sierdzinski....................................... Esab Group, Inc
L. Flasche ................................... Haynes International, Inc R. G. Sim............The Lincoln Electric Company (Australia)
C. E. Fuerstenau...................................... L A Ring Service R. W. Straiton.................................... ..Bechtel Corporation
G. A. Hallstrom ................................ Hallstrom Consultants R. A. Sulit................................................. Sulit Engineering
R. L. Harris ....................................... R L Harris Associates R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
W. S. Howes............................................................. NEMA R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas& Co
R. W. Jud ........................................... Chrysler Corporation K. P. Thomberty .................................... J W HarrisCo, Inc
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
--
D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company R. T. Webster ..................................................... Consultant

N. E. Larson ...................................................... Consultant H. D. Wehr ...................................................... Arcos Alloys
||||
A. S. Laurenson................................................. Consultant A. E. Wiehe ....................................................... Consultant

||
J. S. Lee ............................. W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant

|| || ||
Chicago Bridge & Iron Co, Inc

G. H. Macshane ..................................... ..MAC Associates Dr. F. J. Winsor .................................................. Consultant
|||| || || |||||
R. Menon ................................................ Stoody Company K. G. Wold ............................. Siemens Power Corporation

| ||||
|
---
A5X Executlve Subcommittee
R. A. LaFave, Chair
Elliott Company
D. A. Fink, First Vice Chair
The Lincoln Electric Company
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society J. P. Hunt ............................... lnco Alloys International, Inc
B. E. Anderson .............................. AlcoTec Wire Company D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company
J. Caprarola ....................................................... Consultant S. J. Merrick ................................................. Hobart McKay
R. J. Christoffel .................................................. Consultant R. L. Peaslee ..................................... Wall Colmonoy Corp
D. A. DelSignore..................... Westinghouse Electric Corp E.W. Pickering.................................................. Consultant
H. W. Ebert ............................. Exxon Research& Engr Co
V
~~ ~ ~~
STD-AUS UGFM-ENGL 3795 E 07842b5 0534435
A5A Subcommittee on Carbon andLow Alloy Steel Electrodes and Rods for SMA and OFG Welding
M. S. Sierdzinski, Chairman
Esab Group, Inc
M. A. Quintana, First Vice Chair
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society E. W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant

J. R. Chylik ......................... The Lincoln Electric Company L. J. Privoznik .................................................... Consultant
L. I. Dia-Toolan..................20 Waterside Plaza, SuiteM G H.F. Reid........................................................... Consultant
H. W. Ebert ............................. Exxon Research & Engr Co L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
G. L. Franke ......................................... Carderock Division D. Rozet............................................................. Consultant
A. L. Gombach ................Champion Welding Products Inc P.K. Salvesen ........................... Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
K. K. Gupta .................................................. Westinghouse J. E. Snyder................................ McKay Welding Products
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company R. D. Thomas........................................ R D Thomas & Co
R. A. LaFave .............................................. Elliott Company R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
G. A. Leclair ....................................................... Consultant M. D. Tumuluru....................... Westinghouse Electric Corp
A. H. Miller ........................... Defense Industrial Supply Ctr G. Vytanovych..................Mobil Research& Development
Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div D. T. Wallace .......................... Newport News Shipbuilding
M. P. Parekh ........................................ Hobart Brothers Co A. E. Wiehe ....................................................... Consultant
J. J. Payne .............................................. SS1 Services, Inc W. L. Wilcox....................................................... Consultant
A5B Subcommittee on Carbon andLow Alloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes forSAW
D. D. Crockett, Chairman
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. M. Parker........................................ MAONVestinghouse

G. C. Barnes ...................................................... Consultant E. W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant
H. P. Beck ....................................... Harbert's Products Inc F. A. Rhoades; ..................................... Hobart Brothers Co
W.D. Doty ............................................. Doty & Associates L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
H. W. Ebert ............................. Exxon Research& Engr Co D. Rozet............................................................. Consultant
D. Y. Ku................................ American Bureau of Shipping R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
G. A. Leclair ....................................................... Consultant R. D. Thomas........................................ R D Thomas & Co
M.T. Merlo......................................................... Consultant R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
D. W. Meyer.............................................. Esab Group, Inc J. Webb ..................................... Allied Flux Reclaiming Ltd
M. D. Morin....................... ABB Turbine Manufacturing Div W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant
Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div
A5C Subcommittee on Aluminum Alloy Filler Metals
B. E. Anderson, Chair
AlcoTec Wire Company
A. H. Lentz, First Vice Chair
Consultant
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society J. S. Lee ............................. Chicago Bridge & Iron Co, Inc
J. Bingham ................................................... J W Harris Co E. Pickering ....................................... ._Reynolds Metals Co
S. A. Collins................................ Maine Maritime Academy J. D. Romann ................................... Carrier Transicold Co
P. B. Dickerson .................................................. Consultant R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
N. Dietzen ........................................ Gulf Wire Corporation L. T. Vernam ............................................. AlcoTec Wire Co
L. L. Herl ................................................... Esab Group, Inc D. A. Wright ........................................ Zephyr Products Inc
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
vi
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07811265 05L4436 034
A5D Subcommittee on Stainless Steel FillerMetals
D. A. Delsignore, Chair
Westinghouse Electric Corp
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society A. H. Miller........................... Defense Industrial Supply Ctr

F. S. Babish............................................. Sandvik Steel Co Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div
R. S. Brown ............................ Carpenter Technology Corp E.W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant
R. J. Christoffel .................................................. Consultant L. J. Privoznik .................................................... Consultant
J. G. Feldstein ...................... Foster Wheeler Energy Corp J. Qu ......................................... Hobart Brothers Company
L. Flasche ................................... Haynes International, Inc H. F. Reid........................................................... Consultant
A. L. Gombach ................Champion Welding Products Inc C. E. Ridenour ................................................ Tri-Mark, Inc
B. Herbert ................United Technologies-Elliott Company D. Rozet............................................................. Consultant
J. P. Hunt ............................... lnco Alloys International, Inc S. P. Sathi............................... Westinghouse Electric Corp
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas 8, Co
F. B. Lake ................................................ Esab Group, Inc. R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
W. E. Layo .............................................. Sandvik Steel Co D. F. Weaver ................................................... Fluor Daniel
G. H. Macshane ....................................... MAC Associates H. D. Wehr ...................................................... Arcos Alloys
R. Menon ................................................ S t ~ Company y W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant
M. T. Merlo......................................................... consultant D. W. Yonker ................................... National Standard Co]
A5E Subcommittee on Nickel and Nlckel Alloy Filler Metals
L. Flasche, Chair
Haynes International,Inc
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div
F. S. Babish............................................. Sandvik Steel Co J. Qu ......................................... Hobart Brothers Company
R. S. Brown ............................ Carpenter Technology Corp D. Rozet............................................................. Consultant
J. F. Frawley ........................ General ElectridSchenectady R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
J. P. Hunt ............................... lnco Alloys International, Inc R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas& Co
R. B. Kadiyala................................................ Techalloy Co J. F. Turner ........................................................ Consultant
F. B. Lake ................................................ Esab Group, Inc. H. D. Wehr...................................................... Arcos Alloys
R. Menon ................................................ Stoody Company W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant
--
||||
||
|| || ||
|||| || || |||||
A5F Subcommittee on Copper and Copper Alloy Filler Metals
K. P. Thornberty, Chair
| ||||
J W Harris Co, Inc

|
---
R. M. Henson, First Vice Chair

Harris S N International
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society A. R. Mertes............................................ Ampco Metal, Inc

C. W. Dralle ............................................... Dralle Materials S. D. Reynolds .................................................. Consultant
D. B. Holliday ......................... Westinghouse Electric Corp M. N. Rogers .......................... Batesville Casket Company
J. P. Hunt ............................... lnco Alloys International, Inc R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
A. G. Kireta ........................ Copper Development Assn Inc J. Turriff .......................................................... Ampco Metal
vi i
A5G Subcommittee on Hard Surfacing Filler Metals
R. Menon, Chair
Stoody Company
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society S. J. Merrick ................................................. Hobart McKay

H. S. Avery ......................................................... Consultant A. R. Mertes............................................ Ampco Metal, Inc
F. Broshjeit....................................................... .Farre1 Corp J. G. Postle ....................................... Postle Industries, Inc
D. D. Crockett ..................... The Lincoln Electric Company F. A. Rhoades...................................... Hobart Brothers Co
G. L.. Fillion ...................................... ..Wall Colmonoy Corp G. C. Schmid.......................... Westinghouse Electric Corp
S. P. lyer ....................................................... Weartech, Inc E. R. Stevens ................................ Fisher Controls Intl, Inc
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. D. Thomas........................................ R D Thomas& Co
W. E. Layo .............................................. Sandvik Steel Co R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
G. H. Macshane ....................................... MAC Associates B. C. Wu.................................... Stoody Deloro Stellite, Inc
A5H Subcommittee on Filler Metals and Fluxes for Brazing
C. E. Fuerstenau, Chair
L A Ring Service
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society J. A. Miller .......................................................... Consultant

G. A. Andreano.............................. Gana & Associates, Inc R. L. Peaslee ..................................... Wall Colmonoy Corp
R. E. Ballentine.................................................. Consultant C. W. Philp ......................................................... Consultant
Y. Baskin ....................................... Superior Flux & Mfg Co W. D. Rupert................................... Engelhard Corporation
R. E. Cook ......................................................... Consultant R. Savija ..................................... Naval Air Warfare Center
T.A. Kern ............................................... Gasflux Company J. L. Schuster .............................. Omni Technologies Corp
M. J. Lucas.......................................... GE Aircraft Engines R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
W. A. Marttila ..................................... Chrysler Corporation K. P. Thornberry .................................... J W Harris Co, Inc
A51 Subcommittee on Tungsten Electrodes
W. S. Severance, Chair
---
Esab Group, Inc
|
| ||||
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society M. E. Gedgaudas .................................... Arc Machines lnc
|||| || || |||||
H. D. Babbel........................... Bavarian Alloys Corporation G. R. Patrick ........................ Teledyne Advanced Materials
H. B. Cary ................................. Hobart Brothers Company R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
R. J. Christoffel .................................................. Consultant M. D. Tumuluru....................... Westinghouse Electric Corp || || ||
D. E. Coolbaugh .................................. Osram Sylvania Inc

||
||||
--
A5J Subcommittee on Electrodes and Rods for Cast Iron
R. A. Bushey, Chair
Esab Group, Inc
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society E. R. Kuch................................................. Gardner Denver

D. E. Applegate ............................ lnco Alloys International A. H. Miller ........................... Defense Industrial Supply Ctr
R. G. Bartifay ...................Aluminum Company of America L. W. Myers ........................................... Dresser-Rand, Inc
R. A. Bishel........................................................ Consultant W. F. Ridgway .................................... Eutectic Corporation
R. O. Drossman .............Wear Management Services, Inc R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
viii
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 m 07842b5 0534438 907 m
--
A5K Subcommittee on Titanium and Zirconium Filler Metals

||||
R. T. Webster, Chair
Consultant
||
|| || ||
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society A. P.Seidler ......................................................... Ancotech

|||| || || |||||
R. DeNale ........................... David Taylor Research Center A. W. Sindel ....................................... .Sindel & Associates
R. L. Krajcik ................................................. Astrolite Alloys R. C. Sutherlin.................................. Teledyne Wah Chang
J. J. Meyer ...................................................... Nooter Corp R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas 81 Co
| ||||
C. 1. Monaco.................................... Westinghouse Electric J. J. Vagi .............................................. J J Vagi Consultant

|
---
H. Nagler........................................................... Consultant
A5L Subcommittee on Magnesium Alloy Filler Metals
K. P. Thomberry, Chair
J. W. Harris Co., Inc
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society P. B. Dickerson.................................................. Consultant

J. F. Brown........................ Kaiser Aluminum Speciality P d R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
A. T. D’Annessa ................................................. Consultant
A5M Subcommittee on Carbon andLow Alloy Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding
M.T. Merlo, Chair

Consultant
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society R. A. LaFave.............................................. Elliott Company

J. E. Ball..................................................................... L-Tec G. A. Leclair ....................................................... Consultant
J. C. Bundy ............................... Hobart Brothers Company G. H. Macshane ....................................... MAC Associates
D. D. Childs ............................ Newport News Shipbuilding Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div
D. D. Crockett ..................... The Lincoln Electric Company M. P. Parekh ........................................ Hobart Brothers Co
R. L. Drury ................................................... Caterpillar, Inc L. J. Privoznik .................................................... Consultant
S . E. Ferree .............................................. Esab Group, Inc L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
G. L. Franke ......................................... Carderock Division J. E. Snyder ................................ McKay Welding Products
G. A. Hallstrom ................................ Hallstrom Consultants R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
A5N Subcommittee on Consumable Inserts
A. S.Laurenson, Chair
Consultant
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co

K. E. Dorschu ................................ Weldring Company, Inc H.D. Wehr ...................................................... Arcos Alloys
D. R. Smith ........................................................ Consultant
~~ ~
STD-AWS UGFR-ENCL L995 m 07642b5 0534439 643 D
A 5 0 Subcommittee on Carbon andLow Alloy Steel Electrodes for Gas ShieldedArc Welding
D. A. Fink, Chair
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. M. Parker........................................ MAONVestinghouse

J. C. Bundy............................... Hobart Brothers Company L. J. Privoznik .................................................... Consultant
L. F. Roberts .............................
---
P. R. Grainger ................................. Continental Steel Corp Canadian Welding Bureau
|
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. B. Smith ............................................... Esab Group, Inc
| ||||
R. H. Kratzenberg...........General Dynamics Land SysDiv R. D. Thomas ....................................... .R D Thomas & Co
|||| || || |||||
R. A. LaFave ............................................ Elliott Company R. Timerman.................................................... Conarco SA
W. A. Marttila ..................................... Chtysler Corporation C. R. Webb ................................................... Caterpillar Inc
M. T. Merlo ......................................................... Consultant W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant
|| || ||
Y. Ogata................................ Kobe Steel Ltd- Welding Div D. A. Wright........................................ Zephyr Products Inc
||
C. F. Padden ............................................... Ford Motor Co D.W. Yonker .................................... National Standard Co
||||
M. P. Parekh ........................................ Hobart Brothers Co
--
A5P Subcommittee on Electrodes for Electroslag and Electrogas Welding
D. A. Fink, Chair
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
R. H. Juers ......................... Naval Surface Warfare Center B. L. Shultz .................................. The Taylor Winfield Corp
D. Y. Ku................................ American Bureau of Shipping R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
A5R Subcommittee on Carbon-Graphite Electrodes

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society R. J. Dybas...................................... GE Power Generation
A5S Subcommittee on Gases for Gas Shielded Arc Welding and Cutting
N. E. Larson, Chair
Consultant
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society J. R. Evans ...................................... Walker Manufacturing

E. F. Craig .......................................................... Consultant L. R. Pate........................................................... Airco/BOC
J. DeVito ................................................... Esab Group, Inc E. R. Pierre ........................................................ Consultant
J. F. Donaghy.................................................... Praxair, Inc R. D.Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
X
S T D a A W S UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0784265 0514440 Sb5 H
A5T Subcommittee on Filler Metal Procurement Guidelines
E. W. Pickering, Chair
Consultant
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society M. T. Merlo ......................................................... Consultant

R. A. Bonneau ...................US Army Research Laboratory L. F. Roberts ............................. Canadian Welding Bureau
J. Caprarola ....................................................... Consultant P.K. Salvesen ........................... Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
J. G. Feldstein ...................... Foster Wheeler Energy Corp R. A. Swain ................................................... Euroweld, Ltd
D. A. Fink ............................ The Lincoln Electric Company R. D. Thomas........................................ R D Thomas & Co
R. A. LaFave.............................................. Elliott Company A. J. Wos ............................................ NDT Specialists, Inc
A5U Subcommittee on Surfacing Materials for Thermal Spraying
R. A. Sulit, Chair
Sulit Engineering
J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society M. K. Megerle ............................. Naval Air Warfare Center
R. A. Bonneau ...................US Army Research Laboratory R. A. Miller ............................... Sulzer Plasma Technik, Inc
--
C. C. Bryan................................. Allied High Products, Inc. E. R. Novinski ....................... Sulzer Metco (Westbury) Inc
J. T. Butler ............................................ ASB Industries, Inc M. W. Poe ............................... Mid-Atlantic Associates, Ltd
||||
F. Carus...................................................................... Zinco F. S.Rogers......................................................... Thermion

E. R. Sampson ......................... Hobart TAFA Technologies
||
G. L. Fillion ........................................ Wall Colmonoy Corp

|| || ||
R. H. Frost ............................ Dept Metallurgical/Matls Eng E. R. Stevens ................................ Fisher Controls Intl, Inc
S. R. Goodspeed ................................... Miller Thermal Inc R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas& Co
|||| || || |||||
E. S.Hamel ........................ St GobainMORTON Industrial L. T. Vernam ............................................. AlcoTec Wire Co

J. J. Keonig ............................... Platt Brothers& Company J. B. C. Wu ................................ Stoody Deloro Stellite, Inc
| ||||
|
---
A5V Subcommittee on International Speclflcations
J. P. Hunt, Chair
lnm Alloys International, Inc
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. A. Fink ............................ The Lincoln Electric Company
B. E. Anderson .............................. AlcoTec Wire Company D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company
R. A. Daemen ........................... Hobart Brothers Company R. A. LaFave.............................................. Elliott Company
D. A. Delsignore..................... Westinghouse Electric Corp M. S.Sierdzinski....................................... Esab Group, Inc
S.E. Ferree .............................................. Esab Group, Inc R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
A5W Subcommittee on Moisture and Hydrogen
M. A. Quintana, Chair
J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. Lawrenz.............................................. LeCo Corporation

J. Blackburn.......................................... Carderock Division M.P. Parekh ........................................ Hobart BrothersCo
D. A. Fink ............................ The Lincoln Electric Company E. W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant
G. L. Franke ......................................... Carderock Division M. S . Sierdzinski....................................... Esab Group, Inc
R. B. Kadiyala ................................................ Techalloy Co R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co
R. A. LaFave.............................................. Elliott Company D. T. Wallace .......................... Newport News Shipbuilding
COPYRIGHT 2002; American Welding Society, Inc.

xi
Document provided by IHS Licensee=Aramco HQ/9980755100, User=, 10/24/2002
~~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 D 07842b5O534441 4Tl m
Contents
.
1 Scope ......................... 1 .
7 Guide to Classification of Low-Alloy Steel 15 ...
Filler Metals for Gas Shielded Arc Welding
7.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
.
2 Provisions ...................... 1 7.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.1
Acceptance ..................... 1 7.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.2
Certification ..................... 1 7.4Description and IntendedUse . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3VentilationDuringWelding .............1 7.5WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
2.4BumProtection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.5ElectricalHazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 .
8 Guide to Classificationof Carbon Steel . . . . . 17
2.6Fumes andGases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electrodes for F l u Cored Arc Welding
2.7
Radiation ...................... 3 8.1
Provisions ..................... 17
8.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
8.3Method of Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
.
3 Guide to Classification of Carbon and Low ...4 8.4 WeldingProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Alloy Steel Rods for Oxyfuel Gas Welding 8.5 DescriptionandIntendedUse . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.1
Provisions ...................... 4
3.2Introduction ..................... 4 .
9 Guide to AWS Classification of Low-Alloy 19 ...
3.3ClassificationSystem ................ 4 Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding
3.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 9.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.5 Description and Intended Use of Carbon . . . . . . 4 9.2Method of Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
and LOW-Alloy Steel Rods 9.3WeldingProcedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
9.4DescriptionandIntendedUse . . . . . . . . . . . 20
.
4 Guide to Classification of Carbon Steel ......
5
Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
4.1Provisions ...................... 5
.
10 Guide to Carbon Steel Electrodes and 21 ......
Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding
4.2Introduction ..................... 5 10.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.3ClassificationSystem ................5 10.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.4WeldingConsiderations ...............5 10.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
4.5ElectrodeCoveringMoistureContent .......6 10.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
and Conditioning
4.6
Coverings ...................... 6 .
11 Guide to Classificationof Low-Alloy 24 .......
4.7DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . . 7 Steel Electrodesand Fluxes for
Submerged ArcWelding
---
5 . Guide to Classification of Low-Alloy Steel ... 11 .....................
|
11.1
Provisions 24
| ||||
Covered Arc Welding Electrodes 11.2
Introduction .................... 24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
|||| || || |||||
5.1
Provisions 11.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5.2
Introduction .................... 11 11.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
5.4WeldingProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 .
12 Guide to Classificationof Carbon and Low . . . 28 || || ||
Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.5 Classification for
Alloy Steel Electrodes and Fluxes
||
Electroslag Welding
||||
5.6ElectrodeCoatingMoistureContentand
Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 12.1
Provisions ..................... 28
5.7
Coverings ..................... 13 12.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
--
5.8DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . 13 12.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

12.4DefinitionandGeneralDescription . . . . . . . . 29
.
6 Guide to Classification of Carbon Steel ..... 13
Filler Metalsfor Gas Shielded Arc Welding .
13 Guide to Classificationof Carbon and Low 30 ...
6.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Alloy Steel Electrodes for Electrogas Welding
6.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 13.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 13.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
6.4DescriptionandIntendedUse . . . . . . . . . . . 13 13.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
6.5 WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 13.4DescriptionandIntendedUse . . . . . . . . . . . 31
xiii
. . .
STD-AUS UGFH-ENGL 3995 07842b5 0534442 338 W
Electrodes for Shielded MetalArcWelding Copper Alloy Arc Welding Electrodes

14.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.1
Provisions
31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Introduction14.2 56 . . . . . . . . . Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . 31 19.2 ....................
14.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 19.3Method of Identification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
14.4FerriteinWeld Deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3219.4DescriptionandIntendedUse of FillerMetal . . . 56
14.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of FillerMetals . . 32
14.6ClassificationastoUsability . . . . . . . . . . . 37
14.7SpecialTests .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 20 Guide to Classification of Copper and 57 ......
Copper Alloy Bare Welding Rods and
57
.
15 Guide to Classificationof Bare Stainless
Provisions
38 ....Electrodes
20.1 .....................
Steel Welding Electrodes and Rods
15.1 57
Provisions . . . . . . . . . .Introduction
. . . . . . . . . . . 38 20.2 ....................
15.2
Introduction .................... 38 Method 20.3 of Classification
57 ..............
15.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3820.4DescriptionandIntendedUseoftheWelding . . . 58
15.4Preparation of SamplesforChemicalAnalysis . . 38 Rods and Electrodes
15.5FerriteinWeldDeposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
15.6DescriptionandIntendedUse of FillerMetals . . 40
15.7
Usability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Nickel Alloy Welding Electrodesfor
.
16 GuidetoClassification of FluxCored 46...... ShieldedMetalArcWelding
Corrosion
Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Provisions
21.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Steel Electrodes 21.2Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
16.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 21.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
16.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 21.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
21.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . 59
16.4FerriteinWeldDeposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
--
16.5Consideration of ChemicalRequirements . . . . . 48
16.6ClassificationAccordingtoComposition . . . . . 49 .
22 Guide to Classification of Nickel and . . . . . . 61
||||
Nickel Alloy Bare Welding Electrodes

||
|| || ||
and Rods
. ..... .....................
|||| || || |||||
17 Guide
to Classification of Aluminum and 51 Provisions
22.1
61
Aluminum Alloy Electrodes for Shielded 22.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Metal Arc Welding 22.3 ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
| ||||
17.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.4
. . . . . . 51 WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
|
17.2
Introduction 22.5 Description and Intended Use of Electrodes . . . 62
---
17.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . .Rods
. . .and
. . . 51
17.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
17.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . 52
.
18 GuidetoClassification of BareAluminum 52 ...
23 Guide
Classification
to . of Welding 64 ........
and AluminumAlloy Welding Electrodes Electrodes and Rods for Cast Iron
and Provisions 23.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Provisions 18.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction
52 23.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Introduction
18.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classification
. .System
. . .23.3
. . 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
18.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . .23.4. . . . . . . 52 Welding Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
18.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 23.5 Description and Intended Use of Electrodes . . . 66
18.5
Description
and
IntendedUse of Aluminum . . . 54 and
Rods for Welding Cast Iron
Treatment
Heat
Postweld
23.6 Rods andElectrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
xiv
~
~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 D 07842b5 0514443 274 H
.
24 Guide to Classificationof Titanium and 68 ..... .
29 Guide to Classificationof Filler Metals for 96 ...
Titanium Alloy Welding Electrodes andRods Brazing and BrazeWelding
24.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 29.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
24.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 29.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
24.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 29.3Method of Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
24.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 29.4BrazingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
24.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of Titanium . . . . 70 29.5BrazingCharacteristicsandApplications . . . . . 97
and Titanium Alloy Electrodes andRods
.
30 Guide to Classificationof Fluxes for ......
105
Brazing and BrazeWelding
.
25 Guide to Classificationof Magnesium 70 ...... 30.1Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Alloy Welding Electrodes andRods 30.2Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
25.1
25.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 30.4BrazingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
25.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 30.5DescriptionandIntended Use of . . . . . . . . . 105
25.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Brazing Fluxes
25.5 Description and Use of Magnesium . . . . . . . . 7 1
Alloy Electrodes and Rods
31.Guide to Classification ofTungsten and 106 ....
Tungsten Alloy Electrodes for ArcWelding
.
26 Guide to Classificationof Zirconium and . . . . 73 and Cutting
Zirconium Alloy Welding Electrodes andRods 31.1Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
26.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 31.2Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
26.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 31.3Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
26.3Method of Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 31.4OperationCharacteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
26.4WeldingConsiderations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 31.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . 108
26.5DescriptionandIntendedUse of Electrodes . . . 74 31.6GeneralRecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
and Rods
.
32 Guide to Classification of ...........109
Consumable Inserts
.
27 Guide to Classificationof Surfacing 74 ....... 32.1Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Welding Rods and Electrodes 32.2Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
27.1
27.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 32.4Description of Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
27.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 32.5
Usability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
27.4RFe5andEFeSHigh-speedSteelFillerMetals . 74
27.5EFeMnAusteniticManganeseElectrodes . . . . . 76 Index of Filler Metal Classificationsand . . . . . . 112
27.6 RFeCr-A and EFeCr-A Austenitic High . . . . . . 78 Specifications
Chromium Iron Filler Metals
27.7RCoCrandECoCrCobalt-BaseFillerMetals . . 80 AWS Filler Metal Specifications and Related . . . 114
27.8Copper-BaseAlloyFillerMetals . . . . . . . . . 82 Documents
27.9RNiCrandENiCrNickel-Chromium-Boron . . . 84
Filler Metals
.
28 Guide to Classification of Composite 86 ......
Surfacing Welding Rods and Electrodes
28.1
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
28.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
28.3ClassificationSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
28.4 We5 andEFeSHigh-speedSteelFillerMetals . 87
28.5EFeMnAusteniticManganeseSteelElectrodes . . 88
28.6WeCr-A1andEFeCr-A1AusteniticHigh . . . . 90
Chromium Iron Filler Metals
28.7Tungsten-CarbideWeldingRodsandElectrodes . 92
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
S T D - A W S UGFM-ENGL L w m 0 7 w z b s 0534444 L O O m
1
AWS User’s Guide to Filler Metals

l. Scope rial, in thiscase, is any production runof that classification
using the same formulation.
This document contains information on the many differ-
“Certification” is not to be construed to mean that tests
ent types of filler materials available to industry. Welding
of any kind were necessarily conducted on samples of the
considerations and intended applications for the various
specific material shipped. Tests on such material may or
materials are provided to assist the user. The information may not have been conducted. Thebasis for the certifica-
has been extracted directly from 30 AWS filler material tion required by the specification is the classification test
standards, and it is recommended that the user reference of “representative material” cited above,and the
these documents for additional information. Manufacturer’sQuality
Assurance
Program in
ANSUAWS A5.01, Filler Metal Procurernent Guidelines.
Part A:
General Information 2.3 Ventilation During Welding. Five major factors
govern the quantity of fumes in the atmosphereto
2. Provisions which welders and welding operators are exposed dur-
ing welding; they are:
Each of the AWS filler material specifications contain
sections that establish provisions for material acceptance (1) the dimensions of the space in which weldingis per-
andcertification,aswellas safety considerations. formed (with special regardto the height of theceiling);
Because this information isnecessary for the proper (2) the number of welders and welding operators work-
application of all filler materials, these sections are ing in that space;
(3)the rate of evolutionof fumes, gases, or dust,
included in this guide.
according to the materials and processes used;
--
(4)the proximity of the welders or welding operators

2.1 Acceptance. Acceptance of all welding materials is
to the fumes as they issue from the welding zone, and to
in accordance withANSUAWSA5.01, Filler Metal
||||
the gases and dusts in the space in which they are work-
Procurement Guidelines, as the specification states. Any
||
ing; and
testing a purchaser requires of the supplier, for material
|| || ||
(5) the ventilation provided to the space in which the

shipped in accordance withthe specification, shallbe welding is performed.
|||| || || |||||
clearly stated in the purchase order according to the pro-

visions of ANSUAWS A5.01. In the absence of any such American National Standard 249.1, Safety in Welding
and Cutting (published by the AmericanWelding
statement in the purchase order, the supplier may ship the
| ||||
Society), discusses the ventilation that is required during

material with whatever testing is normally conducted on
|
welding and should be referredto for details. Attention is

---
material of the same classification, as specified in

drawn particularly to the section of that document on
Schedule F, Table 1, ofANSYAWSA5.01. Testing in
health protection and ventilation.
accordance with any other schedule in that table shall be
specifically required by the purchase order. In such cases, 2.4 Burn Protection. Molten metal, sparks, slag, and hot
acceptance of the material shipped shall be in accordance worksurfacesareproducedbywelding, cutting, and
with those requirements. allied processes. These can cause bums if precautionary
measures are not used. Workers should wear protective
2.2Certification. The act of placing the AWS specifi- clothing made of fire-resistant material. Pant cuffs, open
cation and classification designationson the product pockets, or other places on clothing that can catch and
packaging, or placing the classification on the product retain molten metal or sparks should not be worn. High-
itself, constitutes the supplier’s (manufacturer’s) certifi- topshoes or leather leggings and fire-resistant gloves
cation that the product meets all of the requirements of should beworn. Pant legs should be wornover the outside
the specification. of high-top shoes. Helmets or hand shields that provide
The only testing requirement implicit in this certification protection for the face, neck, and ears, and a head cover-
is that the manufacturer has actually conducted the tests ing to protect the headshould be used. In addition, appro-
required by the specification on material that is represen- priate eye protection should be used.
fative of that being shipped and thatthe tested material met Whenwelding overheador in confined spaces, ear
the requirementsof the specification. Representative mate- plugs to prevent weld spatter from entering the ear canal
STDmAWS UGFfl-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0534445 047
2
should be worn in combination with goggles, or equiva- All electrical equipment and the workpieces should be
lent, to give addedeye protection. Clothing should be kept grounded. The workpiece lead is not a ground lead. It is
free of grease and oil. Combustible materials should not used only to complete the welding circuit.A separate con-
be carried in pockets, If any combustible substance has nection is required to ground the workpiece. The work-
been spilled on clothing, a change to clean, fire-resistant piece should not be mistakenfor a ground connection.
clothing should be made before working withopen arcs or The correct cable size should be used, since sustained
flame. Aprons, cape-sleeves, leggings, and shoulder cov- overloading will cause cablefailure and result inpossible
ers with bibs designed for welding service should be used. electrical shock or fire hazard. All electrical connections
Wherewelding or cutting of unusually thick base shouldbe tight, clean, and dry. Poor connections can
metal is involved, sheet metal shields should be used for overheat and even melt. Further, they can produce dan-
extra protection. Mechanization of highlyhazardous gerous arcs and sparks. To prevent shock, water, grease,
processes or jobsshould be considered. Other personnel or dirt should not be allowedin the workarea; and equip-
in the work area should be protected by the use of non- ment and clothing should be kept dry at all times.
combustible screens or by the use of appropriate protec- Weldersshould wear dry gloves and rubber-soled
tion as described in the previous paragraph. Beforeleav- shoes, or should stand on a dry board or insulated plat-
ing a work area, hot work pieces should be marked to form. Cables and connections should bekept in good con-
alert other persons of this hazard. No attempt should be dition. Improper or worn electrical connections may cre-
made to repair or disconnect electrical equipment when ate conditions that could cause electrical shock or short-
it is under load. Disconnection under load producesarc- circuits. Worn, damaged, or bare cables shouldnotbe
ing of the contacts and may cause bums, or shock, or used. Open-circuit voltageshould be avoided. When sev-
both. (Note: Burns can be caused bytouching hot equip- eral welders are worhng with arcs of different polarities,
ment such aselectrodeholders,tips, andnozzles. or when a number of alternating-current machines are
Therefore, insulated gloves should be worn when such being used, the open-circuit voltages can be additive. The
items are handled.) added voltages increase the severity of the shock hazard.
Thefollowing sources are recommended for more In case of electric shock, the power should be turned
detailed information on personal protection: off. If the rescuer must resort to pulling the victim from
(1) American National Standards Institute. ANSUASC the live contact, non-conducting materials should be
249.1, Safety in Welding and Cutting (published by the used. If the victim is not breathing, cardiopulmonary
AmericanWeldingSociety).Miami,FL:American resuscitation (CPR) should be administered as soon as
Welding Society. contact with the electrical source is broken. A physician
--
(2) ANSUASC 287.1, Practice for Occupational and should be called and CPR continued until breathing has
Educational Eye andFace Protection. New York: been restored, or until a physician has arrived. Electrical
||||
American National Standards Institute.’ bums are treated as thermal bums; that is, clean, cold
(iced) compressesshouldbe applied. Contamination
||
(3) ANSI/ASC 241.1, Safety-Toe Footwear. New

|| || ||
York: American National Standards Institute. should be avoided; the area should be covered with a
clean, dry dressing; and the patient should betransported
|||| || || |||||
(4) Occupational Safety andHealthAdministration.

to medical assistance.
Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29 Labor, Chapter
Recognized safety standards such as ANSVASC 249.1,
XVII,Part 1910. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government
| ||||
Safetyin Welding and Cutting, andNFPA No. 70,

Printing Office.2
National Electrical Codes, should be followed.
|
---
2.5 Electrical Hazards. Electric

shock
can
kill. 2.6 Fumes and Gases.Many welding, cutting, and allied
However, it can be avoided. Live electrical parts should
processes produce fumes and gases which may be harm-
not be touched. The manufacturer’s instructions and rec- ful to one’s health. Fumes are solid particles which origi-
ommended safe practices should be read and understood. nate from welding filler metals andfluxes, the base metal,
Faulty installation, impropergrounding, and incorrect or any coatings present on the base metal. Gases are pro-
operation and maintenance of electrical equipment are all duced during the welding processor may be produced by
sources of danger. the effects of process radiation on the surrounding envi-
ronment. Management, welders, and other personnelalike
ANSI documents are available from the American National Standanis should be aware of the effects of these fumes and gases.
Institute, I 1 W. 42nd St., New York, NY 10036. The amount and composition of these fumes and gases
OSHA documentsareavailable from US. GovernmentPrinting
depend upon the composition cf the filler metal and base
Ofice, Washington,D.C., 20402.
NEC available from National Fire
Protection
Association, metal,weldingprocess, current level, arc length, and
Banerymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269. other factors.
~
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 1775 m 07842b5 05L444b T83 9

3
The possible effects of over-exposure rangefrom irrita- andany coating or platingon the basemetal. Some
tion of eyes, skin, and respiratory system to more severe processes such as resistance welding and cold pressure
complications. Effects may occur immediately or at some welding ordinarily produce negligible quantities of radi-
later time. Fumes can cause symptoms such as nausea, ant energy.However, mostarcweldingand cutting
headaches, dizziness, and metal fume fever. The possibil- processes (except submergedarcwhenused properly),
ity of more serious health effects exists when especially laser welding and torch welding, cutting, brazing, or sol-
toxicmaterialsare involved. In confined spaces, the dering can produce quantities of non-ionizing radiation
shielding gases and fumes might displace breathing air sufficient to warrant precautionary measures.
and cause asphyxiation. One’s head should alwaysbe Protection from possible harmful effects caused by
kept out of the fumes. Sufficient ventilation, exhaust at non-ionizing radiant energy from weldinginclude the fol-
the arc, or both, should be used to keep fumes and gases lowing measures:
from one’s breathing zone and from the general area. (1) Oneshould not look at welding arcs except through
In some cases, natural air movementwill provide welding filter plates which meet the requirements of
enough ventilation. Where ventilation may be question- ANSIIASC 287.1, Practice for Occupationaland
able, however, air sampling should be conducted to deter- Educational Eye and Face Protection, published by the
mine if corrective measures should be applied. American National Standards Institute. It should be noted
More detailed information on fumes andgasespro- that transparent welding curtains are notintended asweld-
duced by the various welding processes may be found in ing filter plates, but rather are intended to protect a passer-
the following sources: by from incidental exposure.
(1) The permissible exposure limits required by OSHA
(2)Exposed skin should be protected with adequate
can be found in Code of Federal Regulations, Title 29,
gloves and clothing as specified ANSVASC 249.1,
Chapter XVII Part 1910.
Safety in Weiding and Cutting, published by American
(2)The recommended threshold limit values for these
Welding Society.
fumes and gases may be found in the ACGIH, Threshold
Limit Values for ChemicalSubstances and Physical (3)Reflections from welding arcs should be avoided,
Agents in the Workroom En~ironment.~ and all personnel should be protected from intense reflec-
(3)The results of an AWS-funded study are available tions. (Note: Paints using pigments of substantially zinc
in a report entitled, Fumes and Gases inthe Welding oxide or titanium dioxide have a lower reflectance f o r
Envir~nment.~ ultraviolet radiation.)
(4) Screens, curtains, or adequate distance from aisles,
2.7Radiation. Welding, cutting, and allied operations walkways, etc., should be usedto avoid exposing passers-
may produce radiant energy (radiation) that is harmful to by to welding operations.
health. One should become acquainted with the effects of ( 5 ) Safety glasses with UV-protective side shields,
this radiant energy. which have been shown to provide some beneficial pro-
Radiant energy may be ionizing (such as x-rays), or non- tection from ultraviolet radiation produced by welding
ionizing (such as ultraviolet,visible light, or infrared). arcs, should be worn.
Excessive exposure to radiation can produce a variety of
effects, such as skin burns and eye damage, depending on 2.7.3 Ionizing radiation informationsourcesinclude
the radiant energy’s wavelength and intensity. ANSI AWS F1.1-78, RecommendedSafe Practices for
---
Electron Beam Welding and Cutting and the manufactur- |
2.7.1IonizingRadiation. Ionizing radiation is pro- er’s product information literature.

| ||||
duced by the electron beam welding process. Ordinarily it

|||| || || |||||
is controlled within acceptance limits by use of suitable

2.7.4 Thefollowingsourcesprovideinformation
shielding to enclose the welding area.
regarding non-ionizing radiation:
|| || ||
2.7.2 Non-IonizingRadiation. The intensity and (1)ANSIZ136.1: Safe Use of Lasers; American
National Standards Institute; New York, NY.
||
wavelength of non-ionizing radiant energyproduced

(2) ANSVASC 249.1: Safety in Welding and Cutting;
||||
depends on many factors, such as the process, welding

parameters, electrode and base metal composition, fluxes, American Welding Society; Miami, FL.
(3) ANSIIASC 287.1: Practice for Occupational and
--
ACGIH documents are available from the American Conference Educational Eye and FaceProtection; American National
of GovernmentalIndustrialHygienists,KemperWoodsCenter. Standards Institute; New York, NY.
1330 Kemper Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH 45211.
AWS documents are available from the American Welding Society, (4) Hinrichs,J.F.:“Projectcommitteeon radia-
550 N.W.LÆJeune Road, P.O.Box 351040, Miami, FL 33135. tion - summary report;” Welding Journal,January 1978.
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514447 91”
4
(5)Moss, C.E.andMurray,W.E.:“Opticalradiation differ in some respect (chemical composition, for exam-

levels produced in gas welding, torch brazing, and oxygen ple) from all other classifications in ANSUAWS A5.2-92
cutting;” Welding JournaZ, September 1979. still can be classified according to the specification. In the
(6) Moss, C.E.; “Optical radiation transmission levels case of the example, if the chemical composition doesnot
through transparent welding curtains;” Welding Journal, meet the composition specified for any of the classifica-
March 1979. tionsinthe specification, the filler metal still canbe
(7) Marshall, W.J., et al: “Optical radiation levels pro- included within the “G’ classification. The purpose is to
duced by air-carbon arc cutting processes;” Welding allow a useful filler metal - one that otherwise would
Journal, March 1980. have to await arevision of the specification - to be clas-
(8) Non-ionizingRadiationProtection Special Study sified immediately, under the existing specification. This
No.42-0053-77: Evaluation of the Potential Hazards means, then, that two filler metals, each bearingthe same
from Actinic Ultraviolet Radiation Generated by Electric “G” classification, may be quite different in some respect
WeldingandCutting Arcs; ADA-033768;National (chemical composition, again, as an example).
Technical InformationService; Springfield, VA.
(9)Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection Special Study
3.4 Welding Considerations
No.42-0312-77: Evaluation of the Potential Retina
Hazards from Optical Radiution Generated by Electrical 3.4.1 The oxyfuel gasto the torch should be adjustedto
Welding and Cutting Arcs;” ADA-043023;National give a neutral or slightly reducing flame. This assures the
Technical Information Service; Springfield, VA. absence ofthe oxidizingflame whichcould adversely
influence weld quality. The extent of the excess fuel gas
is measured by the length of the streamer (the so-called
Part B: “feather”) of unburned fuel gas visible at the extremity of
Carbon and Low-Allov Steels the inner cone. This streamer shouldmeasure about one-
eighth to one-quarter the length of the inner cone of the
3. Guide toClassification of Carbon andLow-Alloy
flame. Excessivelylong streamersshouldbe avoided,
Steel Rodsfor Oxyfuel Gas Welding
since they may addcarbon tothe weld metal.
3.1 Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSUAWS A5.2-92,
Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Rods for 3.4.2 In forehand welding,the torch flame points ahead
Oxyfuel Gas Welding in the direction of welding, and the welding rodprecedes
the torch flame. To distribute the heat and molten weld
3.2Introduction. This guidewas designed to correlate metal, it is necessary to use opposing oscillating motions
rod classifications presented in ANSVAWS A5.2-92 with for the flame and welding rod. This may cause excessive
their intended applications. Such correlations are intended melting of the base metal and mixing of base metal and
as examples rather than complete listings of the materials weld metal. Weld metal properties may be altered.
for which each filler metal is suitable.
3.4.3 Inbackhand welding, the torch flame points
back at the molten metal, and the welding rod is inter-
3.3 Classification System
posed between the flame and molten metal. There is Sig-
3.3.1 The systemfor identifying rod classifications fol- nificantly less manipulation of the flame, the welding
lows the standard pattern used in AWS filler metal speci- rod, and the molten metal.Therefore, a backhand weld is
fications. The letter “R” at the beginning ofeach classifi- more likely toapproach the chemicalcomposition of
cation designation stands for rod. The digits (45, 60, 65, undiluted weld metal.
and100)designate a minimumtensile strength of the
weld metal, in the nearest thousands of pounds per square
Use of Carbon andLow-
3.5 Description and Intended
inch,depositedinaccordancewiththetestassembly
Alloy SteelRods
preparation section of the specification.
3.5.1 Oxyfuel gas welding rods have no coverings to
3.3.2 “G” Classification. ANSUAWS A5.2-92 includes influence usability of the rod. Thus, the ability to weld in
filler metals classified as RXXX-G. The “G” indicates the vertical or overhead position is essentially a matter of
that the filler metal is of a “general” classification. It is welder skill and can be affected to some degree by the
generalbecausenotallofthe particular requirements chemical composition of the rod.
specified for each of the other classifications are specified
for this classification. The intent in establishing this clas- 3.5.2 Class R35 welding rods are a low-carbon steel
sification is to provide a means by whichfiller metals that composition used for the welding ofsteel, where the min-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD.AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 0514448 85b m
5
imum tensile strength requirement does not exceed 35 ksi ments as agreed to between the supplier and the purchas-
(310 MPa). er. A “-1” designator followingclassification identifies an
electrode whichmeets optional supplemental impact
3.5.3 Class R60 welding rods are used for the oxyfuel requirements at a lower temperaturethan required for the
gas welding of carbon steels, where the minimum tensile classification. An example of this isthe E7023-1 elec-
strength requirement does not exceed 60 ksi (315 MPa). trode,whichmeetsthe classification requirements of
Class R60 rods are carbon steel composition. E7023 and also meets the optional supplemental require-
ments for fracture toughness and improved elongation of
3.5.4 Class R65 welding rods are used for the oxyfuel the weldmetal. Certain low-hydrogen electrodes also may
gas welding of carbonandlow-alloy steels, wherethe have optional designators.
minimum tensile strength requirement does notexceed A letter “R’ is a designator used with the low-hydrogen
100 ksi (690 MPa) in the as-welded condition. Users are electrode classifications. The letter “R’ is used to identify
cautioned that response of the weld metal and base metal electrodes that have been exposed to a humid environ-
to postweld heat treatment may bedifferent. ment for a given length of time and tested for moisture
absorption in addition to the standardmoisture test
required for classification of low-hydrogen electrodes.
4. Guideto Classification of Carbon Steel Electrodes
An optional supplemental designator “HZ’ following
for Shielded Metal Arc Welding.
the four-digit classification designator -or followingthe
4.1 Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSUAWS A5.1-91, “-1” optional supplemental designator, if used - indi-
Specification for Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded cates an average diffusible hydrogen content of not more
Metal Arc Welding than “ Z ’ mWlOOg of deposited metal when tested in the
“as-received‘’ or conditioned state in accordance with
4.2Introduction. This guide was designed to correlate ANSUAWS A3.3, Standard Methods for Determination
the covered electrode
classifications
presented in of Difisible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic,
ANSVAWSA5.1-91withthe intended applications. and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding.
Such correlations are intended as examples rather than Electrodes thataredesignated as meetingthe lower or
complete listings of the base metals for which each filler lowest hydrogen limits are also understood to be able to
metal is suitable. meet any higher hydrogen limits even though these are
not necessarily designated alongwith theelectrode classi-
fication. Therefore, as an example, an electrode designat-
4.3 Classification System ed as H3 also meets H8 and H16 requirements without
4.3.1 The system for electrode classification follows being designated assuch.
the standard pattern used in AWS filler metal specifica-
tions. The letter “E’ at the beginning of each classification
designation stands for electrode. The first two digits, 60,
for example, designate tensile strength of at least 60 ksi of 4.4.1 Weld metal properties may vary widely accord-
theweldmetal,producedin accordance withthetest ing to size of the electrode and amperage used, size of the
assemblypreparationsection of the specification. The weld beads, base metal thickness, joint geometry, preheat
third digit designates position usability that willallow sat- and interpass temperatures, surface condition, base metal
isfactory welds to be produced with the electrode. Thus, composition, dilution, etc.
the 1, as in E6010, means that the electrode is usable in all
positions (flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead). The 2, 4.4.2 It should be recognized that production practices
as in E6020 designates that the electrode is suitable for may be different. The differences encountered may alter
use in flat position and for making fillet welds in the hor- the properties of the weld metal. For instance, interpass
izontal position. The 4, as in E7048, designates that the temperatures may range from subfreezingto several hun-
electrode is suitable forusein vertical weldingwith dred degrees. No single temperature or reasonable range
downward progression and for other positions. The last of temperatures canbechosen for classification tests
two digits taken together designate the type of current whichwillbe representative of all of the conditions
with which theelectrode can be used and the type of cov- encountered in production work.
ering on the electrode. Properties of production welds may vary accordingly,
depending onthe particular welding conditions. Weld
4.3.2 Optional designators are also usedin order to metal properties maynot duplicate, or even closely
identify electrodes that have met the mandatory classifi- approach, the values listed and prescribed for test welds.
cation requirements and certain supplementaryrequire- For example, ductility in single pass welds in thick base
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
6
metal made outdoors in cold weather without adequate characteristics. Certain minor differences continue to
preheating may drop to little more than half that required exist from onebrand to another dueto differences in pref-
herein and normally obtained. This does not indicate that erences that exist regarding specific operating characteris-
either the electrodes or the welds are below standard. It tics. Furthermore, the only differences between the pre-
indicates only thatthe particular production conditions are sent E60XX and E70XX classifications are the differences
more severe than the test conditions prescribed. in chemical composition and mechanical propertiesof the
weldmetal. ln many applications, electrodes of either
4.4.3 Hydrogen is another factor to be considered. E6OXX or E7OXX classifications may be used.
Weld metals, other than those from low-hydrogen elec-
trodes (E7015, E7018, E7018M, E7028, and E7038), con- 4.4.8 Since the electrodes within a given classification
tain significant quantities of hydrogen for some period of have similar operating characteristics andmechanical
time after they have been made. Thishydrogen gradually properties, the user can limit the study of available elec-
escapes. After two to four weeks at room temperature or trodes to those within a single classification after deter-
in 23 to 38 hours at 200 to 220°F (95 to 105"C), most of miningwhich classification best suits the particular
it hasescaped. As a result of this change in hydrogen con- requirements.
tent, the ductility of the weld metal increases toward its
inherent value, while the yield, tensile, andimpact
4.5 Electrode Covering Moisture Content and
strengths remain relatively unchanged.
Conditioning
--
4.4.4 When weldments are given a postweld heattreat- 4.5.1 Hydrogen can have adverse effects on welds in
ment, the temperature and time at temperature are very some steels under certain conditions. One source of this
||||
important. The tensile and yield strengths generally are hydrogen is moisture in the electrode coverings. For this
||
decreased as postweldheattreatment temperature and reason, the proper storage, treatment, andhandling of
|| || ||
time at temperature are increased. electrodes are necessary.

|||| || || |||||
4.4.5 Welds made with electrodes of the same classi- 4.5.2 Electrodes are manufactured to be within accept-
fication and the same welding procedure will have sig- able moisture limits, consistent with the type of covering
| ||||
nificantly different tensile and yield strengths in the as- and strength of the weld metal. They are then normally
|
welded and postweld heat-treated conditions. Com- packaged in a container which has been designed to pro-
---
parison of the values for as-welded and postweld heat- vide the degree of moisture protection considered neces-
treated [1150"F (620°C) for one hour] weld metal will sary for the type of covering involved.
show the following:
4.5.3 If there is a possibility thatthe noncellulosic elec-
4.4.5.1 The tensile strengthof the postweld heat-treated trodes may have absorbed excessive moisture, they may
weld metal will be approximately 5 ksi (33.5 MPa) lower be restored byrebaking. Some electrodes require rebaking
than that of the weld metal in the as-welded condition. at a temperature as high as 800°F (400°C) for approxi-
4.4.5.2 The yield strength of the postweld heat-treated mately one to two hours. The manner in which the elec-
weld metal will be approximately 10 ksi (69 MPa) lower trodes have been produced and the relative humidity and
than that of the weld metal in the as-welded condition. temperature conditions underwhich the electrodes are
stored determine the proper length of time and tempera-
4.4.6 Conversely, postweldheat-treated welds made ture used for conditioning.
with the same electrodes and usingthe same welding pro-
cedure except for variation in interpass temperature and 4.5.4 Cellulosic coverings for E6010 and E601 1 elec-
postweld heat treatment time can have almost identical trodes need moisture levels of three to seven percent for
tensile and yield strengths. As an example, almostidenti- proper operation; therefore, storage or conditioning above
cal tensile and yield strengths may be obtained in two ambient temperature maydry them too much and adverse-
welds - one using an interpass temperature of 300°F ly affect their operation.
(150°C) and postweld heat-treatedfor one hour at 1150°F
(62OoC), and the other using an interpass temperature of
4.6 Coverings
200°F (93°C) and postweld heat-treated for 10 hours at
1150°F (620°C). 4.6.1 Electrodes of some classifications have substan-
tial quantities of iron powder added to their coverings.
4.4.7 Electrodes whichmeetall the requirements of The iron powder fuses with the core wire and the other
any given classification may be expected to have similar metals in thecovering as the electrode melts and is
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL L975 m 0784265 0534450 404 m 7
deposited as part of the weld metal, just as is the core 4.6.4 E70XX low-hydrogen electrodes have mineral
wire. Relatively high currents can be used, since a con- coverings which are high in limestone and other ingredi-
siderable portion of the electrical energy passing through ents that are low in moisture and hence “low in hydrogen
the electrode is used to melt the thicker covering contain- content.” Low-hydrogen electrodes were developed for
ing iron powder. The result is that more weld metal may weldinglow-alloyhigh-strength steels, some ofwhich
be obtained froma single electrode with iron powder in its were high in carbon content. Electrodes with other than
covering than from a single electrode of the same diame- low-hydrogen coverings may produce “hydrogen-induced
ter without iron powder. cracking” in thosesteels. These underbead cracks occurin
the base metal, usually just below the weld bead.
Weld metal cracks also may occur. These usually, are
4.6.2 Due to the thick coveringanddeepcup pro- caused by the hydrogen absorbed from the arc atmosphere.
duced at the arcing end of the electrode, iron powder Although these cracks do not generally occur in carbon
electrodes can be used very effectively with a “drag” steels which have a low carbon content, they may occur
technique. This technique consists of keeping the elec- whenever other electrodes are used on higher carbon or
trode covering in contact withthe workpiece at all times, alloy steels. Low-hydrogen electrodes are alsoused to
which makes for easy handling. However, a technique weld high-sulphur and enameling steels. Electrodes with
using a short arc length is preferable if the 3/32 in other than low-hydrogen coverings give porous welds on
(2.3 mm) or 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) electrodes are to be usedin high-sulphur steels. With enameling steels, the hydrogen
other than flat or horizontal fillet welding positions or that escapes after welding with other than low-hydrogen
for making groove welds. electrodes produces holes in the enamel.
4.6.3 The E70XX electrodes are included to acknowl- 4.6.5 AmperageRanges. Table 1 givesamperage
edge the higher strength levels obtained with many of the ranges which are satisfactory for most classifications.
iron powder and low-hydrogen electrodes, as well as to When welding vertically upward, currents near the lower
recognize the industry demand for electrodes with 70 ksi limit of the rangeare generally used.
(382 MPa)minimumtensile strength. Unlike the
E70XX-X classification in ANWAWS A5.5, 4.7 Description and Intended Use
of Electrodes
Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc Welding
Electrodes, these electrodes do not contain deliberate 4.7.1 E6010 Classification. E6010 electrodesare
alloy additions, nor are they required to meet minimum characterized by a deeplypenetrating, forceful, spray-type
tensile properties after postweld heat treatment. arc and readily removable, thin, friable slag which may
Table 1
W
””
Electrode
E7024 m10 E7018M E7015 E6027
and Diameter . and and and and
in. mm E6011
E6012 Mo13 Mo19 E6020
E6022
E7027
E7014
E7016 E7018 E7028
E7048
1.6 1116 - 20 to 20 to - - - - - - - - -
40 40
5/64 2.0 - 25 to 25 to 35 to - - - - - - - -
60 60 55
23
./
43
,2. 40 to 35 to 45 to 50 to - - - 80 lo 65 to 70 to 1 0 0 to -
80 85 90 90 125 I IO 100 145 -
118 3.2 75 to 80 to 80 to 80 IO I D O to I10 IO I25 to 110 to 1 0 0 to Il5 to 1 4 0 to 80 to
125 140 I30 I40 I50 160 I85 I60 I50 165 190 I40
4.05/32 I10 to I I O to 105 to I30 to I30 to 140 to 1 6 0 to IS0 to 1 4 0 to I 50 lo 180 to 150 to
170 190 I80 190 I90 190 240 210 200 220 250 220
4.83/16 140 to 1 4 0 to 150 to I90 to I75 to I70 to 210 to 200 to 180 to 200 to 230 to 210 to
215 240 230 250 250 400 300 275 255 275 305 270
5.67132 170 to 200 to 210 to 240 to 225 to 370 to 250 to 260 to 240 to 260 lo 275 to -
250 320 300 310 310 520 350 340 320 340 365
6.4 114 210 to 250 to 250 to 310 to 275 to - 300 to 330 to 300 to 315 to 335 to -
320 400 350 360 375 - 420 415 390 400 430 -
5/16 8.0 275 to 300 to 320 to 360 to 340 to - 375 to 390 to 375 to 375 IO 400 to -
425 500 430 410 450 - 475 500 475 470 525 -
T h i s diameter is not manufactured in the E7028 classification.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
8 STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL L995
not seem to completely coverthe weld bead. Fillet welds and they usually are referred to as the “titania”or “rutile”
usually have a relatively flat weld face and have a rather type. The coveringsgenerally also contain small amounts
coarse, unevenly spaced ripple. The coveringsare high in of cellulose and ferromanganese, alongwithvarious
cellulose, usually exceeding 30 percent by weight. The siliceous materials such as feldspar and clay with sodium
other materials generally used in the covering include tita- silicate as a binder. Also, small amounts of certain calci-
niumdioxide,metallicdeoxidizerssuch as ferroman- um compounds may be used to produce satisfactory arc
ganese, varioustypes of magnesium or aluminum silicates, characteristics on dcen (electrode negative). Fillet welds
and liquid sodium silicate as a binder. Because of their tend to have a convex weld face with smooth, even ripples
coveringcomposition, these electrodes are generally inthe horizontal welding position, andwidelyspaced
described as the high-cellulose sodium type. rougherripplesinthe vertical weldingpositionwhich
These electrodes are recommended for all welding posi- become smoother and more uniform as the size of the
tions, particularlyon multiple-pass applications inthe weld is increased. Ordinarily, a larger size fillet must be
vertical and overhead welding positions and where welds made in thevertical and overhead weldingpositions using
of goodsoundnessare required. They frequently are E6012 electrodes compared to weldswithE6010and
selected for joining pipeand generally are capable of E601 1 electrodes of the same diameter.
weldinginthevertical position with either uphill or The E6012 electrodes are all-position electrodes and
downhill progression. usually are suitable for welding in the vertical welding
The majority of applications for these electrodes is in position with either upward or downward progression.
joining carbon steel. However,theyhavebeenused to More often, however, the larger sizes are used in the flat
advantage on galvanized steel andon some low-alloy and horizontal welding positions rather than in the verti-
steels. Typical applications include ship hulls, buildings, cal and overhead welding positions. The larger sizes are
bridges, storage tanks, piping, and pressure vesselfittings. often used for single pass, high-speed, high-current fillet
Since the applications are so widespread, a discussion of welds in the horizontal welding position. Their ease of
each is impractical. Sizes larger than 3/16 in. (3.8 mm) handling, good fillet weld face, and ability to bridge wide
generally have limited use inother than flat or horizontal- root openings under conditions of poor fit and to with-
fillet welding positions. stand high amperages, makethem very well suited to this
These electrodes have been designed for use with dcep type of work. The electrode size used for vertical and
(electrodepositive). The maximumamperagethatcan overhead position welding is frequently one size smaller
generally be used with the larger sizes of these electrodes than would be used with an E6010 or E6011 electrode.
is limited in comparison to that for other classifications, Weld metal from these electrodes is generally lower in
due to the high spatter loss that occurs with high amperage. ductility and may be higher in yield strength [ l to 2 ksi
(690 to 1380 kPa)] than weld metal fromthe same size of
4.7.2E6011 Classification. E601 1 electrodesare either the E6010 or E601 1 electrodes.
designed to be used with ac current and to duplicate the
usability characteristics and mechanical properties of the
E6010 classification. Although also usablewithdcep 4.7.4E6013 Classification. E6013 electrodes, al-
(electrode positive), a decrease in joint penetration will be though very similar to the E6012 electrodes, have distinct
notedwhencomparedtothe E6010 electrodes. Arc differences. Their flux covering makes slag removal easi-
action, slag, and fillet weld appearance are similar to er andgives a smoother arc transfer than E6012 elec-
--
those of the E6010 electrodes. trodes. This is the case particularly for the small diameters
[ 1/16, 5/63, and 3/32 in. (1.6, 2.0, and 2.3mm)I. This per-
||||
Thecoverings are also high in cellulose and are

described as the high-cellulose potassium type. In addi- mits satisfactory operationwith lower open-circuit ac
||
voltage. E6013 electrodes were designed specifically for

|| || ||
tion to theother ingredients normally found in E6010 cov-

erings, small quantities of calcium and potassium com- light sheet-metal work. However, thelarger diameters are
|||| || || |||||
pounds usually are present. used on many of the same applications as E6012 elec-
Sizes larger than 3/16 in. (3.8 mm) generally havelim- trodes and provide low penetratingarc. The smallerdiam-
ited use in other than flat or horizontal-fillet welding eters provide a less-penetrating arc than is obtained with
| ||||
positions. E6012 electrodes, and this may result in incomplete pen-

|
etration in fillet welded joints.

---
4.7.3 E6012 Classification. E6012electrodesare Coverings of E6013 electrodes contain rutile, cellulose,
characterized by low penetrating arc, and a dense slag that ferromanganese,potassium silicate as a binder, and other
completely covers the bead. This may result in incomplete siliceous materials. The potassium compounds permit the
root penetration in fillet welded joints. The coveringsare electrodes to operate with ac at low amperages and low
high in titania, usually exceeding 35 percent by weight; open-circuit voltages.
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL L775 W 0784265 0534452 287
9
E6013 electrodes are similar to the E6012 electrodes in optional supplemental diffusible hydrogen designator to
usability characteristics andbeadappearance. The arc the classification designation.
action tends to be quieter and the bead surface smoother In order to maintainlow-hydrogen electrodes with
with a finer ripple. The usability characteristics of E6013 minimalmoisture in their coverings, these electrodes
electrodes vary slightly from brand to brand. Some are shouldbe stored andhandled with considerable care.
recommended for sheet-metal applications, where their Electrodes whichhavebeenexposedto humidity may
ability to weld satisfactorily in the vertical welding posi- absorb substantial moisture, and their low-hydrogen
tion with downward progression is an advantage. character may be lost. Conditioning canthen restore their
Others, with a more fluid slag, are used for horizontal low-hydrogen character.
fillet weldsand other general-purposewelding.These Low-hydrogen electrode coverings can be designed to
electrodes produce a flat fillet weld face rather than the resistmoistureabsorption for an extensive timein a
---
convex weld face characteristic ofE6012 electrodes. They humid environment. The absorbed moisture test assesses
|
| ||||
are also suitable for making groove welds because of their this characteristic by determining the covering moisture
concave weld face and easily removable slag.In addition,
|||| || || |||||
after nine hours of exposure to air at 80°F (27°C) and 80
the weld metal is definitely freer of slag and oxide inclu- percent relative humidity. If, after this exposure, the cov-
sions than E6012 weld metal, andit exhibits better sound- ering moisturedoes notexceed 0.3 percent,thenthe
|| || ||
ness. Welds with the smaller diameter E6013 electrodes optional supplemental designator, “R,” may be added to
often meet the Grade 1 radiographic requirements. the electrode classification designation.
||
||||
4.7.5E7014Classification. E7014 electrode cover- 4.7.7E7015 Classification. E7015electrodes are
ings are similar to those of E6012 and E6013 electrodes, low-hydrogen electrodes to be used with dcep (electrode
--
but with the addition of iron powder for obtaining higher positive). The slag is chemically basic.
deposition efficiency. Thecovering thicknessandthe
E7015 electrodes are commonly used for making small
amount of iron powder in E7014 are less than in E7024
welds on thick base metal, since the welds are less sus-
electrodes.
ceptible to cracking. They are also used for welding high-
The iron powder also permits the use of higher amper-
sulphur and enameling steels. Welds made with E7015
ages than are used for E6012 and E6013 electrodes. The
electrodes on high-sulphur steels may producea very tight
amount and character of the slag permit E7014 electrodes
slag and a veryrough or irregular beadappearancein
to be used in all positions.
comparison to welds with the sameelectrodes in steels of
The E7014 electrodes are suitable for welding carbon
normal sulphur content.
and low-alloy steels. Typical weld beads are smooth with
fine ripples. Joint penetration is approximately the same The arc of E7015 electrodes is moderately penetrating.
as that obtained with E6012 electrodes, which is advan- The slag is heavy, friable, and easy to remove. The weld
tageous when welding over a wide root opening due to face is convex, although a fillet weld face may be flat.
poor fit. The face of fillet welds tend to be flat to slight- E7015 electrodes up to and including the 5/32 in. (3.0
ly convex. The slag is easy to remove. In many cases, it mm) size are used in all welding positions. Larger elec-
removes itself. trodes are used for groove weldsin the flat welding posi-
tion and for fillet welds in the horizontal and flat weld-
4.7.6Low-HydrogenElectrodes. Electrodes of the ing positions.
low-hydrogen classifications (E7015,E7016,E7018, Amperages for E7015 electrodes are higher than those
E7018M, E7028, and E7048) are madewithinorganic usedwith E6010 electrodes of the same diameter. The
coverings thatcontainminimalmoisture. The covering shortest possible arc length should be maintained for best
moisturetest converts hydrogen-bearingcompoundsin results with E7015 electrodes. This reduces the risk of
any form in the covering into water vapor that is collect- porosity. The necessity for preheating is reduced; there-
ed and weighted.The test thus assesses the potential fore, better welding conditions are provided.
hydrogen available from an electrode covering. All low-
hydrogen electrodes, in the as-manufactured conditionor 4.7.8 E7016 Classification. E70 16 electrodes have all
after conditioning, are expected to meet a maximum cov- the characteristics of E7015 electrodes, plus the ability to
ering moisture limit of 0.6 percent or less. operate on ac. The core wire and coverings are very sim-
The potential for diffusible hydrogen in the weld ilar to those of E7015, except for the use of a potassium
metal canbeassessedmore directly, but less conve- silicate binder or other potassium salts in thecoverings to
niently, by the diffusible hydrogen test. The results of facilitate their use with ac. Most of the preceding discus-
this test, using electrodes in the as-manufactured condi- sion on E7015 electrodes applies equally well to the
tion or after conditioning, permit the addition ofan E7016 electrodes.
STD-AUS UGFM-ENGL 1775 I078112b5 05141153 553
10
Electrodes designatedas E7016- 1 have thesame usabil- In addition to their use on carbon steel, the E701
8M elec-
ityandweldmetal compositionasE7016 electrodes trodes are used for joining carbon steel to high-strength
except that the manganesecontent is set at the high end of low-alloy steels and higher carbon steels. Fillet welds made
the range. They are intended for welds requiring a lower in the horizontal and flat welding positions have a lightly
transitiontemperaturethan is normally available from convex weld face, witha smooth and finely rippled surface.
E7016 electrodes. The electrodes are characterized by a smooth, quiet arc,
very low spatter, and medium arc penetration.
4.7.9 E7018 Classification. E7018 electrode cover-
ings are similar to E7015 coverings, except for the addi- 4.7.11 E7028 Classification. E7028electrodes are
tion of a relatively high percentage of iron powder. The verymuch like the E7018 electrodes. However, E7028
coverings on these electrodes are slightly thicker than electrodes are suitable for fillet welds in the horizontal
those of theE7016 electrodes. weldingpositionand groove weldsinthe flat welding
E7018 low-hydrogen electrodes can be used with either position only, whereas E7018 electrodes are suitable for
ac or deep. They are designed for the same applications as all positions.
the E7016 electrodes. As is common with all low-hydro- The E7028 electrode coverings are much thicker. They
gen electrodes, a short arc length should be maintained at make up approximately 50 percent of the weight of the
all times. electrodes. The iron content of E7028electrodes is high-
In addition to their use oncarbon steel, the E7018 elec- er (approximately 50 percent of the weight of the cover-
trodes are also used for joints involving high-strength, ings). Consequently, on .fillet welds inthe horizontal posi-
high-carbon, or low-alloy steels. The fillet welds made in tion and groove welds in the flat welding position, E7028
the horizontal and flat welding positions have a slightly electrodes give a higher deposition rate than the E7018
convex weld face, with a smooth and finely rippled sur- electrodes for a given size of electrode.
face. The electrodes are characterized by a smooth, quiet
arc, very low spatter, and medium arc penetration. E7018
electrodes can be used at high travel speeds. 4.7.12E6019Classification. E60 19 electrodes, al-
though very similar to E6013 and E6020 electrodes in
Electrodes designatedas E701 8-1 havethe same usabil-
their coverings, have distinct differences. E6019 elec-
ityandweldmetal compositionasE7018 electrodes,
trode, with itsrather fluid slag system, provides deeper
except that the manganesecontent is set at the high end of arc penetration: and it produces weld metal that meets
the range. They are intended for welds requiring a lower
a 22-percentminimumelongationrequirement,con-
transition temperature than is normally available from
forms to the Grade 1 radiographic standards, and has an
E7018 electrodes. average impact strength of20 ft.lb (275) when tested at
0°F (-18°C).
4.7.10E7018MElectrodes. E7018M electrodes are E6019 electrodes are suitable for multiple-pass welding
similar to E7018-1H4R electrodes, except that the testing of steel up to one inch (25 mm) thick. They are designed
for mechanical properties and for classification is per- for use with ac, dcen, or dcep. While 3/16 in. (3.8 mm)
formed on a groove weld that has a 60” included angle and smaller-diameterelectrodes can be used for all weld-
and, for electrodes up to 5/32 in. (3.0 mm), is welded in ing positions (except vertical welding position withdown-
the vertical position withupwardprogression.The ward progression), the use of larger-diameter electrodes
impact test results are evaluated using all five test values, should be limited to the flat or horizontal fillet welding
and higher valuesare required at -20°F (-29°C). The max- position. When welding in the vertical welding position
imum allowable moisture-in-coating values in the “as- with upward progression, weaving should be limited to
received” or reconditioned state are more restrictive than minimize undercut.
that required for E7018R. This classification closely cor-
responds to MIL-7018” in MIL-E-22200/10 specifica-
tion, with the exception that the absorbed moisturelimits 4.7.13 E6020 Classification. E6020 electrodes have a
on the electrode covering and the diffusible hydrogen high iron-oxidecovering.They are characterized by a
limits on the weld metal are not as restrictive as those in spray-type arc, produce a smoothand flat or slightly con-
MIL-E-22200/10. cave weld face, and have an easily removable slag.
E7018M is intended to be used with dcep-type current A low-viscosity slag limits the use of E6020 electrodes
in order to produce the optimum mechanical properties. to horizontal fillets and flat welding positions. With arc
However, if the manufacturer desires, the electrode may penetrationranging from medium to deep(depending
also be classified as E7018,provided all the requirements upon welding current), E6020 electrodes are best suited
of E70 18 are met. for thicker base metal.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514454 05T m
11
4.7.14 E7024Classification. E7024 electrode cover- 5. Guide to Classification of Low-Alloy Steel Covered
ings contain large amounts ofiron powder incombination Arc Welding Electrodes.
with ingredients similar to those used inE6012 and E6013
5.1 Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSVAWS A5.5-8 1,
electrodes. The coverings on E7023 electrodes are very
Spec$cation for Low-Alloy Steel Covered Arc Welding
thickandusually amounttoabout 50 percent of the
Electrodes.
weightof the electrode, resulting inhigherdeposition
efficiency.
The E7024 electrodes are well-suited for making fillet 5.2Introduction. This guide is a source of information
welds in the flat or horizontal position. The weld face is regarding the welding rods and electrodes presented in
slightly convex to flat, with a very smooth surface and a ANSVAWS A5.5-81 . In recent years, theservice require-
---
very fine ripple. These electrodes are characterized by a ments of low-alloy steel arcwelding electrodes have
|
| ||||
smooth, quiet arc, very low spatter, and low arc penetra- become more and more exacting. For many applications,
consumers require low-alloy steel electrodes that will pro-
|||| || || |||||
tion. Theycanbeusedwithhightravelspeeds.
Electrodes of these classifications can be operated onac, vide weld metal ofspecific mechanical properties, as well
dcep, or dcen. as other specific properties. In addition to the mechanical
|| || ||
Electrodes designatedas E7023-1 havethe same gener- requirements,chemicalcomposition oftheweldmetal
al usability characteristics as E7023 electrodes. They are must be within a specified analysis range. Electrodes are
||
intended for use in situations requiring greater ductility required to meet a specific chemical analysis, as well as
||||
and a lower transition temperature than normally is avail- certain mechanical properties. This guide coversonly the
able from E7023electrodes. most frequently used low-alloy steel electrodes.
--
4.7.15 E6027 Classification. E6027 electrode cover- 5.3 Method of Classification. The classification system
ings contain large amounts of iron powder in combination used follows the established pattern. The letter “E’ desig-
with ingredients similar to those found in E6020 elec- nates an electrode; the first two digits (or three digits for
trodes. The coverings on E6027 electrodes are also very a five-digit number) 70 for example, designate the mini-
thick and .usually amount to about 50 percent of the mum tensile strength of the deposited metal in lo00 psi.
weight of the electrode. The third digit (or fourth digit of a five-digit number)
The E6027 electrodes are designed for fillet or groove indicates the position in which satisfactory welds can be
welds in the flat welding position with ac, dcep, or dcen, made with the electrode. Thus, The 1, as in E7010, means
and will produce flat
a or slightly concave weld face on fil- that the electrode is satisfactory for use in all positions
let welds in the horizontal position with either ac ordcen. (flat, vertical, overhead, and horizontal). The 2, as in
E6027 electrodes have a spray-type arc. They will oper- E7020, indicates that the electrode is suitable for the flat
ate at hightravelspeeds.Arcpenetrationismoderate. position and also for making fillet welds in the horizontal
Spatter loss is very low.E6027 electrodes produce a position. The last two digits, taken together, indicate the
heavy slag which is honeycombed on the underside. The type of current with which the electrode can be used, and
slag is friable and easily removed. the type of coveringon the electrode. In addition, a letter
Welds produced with E6027 electrodes have a flat to suffix, such as Al, designates the chemical composition
slightly concave weld face with a smooth, fine, even rip- of the deposited weld metal. Thus, a complete classifica-
ple and good wettingalong the sides of the joint. The weld tion of an electrode would be E7010-A1, E8016-C2,etc.
metal may be slightly inferior in radiographic soundness Note: The specific chemical compositions are not
to that from E6020 electrodes. High amperages can be always identified with specific mechanical properties.
used, since a considerable portion of the electrical energy However, a supplier is required to include the mechanical
passing throughthe electrode is used to melt the covering properties appropriatefor a particular electrodein clas-
and the iron powder itcontains. These electrodes are well- sification of that electrode. Thus, a complete designation
suited for thicker base metal. is E8016-C2; Exx16-C2 is not a complete classification.
4.7.16E7029Classification. E7027 electrodes have 5.4 Welding Procedure

the same usabilityand design characteristics as E6027
electrodes, except they are intended for use in situations 5.4.1 Whenexamining the weld metal properties
requiring slightly higher tensile and yield strengths than required in test welds, it should be recognized that the
are obtained with E6027 electrodes. They must also meet properties may vary widely, depending on electrode size
chemical composition requirements.In other respects, all and amperage used, plate thickness, joint geometry, pre-
previous discussions for E6027 electrodes also apply to heat and interpass temperatures, surface condition, base
E7027 electrodes. metal composition, and admixtures withthe deposited
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0784265 05L4455 T9b m
12
metal, etc. Because of the profound effect of the variables, 5.5 Classification Tests
a test procedure was chosen which would represent good
5.5.1 Electrodes whichmeet all the requirements of
welding practice andminimizevariation of themost
any given classification may be expected to havesimilar
potent of these variables.
characteristics. Certainminor differences continue to
exist from onebrand to another dueto differences in pro-
5.4.2 Weld metal properties may be altered dueto vari- duction facilities and the usual differences in preferences
ations in production. For instance, interpass temperatures that exist regarding specific operating characteristics.
may range from subfreezing to several hundred degrees
Fahrenheit (Celsius). No single temperature or reasonable 5.5.2 Since the electrodes within a given classifica-
range of temperatures can be chosen for classification tests tion
have
similar
operating
characteristics
and
whichwillberepresentativeofalloftheconditions mechanical properties, the user can limit the study of
encountered in production work. Properties of production available electrodes to those withina single classifica-
welds may vary accordingly, depending on the particular tion after determining which classification best suits
welding conditions, and may not duplicate or even closely his particular requirements.
approach the values specified for test welds. For example,
ductility in single-passfillet welds or welds in heavy plate
5.5.3 ANSVAWSA5.5 does not establish values for
made outdoors in chilly weather may drop to little more
all characteristics of the electrodes falling within a given
than half that required and normally obtained. This does
classification, but it does establish values to measure
not indicate that either the electrodes or the welds are below
those of major importance. In some instances, a particu-
standard.Itindicatesonlythattheparticularproduction
lar characteristic is common to a number of classifica-
conditions are more severe than the test conditions.
tions, and testing for it is not necessary. In other
instances, the characteristics are so intangible that no
5.4.3 Weld metal hydrogen content will affect the prop- adequate tests are available.
erties of depositedweldmetals.Depositedweldmetal,
other than those from low-hydrogen electrodes, contain
significant quantities of hydrogen for some periodof time 5.6 Electrode Coating Moisture Content and
aftertheyhavebeendeposited. This hydrogen escapes Conditioning
gradually. After twoto four weeks at room temperature, or 5.6.1 Hydrogen can have adverse effects on welds in
in 23 to 48 hours at 200 to 220°F(95 to 105°C)most of it some steels under certain conditions. One source of this
has escaped. As a result of this change in hydrogen con- hydrogen is moisture in the electrode coverings. For this
tent, the yield, tensile, and impact strength remain rela- reason,theproper storage, treatment, andhandling of
tively unchanged. Although the ductility of the weld metal electrodes is necessary.
increases toward its inherent value.
5.6.2 Electrodes are manufactured to be within accept-
5.4.4 When weld deposits are given a postweld heat able moisture limits, consistent with the type of covering
treatment, the temperature andtimeattemperatureare and strength of the weld metal. They are then normally
very important. Thefollowing pointsconcerningpost- packaged in a container which has been designed to pro-
weld heat treatment (stress relief in this case) should be vide the degree of moisture protection considered neces-
kept in mind.The tensile and yield strengths generally are sary for the type ofcovering involved.
decreased as stress relief temperature and time attemper-
ature are increased. 5.6.3 Electrodes can be maintained for many months
under proper storage at normal room temperatures with
---
5.4.5 Welds made with low-hydrogenelectrodes of the relative humidity at 50 percent or less, or inholding
|
same classification and the same welding procedure

| ||||
ovens.However, if the containers are damaged or the

(including the same interpass temperature) may have sig- electrodes are improperly stored, their coverings may
|||| || || |||||
nificantly different tensile and yield strengths in the as- absorb excessive atmospheric moisture.
welded and stress-relieved conditions.
|| || ||
5.6.4 The low-hydrogen(EXX15and EXX16) and

5.4.6 When two stress-relieved weldments made with low-hydrogenironpowder (EXX18) electrodes are the
||
the same classification of low-hydrogen electrode and most critical types for moisture absorption. These types of
||||
using the same welding procedure, excepting a variation inorganic-covered electrodes are designed and developed
in interpass temperature and stress relief time, can have to contain the very minimum amount of moisture in their
--
almost identical tensile and yield strengths. coverings. They should be stored and handled with con-
13
siderable care. For this reason, a requirement covering the Users not familiar with the characteristics of low-alloy
moisture content of the coverings of low-hydrogen elec- steels are referred toChapter 63 of the Welding
trodes packagedin hermetically sealed containers is Handbook, Volume 4, Sixth Edition and other publica-
included in the specification. Electrodes which have been tions on low-alloy steels.
exposedtohumid atmospheres may absorbexcessive
moisture. The moisture contentof electrodes which have
been exposed to the atmosphere should not exceed the 6. Guideto Classification of Carbon Steel Filler Metals
specified limits. for Gas Shielded Arc Welding
6.1 Provisions. Excerpts fromANSUAWSA5.18-79,
5.6.5 If there is a possibility that the electrodes may Spec$cation for Carbon Steel Filler Metals for Gas
have picked up excessive moisture, they may be restored Shielded Arc Welding.
by rebaking. Some electrodes require rebaking at temper-
ature as high as 800°F (327°C) for approximatelytwo 6.2Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
hours. The manner in which theelectrodes have been pro- late
the
filler
metal
classifications
presented in
duced, the relative humidity, and temperature conditions ANSVAWS A5.18-79 with their intended applications.
under which the electrodes are stored determine the prop-
er length of time and temperature used for reconditioning.
The supplier shouldberequested to furnish the proper 6.3 Classification System
length of time and temperature for this purpose. 6.3.1 The classification system follows as closely as
possible thestandardpatternusedinAWS filler metal
5.7 Coverings specifications. The inherent nature of the products being
classified has, however, necessitated specific changes
5.7.1 Electrodes of some classifications have substan- which more ably classify the product.
tial quantities of iron powder added to their coverings.
The iron powder fuses with the core wire and the other 6.3.2 As anexample,consider ER70S-2. The prefix
metal in the covering as the electrode melts down, and it “E’ designates an electrode as in other specifications. The
is deposited as weldmetal along withthe core wire. letters “ER’ at the beginning of a classification indicate
Relatively high currents can be used,since a considerable that the bare filler metal may be used as an electrode or
portion of the electrical energy passing through the elec- welding rod. The number 70 indicates the required mini-
trode is used to melt the larger covering and iron powder mum tensile strength in multiples of lo00 psi (6.9 MPa)
therein. The result is that electrodes with iron powder in of the weld metal in a test weld made using the electrode
their covering usually have higher deposition rates than in accordance with specified welding conditions. The let-
electrodes without iron powder. ter “S” designates a bare, solid electrode or rod. The suf-
fix 2 relates to the specific chemical composition.
5.7.2 Due to the thick covering and deep arc cup pro-
duced, iron powder electrodes can be used very effective- 6.3.3 At the option and expense of the purchaser,
lywith a “drag” technique. Thistechnique consists of acceptance may be based on theresults of any or all of the
keeping the electrode covering in contact with the work- classification tests required by the specification made on
piece (both members, in fillet welds) at all times, which a gas tungsten arc welding test assembly.
---
makes for easy handling. However,an open-arc technique |
is preferable if the 3/32 in. (2.3 mm) or 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)
| ||||
sizes are to be used inout-of-position welding or for mak- 6.4 Description and Intended Use
|||| || || |||||
ing groove welds. Tests conducted to date have not indi- The following is a description of the characteristics
cated any significant difference in mechanical properties of the filler metal classifications and the intended uses of
for the two techniques. each classification. It should be notedthat weld properties
|| || ||
mayvary appreciablydepending on several factors -

||
filler metal size and current used, plate thickness, joint

5.8 Description and Intended Useof Electrodes. The
||||
geometry, preheatand interpass temperatures, surface

steels commonly welded with low-alloy electrodes usual-
conditions, base metal composition and extent of alloying
ly are used for specific purposes. The welding of these
--
with the filler metal, and shielding gas.

steels requires an understanding of their properties and
heat treatment beyond that which could becovered in this When filler metals are deposited, the weld metal chem-
text. Therefore, the sections dealing with usability of low- ical composition will not vary greatly from the as-manu-
alloy steel electrodes have not beenincluded in thisguide. factured composition whenusedwith argon-oxygen
~~
STDeAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 H O784265 0534457 ab9 m

14
shielding gas, but it will show a considerable reduction in circuiting type transfer, but can be used for welding steels
content of manganese, silicon, and other deoxidizers whichhavearusty or dirty surface, withapossible sacri-
whenusedwithCO, as the shielding gas. This reduction fice of weld quality, depending on the degree of surface
willdiminishthetensileandyieldstrengths of thewelds contamination.These filler metals are notrequiredto
made using CO, shielding gas, but these values will not be demonstrate impact properties.
---
less than the minimum values specified.
|
| ||||
6.4.5ER70S-6Classification. Filler metals of this
6.4.1 ER70S-2 Classification. This classification cov- classification have the highest combination of manganese
|||| || || |||||
ers multiple deoxidized steel filler metals which contain a and silicon, permitting high current welding with C02 gas
nominal combined total of 0.20 percent zirconium,titani- shielding even in rimmed steels. These filler metals also
um, and aluminum in addition to the silicon and man-
|| || ||
may be used to weld sheet metal in which smooth weld
ganese contents. These filler metals are capable of pro- beads are desired, or to weld and steels which have mod-
||
ducing sound welds in semikilled and rimmed steels, and erate amounts of rust and mill scale. The quality of the
||||
also in killed steels of various carbon levels. Because of weld will depend onthe degree of surface impurities. This
the added deoxidants, these filler metals can be used for filler metal is also usable out-of-position with short cir-
--
welding steels which have a rusty or dirty surface, with a cuiting transfer.
possible sacrifice of weld quality depending on the degree
of surface contamination.They can be used with shield-a
6.4.6 ER70S-7 Classification.These filler metals have
ing gas of argon-oxygen mixtures, COZ, or argon-CO,
a manganese content that is essentially equal to that of
mixtures; and they are preferred for out-of-position weld-
ER70S-6,andsubstantiallygreaterthanthoseof the
ing with the short-circuiting type of transfer because of
ER70S-3 classification. This provides slightly better wet-
their ease of operation.
ting and weld appearance with slightly higher tensile and
yield strengths, and it may permit increased speeds com-
6.4.2 ER70S-3 Classification. These filler metals will pared with ER7OS-3 filler metals. These filler metals gen-
meet the requirements of ANSVAWS A5.18 with either erally are recommended for use with argon-oxygen shield-
CO2 or argon-oxygen as a shielding gas. They are used ing-gas mixtures, but they are usable with argon-CO2 mix-
primarily on single-pass welds, but can be used on multi- tures andCO, under the same general conditions as for the
ple-pass welds, especially when welding killed or semi- ER70S-3 classification. Under equivalent welding condi-
killed steel. Small diameterelectrodes can beused for out- tions,weldhardnesswillbe lower thanER70S-6weld
of-position welding and for short circuiting type transfer metal, but higher than ER70S-3 deposits.
withargon-CO2mixtures or CO, shieldinggases.
However, it should be noted that the use of CO2 shielding
gas in conjunction withexcessively high heat inputs may 6.4.7 ER7OS-G Classification. This classification in-
result in failure to meet the minimumspecified tensile and cludes those solid filler metals which are not included in
yield strength. the preceding classes. The filler metal supplier should be
consulted for the characteristicsandintended use.
6.4.3 ER70S-4 Classification.These filler metals con- ANSVAWS A5.18-93 does not
list specific chemical
tain slightly higher manganese and silicon contents than composition or impact requirements. These are subject to
those of the ER70S-3 classification, and they produce a agreement between supplier and purchaser. However, any
weld deposit of higher tensile strength. The primary useof filler metal classified ER70S-Gmustmeet all other
these filler metals is for CO2 shielded welding applica- requirements of the specification.
tions whereaslightly longer arc or other conditions
require more deoxidation than provided by the ER70S-3 6.5 Welding Considerations
filler metals. These filler metals are notrequired to
demonstrate impact properties. 6.5.1 Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) can be divided
into four categories based on the mode of metal transfer
6.4.4 ER70S-5 Classification. This classification cov- employed. The methods are known as spray, pulsedspray,
ers filler metals which contain aluminum in addition to globular, and short-circuiting type transfer. Spray, pulsed
manganese and silicon as deoxidizers. These filler metals spray, and globular transfer occur as distinct droplets
can be used when welding rimmed, killed, or semikilled detached from the electrode in a fine stream or as glob-
steels with C02 shielding gas and high welding currents. ules. The droplets or globules transfer along the arc col-
The relatively large amount of aluminum assures the umn into the weld puddle. In short-circuiting type trans-
deposition of welldeoxidizedand sound weldmetal. fer, the electrode is deposited during frequent short cir-
Because of the aluminum, they are not used for the short- cuiting of the electrode into the molten pool.
S T D = A W S UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514458 7T5 m
15
6.5.2 Spray-Type Transfer 50 to 200 timesper second. Metalis transferred with each
short circuit and notacross the arc.Short-circuiting of car-
6.5.2.1 Spray-type transfer welding of carbon steel is
mostcommonlydonewithashieldinggasmixtureof bon steel is most commonly done with shielding gas mix-
argon and2 to 5 percent oxygen.A characteristic of spray- tures of argon-C02 or with 100 percent welding grade -
type transfer welding with argon-oxygen shielding gas is CO,. Penetration of welds made with CO2 shielding gas
the smooth arc plasma through which hundreds of droplets is greater than with argon-CO2 mixtures. Shielding gas
per second are transferred axiallyfrom the electrode to the mixtures of 50 to 80 percent argon-remainder CO2 result
weld puddle. With CO, shielding gas, however, rapid rate in higher short circuiting rates and lower minimum cur-
of transfer of droplets across the arc does not occur unless rents and voltages than with CO, shielding. This can be
very high currents are used. an advantage in welding thin plate.
6.5.2.2 Axial spray transfer in argon-oxygen shielding
gas is mainly related to the magnitude and polarityof the
arc current and electrical resistance heating of the elec- 7. Guideto Classificationof Low-Alloy Steel Filler
trode. The high droplet rate (approximately 250 droplets Metals for Gas Shielded Arc Welding.
persecond)developssuddenlyaboveacriticalcurrent 7.1 Provisions. Excerpts
from AWS A5.28-79,
level,commonlyreferredtoasthe transitioncurrent.
Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Filler Metal for Gas
Below this current. the metal is transferred in drops gener-
ally larger in diameter than the electrode at a rate of 10 to Shielded Arc Welding.
20 drops per second (globular transfer). The transition cur-
rent is dependent to a great extent on electrode diameter 7.2Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
and chemical composition. For 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) diameter late the filler
metal
classifications
presented in
carbon steel electrodes, a transition current of 270 amperes AWS A5.28-79 with their intended application.
(dc, electrode positive) is common. Alternating current is
not recommended.
6.5.3 Pulsed-Spray-Type Transfer.Metal transfer in 7.3.1 The classification system follows as closely as
pulsedspray arc welding is similar to the spray arc possible the standard pattern used in AWS filler metal
described above and occurs at lower average currents. specifications. The inherent nature of the products being
Lower current welding is made possible by rapid pulsing classified have,however,necessitated specific changes
of the current between ahigh level where metal will trans- which more ably classify the product.
fer in the spray mode and a low level where no transfer
takes place. At a typical rate of 60 to 120 pulses per sec- 7.3.2 As an example, considerER80S-B2 and
ond, a melted drop is formed by the low-current arc, then E8OC-B2. The prefix “E’ designates an electrode, as in
“squeezed off’ by the high current pulse. This mode per- other specifications. The letters “ER’ at the beginning of
mits all-position welding in a manner similar to short-cir- a classification indicate that the filler metal may be used
cuiting transfer described below. as an electrode or welding rod. The number 80 indicates
therequiredminimum tensile strengthin multiples of
6.5.4 Globular-Type Transfer. The method of trans- lo00 psi (6.9 MPa) of the weld metal in a test weld made
fer which characterizes welding with CO2 shielding gas is using the electrode in accordance with specified welding
globular and nonaxial in nature. Common practice with conditions. Three digits are used for weldmetal of
globular transfer is to uselowarc voltagetocause a 100000psi (690 MPa) tensile strength and higher. The
“buried arc” which produces deep penetration and mini- letter “S” designates a bare solid electrode or rod. The let-
---
mizes spatter. For this type of transfer, 0.035 and 1/16 in. ter “C” designates a composite metal cored or stranded
|
| ||||
(1.2 and 1.6 mm) diameter electrodes are normally used at electrode. The suffix B2 indicates a particular classifica-
|||| || || |||||
welding currents in a rangeof 275-300 amperes(dc). The tion based on as-manufactured chemical composition.
rate of droplets (globules) transferred ranges from 20 to
70 per second depending on the electrode, welding cur- 7.3.3 Atthe option and expense of the purchaser,
|| || ||
rent, and voltage. acceptance may be based on theresults of any or all of the
tests required by ANSVAWS A5.28-79 made on GTAW
||
6.5.5 Short-Circuiting-Type Transfer. This method test assembly. Compositeelectrodes are not recommend-
||||
of (GMAW) is generally done with 0.030 to 0.035 in. (0.8 ed for GTAW or PAW.
to 1.2 mm) diameter electrodes, using lower arc voltages
--
andamperagesthansprayarc welding, andapower 7.4 Description and Intended Use. The following is a
source designed for short circuiting transfer. The elec- description of the characteristics and intended use of the
trode short-circuits to the workpiece, usually at a rate of filler metals classified by ANSVAWS A5.28-79.
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0534459 b3L m
16
--
It should be noted that weld properties may vary appre- 7.4.6 ERSOS-Ni2 and ESOC-Ni2 Classifications.
ciablydependingon filler metalsizeandcurrentused, These filler metals deposit weld metal similar to 8018-C 1
||||
plate thickness, joint geometry, preheat and interpass tem- electrodes. Typically, they are used for welding 3-112 per-
||
peratures, surface conditions, base-metal composition and cent nickel steels and other materials requiring a tensile
|| || ||
extent of alloying with the filler metal, and shielding gas. strength of 80ksi (550 MPa) and good toughness at tem-
|||| || || |||||
For example, when filler metals having a certain analysis peratures as low as -75°F (-60°C).
are deposited, the weld-metal chemical composition will
not vary greatly from the as-manufactured composition of 7.4.7ERSOS-Ni3andESOC-Ni3 Classifications.
| ||||
the filler metal when used with argon-oxygen shielding These filler metals deposit weld metal similar to 8018-C2
|
gas; but they will show a considerable reduction in the electrodes. Typically they are used for welding 3-1/2 per-
---
content of manganese, silicon, and other deoxidizers when cent nickel steels for low-temperatureservice wherea ten-
used with CO, as the shielding gas. sile strength of 90 ksi (620 MPa) is required.
7.4.1 ERSOSB2 and ESOGB2 Classifications. Filler 7.4.8ERSOS-D2Classification. This filler metalis
metals of these classificationsare
used
to
weld the same as E70S-1B of A5.18-93. Filler metals of this
1/2Cr-l/2Mo, 1 Cr-l/2Mo, and 1-1/4Cr-l/2Mo steels classification contain a high level of deoxidizers (Mn and
for elevated temperatures and corrosive service. They are Si), to control porosity when welding with CO, as the
also used for joining dissimilar combinations of Cr-Mo shielding gas, andmolybdenum for increased strength.
and carbon steels. The spray transfer, short-circuiting, or They will give radiographic quality welds with excellent
pulsed power modesof the GMAW process may be used. bead appearance inbothordinaryand difficult-to-weld
Carefulcontrol of preheat, interpass temperatures, and carbon and low-alloy steels. They exhibit excellent out-
postheat is essential to avoid cracking. of-position welding characteristics with the short-circuit-
ing and pulsed-arc processes. The combination of weld
soundness and strength makes filler metal of this classifi-
7.4.2 ERSOS-B2L and ESOC-B2L Classifications. cation suitable for single- and multiple-pass welding of a
These filler metals are identical to the types ER8OS-B2 variety of carbon andlow-alloy steels.
and E8OC-B2 except for the low carbon content (0.05 per
maximum). This alloy exhibits greater resistance to crack- 7.4.9 ER100S-1, ER100S-2, ER11OS-1, and
ing and is more suitable when welds are to be left in the ER120S-1Classifications. These filler metals deposit
as-welded condition or when the accuracy of the PWHT high-strength, very tough weld metal for critical applica-
operation is questionable. tions. Originallydevelopedforwelding HY80 and
HYlOO steels for military applications, they are also used
7.4.3 ER90S-B3 and E90C-B3 Classifications.Filler for a variety of structural applications where tensile
metalsof these classifications are usedtoweldthe strength requirementsexceed 100 ksi (690MPa) and
2- 1/4Cr-1Mo steels used for high temperature-high pres- excellent toughness is required to temperatures as low as
sure piping and pressure vessels. These may also be used -60°F (-50°C).
for joining combinations of Cr-Mo and carbon steel. All
gas metal arc welding modes may be used. Careful con- 7.4.10 ERXXS-G and EXXC-G Classifications.
trol of preheat, interpass temperatures, and postheat are These classifications include those solid electrodes and
essential to avoid cracking. rods and composite metal cored and stranded electrodes
which are not included in the preceding classes. The sup-
plier shouldbe consulted for the characteristics and
7.4.4 ER90S-B3L and E90C-B3LClassifications. intended use of these filler metals. ANSUAWS A5.28-92
These filler metals are identical to the types ER90S-B3 does not list specific chemicalcomposition or impact
and E90C-B3 exceptfor the low carbon content (0.05per- requirements. These are subject to agreementbetween
cent maximum). These alloys exhibit greater resistance to supplier and purchaser. However, any filler metal classi-
cracking and are more suitable for welds to be left in the fied ERXXS-G or EXXC-G must meet all other require-
as-welded condition. ments of the specification.
7.4.5 ERSOS-NilandESOC-NilClassifications. 7.5 WeldingConsiderations

These filler metals deposit weld metal similar to 8018-C3
covered electrodes and are used for weldinglow-alloy 7.5.1 Gas metal arc welding can be divided into four
high-strength steels requiring good toughness at tempera- categories based on the mode of metal transfer employed.
tures as low as -40°F (-40°C). The methods are known as spray, pulsed spray, globular,
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05L44b0 353 m
17
and short-circuiting type transfer. Spray, pulsed spray, and welding currents in a range of 275 to 400 amperes (dc).
globular transfer occur as distinct droplets detached from The rate of droplets (globules) transferred ranges from 20
the electrode in a fine stream or as globules. The droplets to 70 per second, depending on the electrode, welding
or globules transfer along the arc column into the weld current, and voltage.
puddle. In short-circuiting type transfer, the electrode is
deposited during frequent short-circuiting of the electrode 7.5.5 Short Circuiting Type Transfer. This method
into the molten pool. of gas metal arc welding is generally done with 0.030 to
0.045 in. (0.8 to 1.2 mm) diameter electrodes using lower
7.5.2 Spray-Type Transfer arc voltages and amperages than spray arc welding and a
7.5.2.1 Spray-type transfer welding of low-alloy steel is special power supply. The electrode short-circuits to the
mostcommonlydonewith a shieldinggasmixtureof workpiece, usually at a rate of 50 to 200 times per second.
argon and 2 to 5 percent oxygen.A characteristic of spray Metal is transferred with each short circuit and not across
type transfer welding with argon-oxygen shielding gas is the arc. Short circuiting gas metal arc welding of low-
thesmootharcplasma,throughwhichhundreds of alloy steel is most commonly done with shielding gas
droplets per second are transferred axially from the elec- mixtures of argon-C02, 100 percent welding grade COZ,
trode to the weld puddle. With COz shielding gas, howev- and occasionally with mixtures ofhelium-argon-CO2.
er, rapid rateof transfer of droplets across the arc does not Penetration of weldsmade with CO, shielding gas is
occur unless very high currents are used. greater than with argon-C02 mixtures, but mixtures con-
7.5.2.2 Axial spray transfer in argon-oxygen shielding taining substantial amounts of argon or helium generally
gas is mainly related to the magnitude and polarity of the result in superior weld metal impact properties. Shielding
arc current and electrical-resistance heating of the elec- gas mixtures of 50 to 90 percent argon-remainder CO2,or
trode. The high droplet rate (approximately 250 droplets 50 to 90 percent helium-remainder CO,, result in higher
persecond)developssuddenlyabove a criticalcurrent
short-circuiting rates and lower minimum currents and
---
level,commonlyreferredtoasthetransitioncurrent.
voltages than does CO2 shielding alone. This can be an
|
Below this current, themetal is transferred in drops gener-
| ||||
ally largerin diameter than the electrode ata rate from 10 advantage when welding thin plate or in the achievement
|||| || || |||||
to 20 per second (globular transfer). The transition current of superior impact properties.
is dependent to a great extent on electrode diameter and
chemicalcomposition. For 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) diameter
8. Guide to Classification of Carbon Steel Electrodes
|| || ||
low-alloysteelelectrodes, a transitioncurrent of 270
amperes (dc, electrode positive) is common. Alternating for FluxCored Arc Welding.
||
current is not recommended. 8.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWS A5.20-79
||||
7.5.2.3 Shielding gasmixturesofargon-CO2,argon- Specijìcationfor Carbon Steel Electrodes for Flux Cored
COz-oxygen, and CO2-oxygen have found limited use for Arc Welding.
--
spray arc welding of low-alloy steel.
8.2 Introduction. This guide is provided as a source of
7.5.3 Pulsed-Spray Type Transfer. Metal transfer in information regarding the application of filler metal
pulsed-spray arc welding is similar to the spray arc classifications specified in ANSI/AWS A5.20-79.
described above and occurs at lower average currents.
Lower-current welding is made possible by rapid pulsing
8.3 Method of Classification
of the current between a high level where metal will trans-
fer in the spray mode and a low level where no transfer 8.3.1 The classification system usedinANSVAWS
takes place. At a typical rate of 60 to 120 pulses per sec- A5.20 follows as closely as possible the standard pattern
ond, a melted drop is formed by the low current arc and usedinAWS filler metal specifications. The inherent
then “squeezed off’ by the high current pulse. This mode nature of the products being classified has, however,
permits all-position welding in a manner similar to short- necessitated specific changes which more suitably classi-
circuiting transfer, described below. fy the product.
7.5.4 Globular-TypeTransfer. The method of trans- 8.3.2 An illustration of the method of classification of
fer which characterizes welding with CO2 shielding gas is electrodes is shown in Figure l .
globular and non-axial in nature. Common practice with
globular transfer is to uselow arc voltage to cause a 8.3.3 Some products maybe designed for the flat and
“buried arc” which produces deep penetration and mini- horizontal positions regardless of size. Others maybe
mizes spatter. For this type of transfer, 0.045 and 1/16 in. designed for out-of-position welding in the smaller sizes
(1.2 and 1.6 mm) diameter electrodes are used normally at and flat and horizontal positions in the larger sizes. The
~~
STDeAWS UGFN-ENGL 1995 0784265 0514461 29T m

18
specification allows dual classification for theprimary ilar flux or corecomponents andwhich have similar
weld positions on thelatter types. usability characteristics.
8.4 Welding Procedure. 8.5.4 T-1 Electrode Classification, Electrodes of the

T-1 group are classifiedwith C02 shielding gas.
When examining the weld metal properties required in However, gas mixtures of argon-C02 are also used to
test welds in accordance with the specification, it should improve usability, especially for out-of-position applica-
be recognized thatthe properties mayvary widely, tions. Decreasing amountsof CO2 in the argon-C02 mix-
depending on electrode size, amperage and voltage used, ture will increase manganese and silicon in the deposit
type and amount of shielding gas, electrical extension, and may improve the impact properties. These electrodes
plate thickness, joint geometry, preheatand interpass tem- are designed for single- and multiple-pass welding. The
perature, surface condition, base metal composition and larger diameters [usually 5/64 in. (1.6 mm) and smaller]
admixture of the base metal with thedeposited metal, etc. are used for welding in all positions. The T-1 electrodes
are characterized by a spray-transfer, low-spatter-loss, flat
Use to slightly convexbead configuration, anda moderate
volume of slag that completely covers the weldbead.
8.5.1 The toughness requirements for classifications Most electrodes in this group have a rutile base slag.
can be used as a guide in the selection of electrodes for
applications wherelow-temperature notchtoughnessis 8.5.5 T-2 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of this
specifically required. For a given electrode there can be a classification are essentially T-1 electrodes withhigher
considerable difference between impact test results from manganese or silicon or both, and they are designed pri-
one assembly to another, or even from one impactspeci- marily for single-pass welding in the flat position and for
men to another, unless particular attention is given to the horizontal fillets. The higher levels of deoxidizers in these
welding procedure, details of specimen preparation (even electrodes allow single-pass weldingover scaled or
its location within the weld), temperature of testing, and rimmed steel. The specification does not impose chemical
the operation of the testing machine. composition requirements for single-pass electrodes, since
checking the undiluted deposit chemistry will not demon-
8.5.2 Electrodes coveredby the specification are capa- strate their normalsingle-pass deposit chemistry.The two-
ble of producingweld deposits thatmeetmostradi- run technique (one passfrom each side on the butt welds)
ographic quality requirements. is equivalent to the single-pass applications becauseof the
similar weld-metal dilution obtained. T-2 electrodes that
8.5.3 The specification classifiestwelvedifferent use manganese as the principal deoxidizing element give
types of flux cored electrodes. Each suffix (T-1, T-2, T-3, good mechanical properties in both single- and multiple-
T-4, T-5, T-6, T-7, T-8, T-10, T-1 1,T-G, and T-GS) indi- passapplications.However,themanganese content and
cates a general groupingof electrodes which contain sim- tensile strength will be high in multiple-pass applications.
Designates m electrode. These electrodes can be used for welding material which
'F
on its
has heavier mill scale, rust, or other foreign materials
Indicates the minimum tensde strength of the surface than can be tolerated by some electrodes of the T- 1
depositedweld metal in a test weld mada wth the classification and still produce weldsof radiographic qual-
elmrode and in rcC0rd.m witk WeClfiCd welding
conditions. ity. The arc characteristics and deposition rates are similar
to those of the T-1 electrodes.
Il
EX
1
h
"te
XT-X
lndiites the primary welding position for which
dectrode ir designed:
O - flat and horizontalpositions
8.5.6 T-3 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the
T-3 classification are self-shielded, are used on dc with
- ail positions
E
1 positive polarity, and have a spray-type transfer.The slag
system is designed to give characteristics which makepos-
Indicatesuubilitv and performam wpabilities. sible very high welding speeds. They are used to make sin-
gle-pass welds in the flat, horizontal, and(up to20")down-
Indiates a flux cored electrode. hill
positionson
sheet
metal
up to 3/16 in. (4.8 mm) thick.
They should not be used for welding material thicker than
N-: nelewr-X-u i fipn in r k c v o d e c * o i ~ ~ r v t i o ninr 3/16 in. (4.8 mm) or for makingmultiple-passwelds.
UC specification ub*iauu h r rpcoifis d 6 ~ i g ~ t in
id ~rodby hi figure.
0iu
Figure 1 - Method of Classification of Carbon Steel 8.5.7 T-4 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the
Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding T-4 classification are self-shielded, operate on dc with
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDoAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 0784265 0534462 L26 m
19
positive polarity, and have a globular-type transfer. The 8.5.12 T-10 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of
slag system is designed to give characteristics which the T-10 classification are self-shielded and operate on dc
make possible veryhigh deposition rates, and also to withnegativepolarity. The slagsystem is designed to
desulfurize theweldmetal to averylow level, which give characteristics that enable welds to be made at high
helps make the weld deposit very resistant to cracking. travel speeds. They are used for making single-pass welds
These electrodes are designed for low penetration beyond on material of anythickness in the flat, horizontal, and (up
the root of the weld, which enables them to be used for to 20") downhill positions.
welding joints with poor fit-up, and for single-and multi-
ple-pass welding in the flat and horizontal positions. 8.5.13 T-11 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of
theT-1 1 classification are self-shielded, operate on dc
with negative polarity, and have a smooth spray-type arc.
8.5.8 T-5Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the The slag system is designed with characteristics that
T-5group are designed to be used with "2 gas
enable these electrodes to be used in all-position welding
(argon-C02may beused as in the T-1 types) for
and to m&e welds at high travel speeds.They are used as
single- and multiple-pass welding inthe flat position, and
general purpose electrodes for single- and multiple-pass
for horizontal fillets. These electrodes are characterized welding in all positions.
by a globular transfer, slightly convex beadconfiguration,
and a thin slag which may notcompletely coverthe weld
8.5.14 T-G Electrode Classification. The EXXT-G
bead' in this group have a lime-fluoride base is for new multiple-pass
electrodes
which
slag. Weld deposits produced by electrodes of this group
are not covered under anyof the presently defined clas-
have improved impact properties and crack resistance in
sifications. Themultiple-pass properties canbeany-
comparison to the rutile types.
thing covered by these specifications. The slag system,
arc characteristics, weld appearance, and polarity are
8.5.9 T-6 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the not defined.
T-6 classification are self-shielded, operate on dc with
positive polarity, and have a spray-type transfer. The slag 8.5.15 T-GS Electrode Classification. The EXXT-
system is designed to give verygoodlow-temperature GS classification is for new single-pass electrodes which
impact properties, deep penetration beyond the root of the are not covered under any other presently defined classi-
weld, and excellent deep-groove slag removal. They are fication. The single-pass properties can be anything cov-
used for single- and multiple-pass welding in the flat and ered by the specifications. The slag system, arc character-
horizontal positions. istics, weld appearance, and polarity are not defined.
8.5.10 T-7 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the 9. Guide to AWS Classification of Low-Alloy Steel
T-7 classification are self-shielded and operate on dc with Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding
negative polarity. The slag system is designed to give
9.1 Provisions.Excerptfrom ANSUAWS A5.29-80,
characteristics which allow the larger sizes of these elec-
Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes for Flux
trodes to be used for high deposition rates and the small-
Cored Arc Welding.
er sizes to be used for all-position welding. The slag sys-
tem is also designed to desulfurize the weld metal to a
very low level, which helps make the weld deposit resis- 9.2 Method of Classification
tant to cracking. Electrodes of the T-7 classification are
9.2.1 The classification system follows as closely as
used for single- and multiple-pass welding.
possible the standard patternusedinAWS filler metal
specifications. The inherent nature of the products being
8.5.11 T-8Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the classified has, however, necessitated specific changes that
T-8 classification are self-shielded and operate on dc with more suitably classify the product.
negative polarity. The slag system is designed to give
characteristics which make it possible to use these elec- 9.2.2 An illustration of the method of classification of
trodes for all-position welding. The slag system is also electrodes is shown in Figure 2.
designed to produce very good low-temperature impact
properties in the weld metal and to desulfurize the weld 9.2.3 Some products may be designed for the flat and
metal to a very low level, which helps resist weld crack- horizontal positions regardless of size. Others maybe
ing. Electrodes of the T-8 classification are used for sin- designed for out-of-position welding in the smaller sizes
gle- and multiple-pass welding. and flat and horizontal positions in the larger sizes. The
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
20
specification allows dual classification for the primary welding of these steels requires an understanding of their
weld positions on the latter types. properties and heat treatment. Users not familiar with the
characteristics of low-alloy steels are
referred to
9.3 Welding Procedures Chapter63 of the Welding Handbook, 6th Edition, and
other publications of low-alloy steels.
When examining the weld metal properties required in
test welds, it should be recognized that the properties may 9.4.4 It should be noted that the flux cored electrodes
vary widely, depending on electrode size, amperage and are intended primarily for welding in the flat and horizon-
voltage used, type and amount of shielding gas, electrical tal positions, if designated EXOTX-X. These electrodes
extension, plate thickness, joint geometry, preheat and may be used in other positions if the proper welding cur-
interpass temperature, surface condition, base metal com- rent and electrode diameter are used. Electrode diameters
position, and admixture of the base metalwith the below 3/32 in. (2.4 mm), and currents on the low side of
deposited metal. the range recommended by the manufacturer, may be
used for out-of-position welding. TheEXlTX-X elec-
9.4 Description and Intended Use trodes are designed for all-position usability.
9.4.1 The toughness requirements for classifications 9.4.5 The specification classifies four general types of
can be used as a guide in the selection of electrodes for
flux cored electrodes: T l , T4, T5, and T8. Each suffix
applications where low-temperature notch toughness is (Tl, T4, T5, or T8) indicates a general grouping of elec-
specifically required. For a given electrode, there can be a
trodes that contain similar flux or core components that
considerable difference between impact test results from produce distinctive welding characteristics and similar
one assembly to another -or even from one impact spec- slag systems.
imen to another - unless particular attention is given to
the welding procedure, details of specimen preparation 9.4.5.1 Tl Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the
(even its location within the weld), temperature of testing, Tl group are classified with CO, shielding gas. However,
and the operation of the testing machine. gas mixtures of argon-CO2 may be usedwhererecom-
mendedby the manufacturer to improve usability, espe-
9.4.2 Electrodes covered by ANSUAWS A5.29-80 are ciallyforout-of-positionapplications.Theseelectrodes
capable of producing weld deposits that meet most radi- are designed for single- and multiple-pass welding. The
larger diameters [usually 5/64 in. (2.0 mm) and smaller]
ographic quality requirements.
are used for welding in all positions. TheTl electrodes are
9.4.3 The steels commonly welded with low-alloy steel characterized by a spray transfer, low spatter-loss, flat to
slightly convex bead configuration, and a moderate vol-
electrodes usually are used for specific purposes. The ume of slag that completely covers the weld bead. Most
Osnpnatu an electrode.
electrodes in this group havea rutile base slag.
Indicatu the monomum lensole strenN of lhe
9.4.5.2 T4 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the
demrited weld m1.l in a lest m(d mada with the T4 classification are self-shielded, operate on dc with pos-
elmrode a d in r m r d m c e with Ipslficd vratding
mndtttons itive polarity, and have a globular-type transfer. The slag
lndroter the promaw weldwq w s ~ i o nfor which
system is designed to give characteristics that make possi-
the electrod+D designed: ble very high deposition rates, and also to desulfurize the
O - flat andhorozontalporttaons
weld metal to a very low level, which helps make the weld
1 - all positlonr
depositveryresistanttocracking.Theseelectrodesare
EXXTX-X designed for low penetration beyond the rootof the weld,
TT T which enables them to be usedfor weldingjoints with poor
fit-up and for single- and multiple-pass welding in theflat
and horizontal positions.
9.4.5.3 T5 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the
T5 group are designed to be used with CO, shielding gas
(argon-C02mixtures may be used where recommended by
the manufacturer, as in theTl types) for single- and mul-
tiple-pass welding in the flat position, and for horizontal
fillets.Certain T5 electrodesaredesignedtoweldon
straight polarity with argon-C02 mixtures, for use in out-
of-position welding. These electrodes are characterized by
a globulartransfer,slightlyconvexbeadconfiguration,
Figure 2 - Method of Classification of Low-Alloy Steel and a thin slag that may not completely cover the weld
Electrodes for Flux Cored Arc Welding bead. Electrodes in this group have a lime-fluoride base
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 W 0784265 0534464 TT9
21
slag. Weld deposits produced by electrodes of this group steel. Solid electrodes are classified only on the basis of
have improved impact properties and crack-resistance in their chemical composition.
comparison to the rutile types. A composite electrode is indicated bythe letter “C”
9.4.5.4 T8 Electrode Classification. Electrodes of the after the “E’, along with a numerical suffix. The compo-
T8 classification are self-shielded and operate on dc with sition of a composite electrode is meaningless; the user is
negativepolarity.Theslagsystemisdesigned togive therefore referred to weld metal composition with a par-
characteristicsthat makeitpossibletousetheseelec- ticular flux, rather than to electrode composition.
trodes for all-position welding. The slag system is also
designed to produce very good low-temperature impact
properties in the weld metal and to desulfurize the weld 10.3.2 Classification of Fluxes. Fluxes are classified
metal to a very low level, which helps resist weld crack- on the basis of the mechanical properties of the weld metal
ing. Electrodesof the T8 classification areused for single- they produce witha certain classification of electrode.
and multiple-pass welding.
As examples of flux classifications, consider the fol-
9.4.5.5 TX-G Electrode Classification. The lowing designations:
EXXTX-Gclassificationisfornewmultiple-passelec-
--
F6AO-EH 14
trodesthatarenotcoveredunderanyofthepresently
definedclassifications.Thepropertiescan be anything FVP6-EM 12K
||||
covered by the specification. The slag system, arc charac- F7P4-EC 1

||
teristics, weld appearance, and polarity are not defined. The prefix “F’ designates a flux. This is followed by a
|| || ||
single digit representing theminimum tensile strength

|||| || || |||||
required of the weld metal in 1O O00 psi increments.

10. Guide to Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for
Submerged Arc Welding When the letter “ A follows the strength designator, it
indicates that the weld metal was tested(and is classified)
| ||||
10.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWS A5.17-89 in the as-welded condition. When the letter “F‘” follows
|
---
Specijìcationfor Carbon Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for the strength designator, it indicates that the weld metal
Submerged Arc Welding. was tested (and isclassified) after postweld heat treatment
called for in the specification.
10.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre- The digit that follows the “A” or “ P will be a number
late the electrode andflux classifications presentedin or the letter “Z”. This digit refers to the impact strength of
ANSVAWSA5.17-89with their intended applications. the weld metal.Specifically, it designates the temperature
Reference to appropriate base metal specifications is at (and above) which the weld metal meets, or exceeds,
made whenever possible and when it would be helpful. the required 20 ft-lb (275) CharpyV-notchimpact
Such references areintended as examples only, rather strength; or, if the letter “Z” is designated, it indicates that
than complete listings of the base metals for which each noimpact requirement isspecified. These mechanical
electrode and flux combination is suitable. property designations are followed by the designation of
the electrode used in classifying the flux. The suffix -
EH14, EM12K, EC 1, etc. - included after the hyphen
10.3 Classification System refers to the classification of electrode which, combined
10.3.1 Classification of Electrodes. The system for with the flux, will deposit weld metal that meets the spec-
identifying the electrode classifications follows the stan- ified mechanical properties when tested as called for in
dard pattern used in AWS filler metal specifications. The the specification.
Letter “E’ at the beginning of each classification designa- It should be noted that flux of any specific trade desig-
tion stands for electrode. The remainder of the designa- nation may have many classifications. Thenumber is
tion indicates the chemical composition of the electrode limited only by the number of different electrode classi-
-or, in thecase of composite electrodes, of the low-dilu- fications and the condition of heat treatment (as-welded
tion weld metal obtained with a particular flux. and postweld heat-treated) with which the flux can meet
The letter “L” indicates that the solid electrode is com- the classification requirements. The flux marking lists at
paratively low in manganese content.The letter “ M ’ indi- least one, and may list all, classifications to which the
cates a medium manganese content, while the letter “H’ flux conforms.
indicates a comparatively high manganese content. The Solid electrodes having the same classification are
one or two digits following themanganese designator interchangeable when used with a specific flux; compos-
indicate the nominal carbon contentof the electrode. The ite electrodes may not be. However, the specific usability
letter “K’, which appears in some designations, indicates (or operating) characteristics of various fluxes of the same
that the electrode is made from a heat of silicon-killed classification may differ in one respect or another.
22
10.4 Welding Considerations These deoxidizers are added to the flux toprovide
improved resistance to porosity and weldcracking caused
10.4.1 Type of Fluxes. Submerged arc welding fluxes by contaminants onor in the base metal.
are granular, fusible mineral compounds of various pro-
The primary use for active fluxes is to make single-pass
portions and quantities, manufactured by any of several
welds, especially on oxidized base metal.
different methods. In addition, some fluxes may contain
intimately mixed metallic ingredients to deoxidize the Notethefollowingconsiderationsconcerning
weld pool. Any flux is likely to produce weld metal of active fluxes:
somewhat different composition than that ofthe electrode (1) Since active fluxes do contain somedeoxidizers, the
used with it due to chemical reactions in the arc andsome- manganese, silicon, or both in the weld metal will vary
times to the presenceof metallic ingredients in the flux. A with changes in arc voltage. An increase in manganese or
change inarcvoltage during weldingwill change the silicon increases the strength of the weld metal in multi-
quantity of flux interacting with a given quantity of elec- ple-pass welds but may lower the impact properties. For
trode and may, therefore, change the composition of the this reason, voltage must be more tightlycontrolled when
weldmetal. This latter changeprovidesameans of multiple-pass welding with active fluxes than when using
describing fluxes as “neutral”, “active”, or “alloy”. neutral fluxes.
(2) Some fluxes are more active than others. This
10.4.2 Neutral Fluxes. Neutral fluxes are those which means they offer more resistance to porosity due to base
will not produce any significant change in the weld metal metal surface oxides in single-pass welds than a flux
chemical analysis as a result of a large change in the arc which is less active, but they maypose more problemsin
voltage, and thus, the arc length. multipass welding.
The primary use for neutral fluxes is in multiple-pass
welding, especially whenthe base metal exceeds 1 in. 10.4.4AlloyFluxes. Alloy fluxes are those which can
(25 mm) in thickness. be used with a carbon-steel electrode to make alloy weld
Note the following considerations concerning neu- metal. The alloys for the weld metal are addedas ingredi-
tral fluxes: ents in the flux.
(1) Since neutral fluxes contain little or no deoxidizers, The primary use ofalloy fluxes is for welding low-alloy
they must rely on the electrode to provide deoxidation. steels and for hard facing. See the latest edition of
Single-pass welds with insufficient deoxidation on heavi- ANSVAWS A5.23, Specijication for Low-Alloy Steel
ly oxidized base metal may be prone to porosity, center- Electrodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding, for a
line cracking, or both. more complete discussion of alloy fluxes.
(2) While neutral fluxes do maintain the chemical com-
position of theweldmetalevenwhenthevoltageis 10.4.5 Wall Neutrality Number. The Wall Neutrality
changed, it is not always true that the chemical composi- Number is a convenientrelative measure of flux neutrali-
tion of the weld metalis the same as the chemical compo- ty. The WallNeutralityNumber addresses fluxes and
sition of the electrode used. Some neutral fluxes decom- electrodes for welding carbon steelwithregard to the
pose in the heat of the arc andrelease oxygen, resulting in weld-metalmanganeseand silicon content. It does not
a lower carbon value in the weld metal than the carbon address alloy fluxes. For anelectrode-flux combination to
content of the electrode itself.Some neutral fluxes contain be considered neutral, it should have a Wall Neutrality
manganese silicate, which can decompose in the heat of Numberof 40 or less. The lower the WallNeutrality
the arc to add some manganese and silicon to the weld Number, the more neutral is the flux.
metal even though no metallic manganese or silicon was Determination of the Wall Neutrality Number (N)
addedto these particular fluxes. Thesechangesinthe can be accomplished in accordance with the follow-
chemical composition of the weld metal are fairly consis- ing guidelines:
tent even when there are large changes in voltage. (1) A weld pad of the type required in the specification
(3)Even when a neutral flux is used to maintain the is welded with the electrode-flux combination being test-
weldmetal chemical composition througha rangeof ed. Welding parametersare the same as those specifiedfor
welding voltages, weld properties such as strength level the weld testplate for the diameter electrode being used.
and impact properties can change because of changes in (2) A second weld pad is welded using the same para-
other welding parameters such as depth of fusion, heat meters, except that the arc voltage is increased by 8 volts.
input, and number ofpasses. (3) The top surface of each of the weld pads is ground
or machined smooth to clean metal. Samples sufficient
10.4.3 ActiveFluxes. Active fluxes are thosewhich for analysis are removed by machining. Weld metal is
contain smallamounts of manganese, silicon, orboth. analyzed only from the top (fourth) layer of the weld
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 H 07842b5 05b44bb 872 H
23
pad. The samples are analyzed separately for silicon porosity. Silicon is a more powerful deoxidizer than man-
and manganese. ganese. In such applications, use of a silicon-killed elec-
(4) The Wall Neutrality Numberdepends on thechange trode orof an active flux, or both, may be essential. Again,
in silicon, regardless of whether it increases or decreases, manufacturer’s recommendations shouldbe consulted.
and on the change in manganese, regardless of whether it The EM14K electrodes are alloyed with small amounts
increases or decreases. The WallNeutrality Number is the of titanium, although they are considered as carbon-steel
absolute value (i.e., ignoring positive or negative signs) electrodes. The titanium functions to improve strength
and is calculated as follows: andnotch toughness under certain conditions ofhigh
N = 100 (IA%SiIA%MnI) heat-inputweldingor stress relief. Themanufacturer’s
where A% Si is the difference in silicon levels of the two recommendations should be consulted.
pads and A% Mn is the corresponding difference in man- Electrodes of the EH12K classification are high Mn
ganese levels. electrodes with the Mn and Si balanced to produce good
impact properties on applications that require high depo-
10.4.6 RecrushedSlags. Theslagformedduring sition rates or multiple arc procedures,or both, in both the
submerged arc welding may not have the same chemi- as-welded and postweld heat-treated conditions. The
cal composition as unused(virgin) flux. Its composition EH12K classification is a modification of the S3 classifi-
is affected by the composition of the original flux, by cation found in the DIN 8557 (Deutsches Institut fur
the base metal and electrode composition, and by the Normung) Specification.
welding parameters. Composite electrodes generally are designed for a spe-
Although it is possible to recrush and reuse submerged cific flux. The flux identification is required to be marked
arc welding slag as a welding flux, the recrushed slag, on the electrode package. Before using a composite elec-
regardless of any addition of virgin flux to it, is a new, trode with a flux not indicated on the electrode package
chemically different flux. It can beclassified, but must not markings, the electrode producer should be contacted for
be considered to be the same as the virgin flux. Such flux recommendations. A composite electrode might be cho-
must be providedwith its own marking usingthe recrush- sen for higher melting rate and lower depthof fusion at a
er’s name and trade designation. given current level than wouldbe obtainedunder thesame
conditions with a solid electrode.
10.4.7 Choice of Electrodes. In choosing an electrode
classification for submerged arc welding of carbon steel, 10.4.8 Mechanical Propertiesof Submerged Arc
the most important considerations are the manganese and Welds. The mechanical properties are determined from
silicon contents in the electrode, the effect of the flux on specimens prepared accordingto the procedure called for
recovery of manganese and silicon in the weld metal, in the specification. That procedure minimizes dilution
whether the weld is to be single-pass or multiple-pass, and from the base metal and thereby more accurately reflects
the mechanical properties expected of the weld metal. the properties of the weld metal from eachelectrode-flux
A certain minimum weld-metal manganese content is combination. In use, theelectrodes and fluxes are handled
necessary to avoid centerline cracking. This minimum separately, and either of them may be changed without
depends upon restraint of the joint and upon the weld changing the other. For this reason, a classification system
metal composition. In the event that centerline cracking is with standardized test methods is necessary to relate the
encountered, especially with a low-manganese electrode electrodes and fluxes to the properties of their weld metal.
and neutral flux, a change to a higher-manganese elec- Chemical reactions betweenthemoltenportion of the
trode, a change toa more active flux, or both, may elimi- electrode and the flux, and dilution by the base metal all
nate the problem. affect the composition ofthe weld metal.
Certain fluxes, generally considered to be neutral, tend Submerged arc welds are not always madewiththe
to remove carbon and manganese to a limited extent and multipass procedure required in the specification. They
to replace these elements withsilicon. With such fluxes, a frequently are made in single
a pass, at least within certain
silicon-killed electrode is often not necessary though it limits on the thickness of the base metal. When a high
may be used. Other fluxes add no silicon and may there- level of notch toughness is required, multipass weldsmay
fore require the use of a silicon-killed electrode for prop- be necessary.
er wetting and freedom fromporosity. The flux manufac- The specific mechanical properties of a weld are afunc-
turer should be consulted for electrode recommendations tion of its chemical composition, cooling rate, and post-
suitable for a given flux. weld heat treatment. High amperage, single-pass welds
In welding single-pass fillet welds, especially on scaled have greater depth of fusion and, hence, greater dilution
base metal, it is important that the flux, electrode, or both, bythe base metalthan lower-current, multipass welds.
provide sufficient deoxidationto avoid unacceptable Moreover, large, single-pass welds solidify and cool more
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDmAWS UGFN-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05Lr14b7 708
24
slowly than the smaller individual beads of a multipass 11.2 Introduction. The purposeof this guide is to corre-
weld. Furthermore, the succeeding passes of a multipass late the electrode and flux classifications presentedin
weld subject the weld metal of previous passes to a vari- ANSUAWSA5.23-90with their intended applications.
ety of temperature and cooling cycles that alter the metal- Reference to appropriate basemetal specifications is
lurgical structure of different portions of those beads. For made whenever possible and when it would be helpful.
this reason, the properties of a single-pass weld may be Such references are intended onlyas examples, rather
somewhat different from those of a multipass weld made than complete listings of the base metals for which each
with the same electrode and flux. electrode and flux is suitable.
The weld metal properties in the specificationare deter-
mined either in the &-welded condition, or after a post-
weld heat treatment [one hour at 1150°F(621”C)],or both.
Most of the weld metals are suitable for service in either 11.3.1 Classification of Electrodes. The system for
condition, but the specification cannot cover all of the con- identifying the electrode classifications follows the stan-
ditions that such weld metals may encounter in fabrication dard pattern used in AWS filler metal specifications. The
and service. For this reason, the classifications require that letter “E’ at the beginning of each classification designa-
the weld metals be produced and tested under certainspe- tion stands for electrode. The remainder of the designa-
cific conditionsencountered in practice. Procedures tion indicates the chemical compositionof the electrode;
employed in practice may require voltage, amperage, type or, in the case of composite electrodes, of the undiluted
of current, and travel speeds that are considerably different weld metal obtained with a particular flux.
from those required in the specification. In addition, dif- As examples,consider the following designations:
---
ferencesencounteredinelectrodesize,electrode exten- EL12, EM12K, EB3, EM3, and ECB3.
|
| ||||
sion, joint configuration, preheat, interpass temperatures, The prefix “ E ’ designates an electrode, as in other spec-
and postweld heat treatment can have a significant effect
|||| || || |||||
ifications. For the EL12 and EM12K classifications, the
ontheproperties of the joint. Extendedpostweldheat system given in ANSVAWS A5.17 is used, and the same
treatment(conventionally 20 to 30 hoursforextremely chemical composition is required for these carbon steel
|| || ||
thxk sections) may have a major influenceon the strength electrodes as for those classifications inANSUAWS
and toughness of the weld metal. Both can be substantial- A5.17. The EB3 and EM3 electrodes are solid electrodes
||
ly reduced. The user needs to be aware of this and of the whose compositions are shown as electrode compositions.
||||
fact that the mechanical properties of carbon-steel weld The letter “C” in ECB3 indicates that the electrode is a
metal produced withother procedures may differ from the composite electrode. Such electrodes are classified by the
--
properties required by the specification. composition of the weld metal produced with a specific
flux. The composition of the weld metal is specified for
10.4.9 Diffusible Hydrogen. Submerged arc welding composite electrodes because there is no standard method
is normally a low-hydrogen welding process whencare is of analyzing the electrode itself.
taken to maintain the flux ina dry condition. Insub- The addition of the letter “N” as a suffix to a classifica-
merged arc welding withcarbon steel electrodes and flux- tion indicates that the electrode is intended for certain
es, weld metal or heat-affected-zone cracking associated very special welds in nuclear applications. These welds
with diffusible hydrogen is generallynotaproblem. are found in thecore belt regionof the reactor vessel. This
Exceptions may arise when joining high-carbon steels or regionis subject tointenseneutron radiation; and it is
when using carbon steel electrodes to weld on low-alloy therefore necessary that the phosphorus, vanadium, and
high-strength steels (e.g., for a joint of carbon steel to copper contents of this weld metal be limited in order to
low-alloy steel). resist neutron radiation-induced embrittlement. It is also
If an assessment of the diffusible hydrogen content is to necessary that the weld metal have a high shelf energy
be made, the method of ANSUAWS A4.3-86, Standard level in order to withstandsome embrittlement, yet
Proceduresfor Determination of the D$fusible Hydrogen remain serviceable over the years. These electrodes are
Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld not required elsewhere; however,they could be usedany-
Metal Produced by Arc Welding, is appropriate. where that weld metal with an exceptionally high shelf
energy level is required. Coating of “ N ’ electrodes with
copper or copper-bearing material is prohibited.
11. Guideto Classification of Low-Alloy Steel Elect-
rodes and Fluxes for Submerged Arc Welding
11.3.2 “G” Classification. The specification includes
11.1Provisions. ExcerptsfromANSUAWSA5.23-90, filler metals classified as EG or ECG. The “G’ indicates
Specificationfor Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes andFluxes that the filler metalis of a“general” classification. Itis
for Submerged Welding.
Arc general
all
because
not of the particular requirements
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0784265 05L44b8 b 4 4 H
25
specified for each of the other classifications are speci- It should be noted that flux of any specific trade desig-
fied for this classification. The intent in establishing this nation may have manyclassifications. The number is lim-
classification is to provide a means by which filler met- ited only by the number of different electrode classifica-
als that differ in some respect (chemical composition, tions and the condition of heat treatment (as-welded and
for
example)from
all
other
classifications in postweld heat-treated) with which the flux can meet the
ANSVAWS A5.23-90 still can be classified according to classification requirements. The marking of the flux pack-
the specification. In the case of the example, if the chem- age lists at least one - and may list all - classifications
ical composition does not meet the composition speci- to which the flux conforms.
fied for any of the classifications in the specification, the Solid electrodes havingthe same classification are
filler metal still can be included within the “ G ’ classifi- interchangeable when used with a specific flux; compos-
cation. The purpose is to allow a useful filler metal - ite electrodes may not be. However, the specific usability
one that otherwise would haveto await a revision of the (or operating) characteristics of various fluxes of the same
specification - to be classified immediately, under the classification may differ in one respect or another.
existing specification. This means, then, that two filler
metals - each bearing the same “ G ’ classification -
--
may be quite different in some respect (chemical com- 11.4 Welding Considerations
position, again, as an example). 11.4.1 Typesof Fluxes. Submerged arc welding fluxes
||||
are granular, fusible mineral compounds of various pro-

||
11.3.3 Classification of Fluxes. Fluxes are classified portions manufactured by any of several different meth-
|| || ||
onthebasis of the mechanical properties of theweld ods. Inaddition, some fluxesmaycontainintimately

|||| || || |||||
metal they produce with a certain classification of elec- mixed metallic ingredients to deoxidize the weld pool or
trode, under the specific test conditions. add alloy elements, or both. Any flux is likely to produce
As examples of flux classifications, consider the fol- weld metalof somewhat different composition than that of
| ||||
lowing designations: the electrode used with it due to chemical reactions in the
|
WPO-EL12-Al arc and sometimes to the presence of metallic ingredients

---
F8A6-ENi3-Ni3 in the flux. A change in arc voltage during welding will

FlOPZ-ECB3-B3 change the quantity of flux interacting with a given quan-
F9AZECM 1-M 1 tity of electrode and may, therefore, change the composi-
The prefix “ F designates a flux. This is followed by tion of the weld metal. This latter change provides a means
one or twodigitsrepresentingtheminimumtensile of describing fluxes as “neutral,” “active,”or “alloy.”
strengthrequiredof the weldmetal in 10,000 psi
(69 MPa). 11.4.2NeutralFluxes. Neutral fluxes aredefined as
When the letter “ A follows the strength designator, it those which will not produce any significant change in the
indicates that the weld metal was tested (andis classified) weld metal manganese and siliconcontent as a result of a
in the as-welded condition. When the letter “P’ follows large change in the arc voltage and, thus, the arc length.
the strength designator, it indicates that the weld metal The primary use for neutral fluxes is in multiple pass
was tested (andis classified) after postweld heat treatment welding, especially when the base plate exceeds oneinch
called for in the specification. The digit that follows the (25 mm) in thickness.
“A” or “P” will be a number or the letter ‘7‘’. This digit The followingconsiderations concerning neutral fluxes
refers to the impactstrength of the weldmetal. should be noted:
Specifically, it designates the temperature at (and above)
whichtheweldmetalmeets or exceeds the required 11.4.2.1 Since neutral fluxes contain little or no deoxi-
20ft-lb (275) Charpy V-notch impact strength; or, if the dizers, they rely on the electrode to provide deoxidation.
letter “Z” is designated, it indicates thatnoimpact Single-pass welds with insufficient deoxidation on heavily
oxidized base metalmay be prone to porosityor longitudi-
requirement is specified.
nal centerline cracking, or both.
These mechanical property designations are followed
by the designation of the electrode used in classifying the 11.4.2.2 While neutral fluxes do maintain the composi-
flux. The suffix included after the first hyphen (EL12, tion of the weld metal even when the voltage is changed,
it is not always true that the compositionof the weld metal
ENi3, ECB3,or ECM1) refers to the electrode classifica- deposit is the same as the composition of the electrode
tionwithwhichthefluxwill produce weldmetalthat used. Some neutral fluxes break down in theofheat the arc
meets the specified mechanical properties when tested as and release oxygen, resulting in a lower carbon value in
called for in the specification. The suffix after the second the weld metal than the carbon content of the electrode
hyphen refers to theweldmetal composition without itself.Someneutralfluxescontainmanganesesilicate,
regard to whether the electrode was solid or composite. which can decompose in the heat of the arc to add some
--
||||
manganese and silicon to the weld metal even though no ty. The Wall Neutrality Number addresses carbon-steel
metallic manganese or silicon was added to these particu- weld metals with regard to their manganese and silicon
||
|| || ||
lar fluxes. These changes in composition from the elec- content. It does not address alloy fluxes. For an electrode-
trode used to the weld metai obtained are fairly consistent flux combination to be considered neutral, it should have
|||| || || |||||
even when there are large changesin voltage. a Wall Neutrality Number of 40 or less. The lower the
11.4.2.3 Even when a neutral flux is used to maintain Wall Neutrality Number, the more neutral is the flux.
the weld metal composition through a range of welding Determination of the Wall Neutrality Number (N) can
| ||||
voltages,weldproperties,such as strengthleveland be accomplishedinaccordance with the following

|
impact properties, can change because of changes in other

---
guidelines:
welding parameters, such as depth of fusion, heat input,
and number of passes. 11.4.5.1 A weld pad of the type required in the specifi-
11.4.2.4 While a flux may be neutral with respect to cation is welded with the electrode-flux combination being
manganese and silicon, itmay not be neutral with respect tested. Welding parameters are the same as those specified
to activealloyelements - mostnotably,chromium. for the weld test plate for the diameter electrode being used.
Some, but not all, neutral fluxes tend to reduce the chromi- 11.4.5.2 A second weld pad is welded using the same
um content of the weld metal as compared to that of the parameters, except that the arc voltage is increased by
electrode. An electrode of somewhathigherchromium 8 volts.
content than the intended weld metal may be necessary in 11.4.5.3 The top surface of each of the weld pads is
such cases. ground or machined smooth to clean metal. Samples suf-
ficientforanalysis are removed by machining.Weld
metal is analyzed only from the top (fourth) layer of the
11.4.3 Active Fluxes. Active fluxes are those which
weld pad. The samples are analyzed separately for silicon
contain small amounts of manganese, or silicon, or both. and manganese.
These deoxidizers are added to the flux to provide
11.4.5.4 The Wall Neutrality Number depends on the
improved resistance to porosity and weld cracking caused
total change in silicon, regardless of whether it increases
by contaminants on, or in, the base metal. or decreases, and the total change in manganese, regard-
The primary use for active fluxes is to make single-pass less of whetheritincreases or decreases.TheWall
welds, especially on oxidized plate. Neutrality Number is the absolute value (ignoring positive
The following considerations concerning active fluxes or negative signs)and is calculatedas follows:
should be noted: N= 100 [/Asil+ /Mn/]
11.4.3.1 Since active fluxesdo contain some deoxidiz- Where ASi is the difference in silicon contentof the two
ers, the manganese and silicon in the weld metal will vary pads, and A M n is the corresponding difference in man-
with changes in arc voltage. An increase in manganeseor ganese content.
silicon increases the strength level of the weld metal, but
may lower the impact properties. For this reason, voltage 11.4.6 RecrushedSlags. The slag formed during sub-
shall be more tightly controlled when multiple-pass weld- merged arc welding does not have the same chemical
ing with active fluxesthan when using neutral fluxes.
composition as unused (virgin) flux. Its composition is
11.4.3.2 Some fluxes are more active than others. This affected by the composition of the originalflux,the
means they offer more resistance to oxides in single-pass base metal plate and electrodecomposition, and the
welds than a flux which is less active, but they may pose welding parameters.
more problems in multipass welding.
Although it is possible to recrush and reuse submerged
arc welding slag as a welding flux, the recrushed slag,
11.4.4 Alloy Fluxes. Alloy fluxes are those which can regardless of any addition of virgin flux to it, is a new,
be used with carbon-steel electrodes to make alloy weld chemically different flux. It can be classified under the
metal. The alloys for the weld metal are added as ingredi- specification, but should not be considered to be the
ents in the flux. As with active fluxes, the recovery of same as the virgin flux. Such flux should be provided
manganese and silicon is affected significantly by arc with its own marking using the recrusher’s name and
voltage; so, with alloy fluxes, the recovery of alloy ele- trade designation.
ments from the flux is affected significantly by the arc
voltage. The manufacturer’s recommendations should be 11.4.7 Choiceof Electrodes. In choosing an electrode
closely followed when using alloy fluxes if desired alloy classification for submerged arc welding of a low-alloy
weld metal compositions are to be obtained. steel, the most important considerations are (1) the man-
ganese, silicon, and alloy content in the electrode; (2) the
11.4.5 Wall Neutrality Number. The Wall Neutrality effect of the flux on recovery of manganese, silicon, and
Number is a convenient relative measure of flux neutrali- alloy elements in the weld metal, whether the weld is to
STDOAWS UGFM-ENGL 1 9 9 5 W 03842b5 0514430 2T2 W
27
be single-pass or multiple-pass; and (3) the mechanical limits on the thickness of the base metal. When a high
properties expected of the weld metal. level of notch toughness isrequired, multipass welds may
A certain minimum manganese content is necessary in be necessary.
the weld metal to avoid longitudinal centerline cracking. The specific mechanical properties of a weld are afunc-
This minimum depends upon restraint of the joint, upon tion of its chemical composition, coolingrate, and post-
welding procedure and resulting bead shape, and upon the weldheat treatment. High-amperage, single-pass welds
weld metal composition. If longitudinal centerline crack- have greater depth of fusion and hence greater dilution by
ing is encountered,especially with a low-manganeseelec- the base metalthan lower-current, multipasswelds.
trode and a neutral flux, then a change to a higher-man- Moreover, large, single-pass welds solidify and cool more
ganese electrode, or a change to a more active flux, or slowly than the smaller individual beads of a multipass
both, may eliminate the problem. weld. Furthermore, the succeeding passes of a multipass
Certain fluxes, generally considered to beneutral, tend weld subject the metal produced in previous passes to a
to remove carbon and manganese to a limited extent and variety of temperature and cooling cycles that alter the
to replace these elements with silicon. With suchfluxes, a metallurgical structure of different portions of those
silicon-killed electrode is often not necessary though it beads. Forthis reason, the properties of asingle-pass weld
may be used. Other fluxes add no silicon and may there- may be somewhat different from those of amultipass
fore require the use of a silicon-killed electrode for prop- weld made with the same electrode and flux.
er wetting and freedom from porosity. The flux manufac- The weld metalproperties in the specification are deter-
turer should be consulted for electrode recommendations mined in the as-weldedcondition, or after a postweld heat
suitable for a given flux. treatment, or both. Most of the weld metals are suitable
In welding single-pass fillets, especially on base metal for service in either condition, but thespecification cannot
that has scale, it is important that the flux, electrode, or cover all of the conditions thatsuchweld metals may
both, provide sufficient deoxidation toavoid unacceptable encounter in fabrication and service. For this reason, the
porosity. Silicon is a more powerfuldeoxidizer than man- classifications require that the weld metals be produced
ganese. In such applications, use of a silicon-killed elec- and tested under certain specific conditions encountered
trode, or an active flux, or both, may be essential. Again, in practice.
manufacturer’s recommendationsshould be consulted. Procedures employed in practice may require voltage,
Composite electrodes generally are designed for a spe- amperage, type of current, and travel speeds that are con-
cific flux. That flux identification is requiredto be marked siderably different from those required in the specifica-
on the electrode package. Before using a composite elec- tion. In addition, differences encounteredin electrode
trode with a flux not indicated on the electrode package size, electrode extension, joint configuration, preheat,
markings, one should contact the electrode producer for interpass temperatures, and postweld heat treatment can
recommendations. A composite electrode might be cho- have a significant effect on the properties of the joint.
sen for higher melting rate and less depth of fusion at a Extended postweld heat treatment (conventionally 20 to 30
given current level than would beobtained under thesame hours for very thick sections) may have a major influence
conditions with a solid electrode. on the strength and toughnessof the weld metal. Both can
be substantially reduced. The user needs to be aware of
11.4.8 Mechanical Propertiesof Submerged Arc this and of the fact that the mechanical properties of low-
Welds. The mechanical properties are determined from alloy weld metal produced with other procedures may dif-
specimens prepared accordingto the procedure called for fer from the properties required by the specification.
in the specification. That procedure minimizes dilution
from the base metal and thereby more accurately reflects 11.4.9 Diffusible Hydrogen. Submerged arc welding
the properties of the weld metal from each electrode-flux normally is a low-hydrogen welding process whencare is
combination. In use, the electrodes and fluxes are handled electrode in adry condition.
taken to maintain the flux and
separately, and either of them may be changed without In submerged arc welding with low-alloy steel electrodes
changing the other. For this reason, aclassification system and fluxes, weldmetal or heat-affected zonecracking
with standardized test methods is necessary to relate the associated withdiffusible hydrogen tends to become more
electrodes and fluxes to the properties of the weld metal of a problemwithincreasingweld-metalstrength,
they produce. Chemical reactions between the molten increasing heat-affected zone hardness, increasing dif-
portion of the electrode and the flux, and Qlution by the fusible hydrogen content, decreasing preheat and inter-
base metal, all affect the composition of the weld metal. pass temperature, and decreasing time at or above the
Submerged arc welds are not always madewiththe interpass temperature duringand after welding. This
multipass procedure required in the specification. They cracking usually is delayed some hours after cooling. It
frequently are made in a single pass, at least within certain may appear as transverse weld cracks, longitudinal cen-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 11995 07842b5 05344711 339 m
28
terline cracks (especially in root beads), and toeor under- 12.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
bead cracks in the heat-affected zone. late the electrode and flux classifications presentedin
--
Since the available diffusible hydrogen level strongly ANSYAWSA5.25-91withtheirintended applications.

influences the tendency towards hydrogen-induced crack- Reference to appropriate basemetal specifications is
||||
ing, it may be desirable to measure the diffusible hydro- made whenever possible and when it would be helpful.
||
gen content resulting from a particular electrode-flux Such references are intended only as examples rather than
|| || ||
combination. Accordingly, the use of optional designators complete listings ofthematerials for which each filler
|||| || || |||||
for diffusible hydrogen is introduced to indicate the max- metal is suitable.

imum average value obtainedunder a clearly defined test
condition in ANSYAWS A4.3, Standard Procedures for
| ||||
Determination of theDiffusible Hydrogen Content of 12.3 Classification System

|
Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel WeldMetal

---
12.3.1 Classification of Electrodes. The system for

Produced by Arc Welding. identifying the electrode classifications follows the stan-
The user of this information is cautioned thatactual fab- dard pattern used in AWS filler metal specifications.
rication conditions may result in different diffusible The letter “E’ at the beginning of each classification
hydrogen values than those indicated by the designator. designation stands for electrode. The remainder of the
The useof a reference atmospheric condition during designation indicates the chemical composition of the
welding is necessitated because the arc always is imper- electrode, or, in the case of composite metal cored elec-
fectly shielded. Moisturefrom the air, dstinct from that in trodes, of the undiluted weld metal obtained with a par-
the electrode or flux, can enter the arc and subsequently ticular flux. (See Figure 3.)
the weld pool, contributing to the resulting observed dif-
The letter “ M ’ indicates that the solid electrode is of a
fusible hydrogen, Thiseffect can be minimized by main-
medium manganese content, while the letter “H’ would
taining a suitable depth of flux cover [normally 1 to
indicate a comparatively highmanganese content. The
1-1/2 in. (25 to 38 mm)] in front of the electrode during
oneor two digits following the manganesedesignator
welding. Nevertheless, some air willmixwiththe flux
indicate the nominal carbon contentof the electrode. The
cover and add its moisture to the other sources of dif-
letter “K’, which appears in some designations, indicates
fusible hydrogen. It is possible for this extra diffusible
that the electrode is made from a heat of silicon-killed
hydrogen to significantly affect the outcome of a dif-
steel. The designation for a solid wire is followed by the
fusible hydrogen test. For this reason, it is appropriate to
suffix “EW’. Solid electrodes are classified only on the
specify a reference atmospheric condition. The reference
basis of their chemical composition. A composite elec-
atmospheric condition of 10 grains of moisture per pound
trode is indicated by the letters “W’after the “E’, along
(1.43 grams per kilogram) of dry air is equivalent to 10
with a numerical suffix. The composition of a composite
percent relative humidity of 68°F (20°C).
electrode is meaningless; the user is therefore referred to
weld metal composition with a particular flux, rather than
12. Guideto Classification of Carbon and Low-Alloy to electrode composition.
Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Electroslag Welding A comparison of solid electrode classifications in
ANSYAWS A5.25 andthoseof other specifications is
12.1Provisions. Excerptfrom ANSYAWS A5.25-91,
shown in Table 2.
Spec$cation for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes
and Fluxesfor Electroslag Welding.
12.3.2 Classification of Fluxes. Fluxes are classified
-DESlGMTES A FLUX FOR ELEC7ROSAGWELDING. onthebasisofthemechanical properties of theweld
metalmadewith a certain classification of electrode,
under the specific test conditions called for in the specifi-
llr
lNDWrrSTWElMPAtTSTRENGTH0FWELDMETALPRWUCB)BVTnE cation.
FLUXWHENUSED WlTH A SPECIFIC ELECTRODE WHEN TESTED
ACWRDIIG TO THIS SPECIFICAllON. As examples of flux classifications, consider the fol-
FES X X-E
-~N
I DC
l ATES
XXX-EW
THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITIONOF A SOLID ELECTRWE
ORTHE CHEMICALCOMPOSITION OFTHE WM METALPRO-
lowing designations:
LL WCED EV A COMPOSITE METAL C O R Q aEcTRODE WHEN USED

\MIH A SpMFlc FLUX
INDICAES A SOU0 ELECTRODE FOR ELEClROSLAG

O M W O N INDICATES A COMPOSITE METALCORED
4NDlCATES AN ELECTRODE
Figure 3 - Classification System for Carbonand Low-Alloy

Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for Electroslag Welding
wBDu(G.
FES60-EH14-EW
FES72-EWT2
The prefix “FES” designates a flux for electroslag
welding. This is followed by a single digit representing
the minimum tensile strength required of the weld metal
in IO O00 psi.
~
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 0784265 0514472 075

--
29
The digit that follows the tension-strength requirement for any of the classifications in the specification, the filler
is a number or the letter “Z’. This digit refers to the metal still can be included within the “G’classification.
||||
impact strength of the weld metal. Specifically it desig- The purpose is to allow a useful filler metal - one that
nates the temperature at (and above) whichtheweld otherwise would have to await a revision of the specifi-
||
|| || ||
metal meets or exceeds the required 15 ft-lb (205) Charpy cation -to be classified immediately, under the existing
V-notch impact strength; or, if the letter “Z’ is designat- specification. This means, then, that two filler metals -
|||| || || |||||
ed, it indicates that no impact requirement is specified. each bearing the same “G’ classification - may be quite
These mechanical property designators are followed by different in some respect (chemical composition, again,
the designation of the electrode used in classifying the as an example).
| ||||
flux. The suffix (EM12-EW, EHlOK-EW, EWT2, etc.)

|
---
included after the first hyphen refers to theelectrode clas-

sification with which the flux will produce weld metal 12.4 Definition and General Description
that meets the specified mechanical properties when test- 12.4.1 Electroslag welding is a process producing coa-
ed as called for in the specification. lescence of metals with molten slag which melts the filler
It should be noted that flux of any specific trade desig- metal and the surfaces of the workpiece to be welded. The
nation may have many classifications. The number is lim- process is initiated by an arc which heats the slag. The arc
ited only by the number of different electrode classifica- is then extinguished by the conductive slag, which is kept
tions withwhich the flux can meet the classification molten by its resistance to electric current passing
requirements. The flux marking lists at least one, and may between the electrode and the workpiece. The weld pool
list all, classifications to which the flux conforms. Solid is shielded by this slag, which covers the full cross-section
electrodes have the same classification are inter change- of the joint as welding progresses. The joint is generally
able when used witha specific flux; composite metal cored welded in a single pass.
electrodes may not be. However, the specific usability (or
operating) characteristics of various fluxes of the same 12.4.2 Principles of Operation (Conventional
classification may differ in one respect or another. Method)
12.4.2.1 Theprocessisinitiated by starting anarc
12.3.3 “G” Classification. The specification includes beneath a layer of granular welding flux.As soon asa suf-
filler metals classified as ES-G-EW or EWTG. The letter ficiently thick layer of hot molten slag is formed, all arc
“G’ indicates that the filler metal is of a general classifi- action stops and current passes from the electrode to the
cation. It is general because not all of the particular workpiece through the conductive slag. Heat generated by
requirements specified for each of the other classifications the resistance to the current through the molten slag is suf-
are specified for this classification. The intent in estab- ficient to fuse the edges of the workpiece and melt the
lishing this classification is to provide a means by which welding electrode.
filler metals that differ in some respect (chemical compo- Since no arc exists, the welding action is quiet and spat-
sition, for example) from all other classifications in ter-free. The liquid metal coming from the filler metal and
ANSUAWS A5.25-91 still can be classified according to the fused base metal collects in a pool beneath the slag
the specification. In the case of the example, if the chem- bath and slowly solidifies to form the weld.
ical composition does not meet the composition specified 12.4.2.2 Because of the necessity to contain the large
volume of molten slag and weld metal produced in elec-
Table 2 troslag welding, the process is used for welding in the ver-
c o m p u h o n o ~ t l c ~ ~ s m d tical position. Water-cooled or solid copper backing shoes
-
C h ” in Othor AWS SpocifiaUom are usually used on each side ofthe joint to retain the
SbyvCLrMapbr. molten metal and slag pool and to act as a mold to cool
AWS AWS and shape the weld faces. The copper backing shoes are
AWS W.lS-91
W.ll-89 M1a.79
AWS
1u.234 “
7
9 AWS
normally moved upward on the plate surfaces as welding
EMSK-EW - ERMS-2 - -
EM12 EMlZ-EW - - - progresses.
EMIZK-EW EMIZK - EMl2K -- 12.4.2.3 Theentireelectroslagweldingassembly -
EM13K-EW EM13K ERIOS-3 -
EMISK-EW EMI5R -- -
-
-- including electrode, copper backing shoes, wire-feeding
EHl4-€W EH14 mechanism, controls, and oscillator - generallymoves
EWSEW - -
-
EW -
EHIOMa-EW - EA3K ERBOS-D2 vertically during operation.The length of vertical travel is
EHIOK-EW - - -- - limited only by the design of the equipment used.
EHIIK-EW EHllK ER- -
12.4.2.4 Because of the uniformheat distribution
‘amE&ra œe rimilu. tulnot idCrmal in mm&n:
AWS Iu.1749, S p o i l ì c U h 601 C.
- Ou 4 for M- weld¡ throughout the plate thickness during welding, electroslag
A W S A s . I 8 - 9 3 . S p r i ~ 6 0 1 ~ s u l F i l forDu
l r ~ sh*Ldcd k W - welds are virtually free of axial or transverse distortion;
A W S A 5 . 2 3 - 9 o , s p . O ~ b r L a r - - A u q ~h ~ d ~0ubq.dArrWolQL.
A W S . 4 5 . 2 & ? 9 , S p œ Ì Ì h r ~ - ~ O u F ~ M ~ 6shioldod 0 1 ~ AucWew however, the joint may contract. The weld interface con-
STD.AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 0784265 0514473 TOL m
30
tour is a function of the welding voltage, current and slag stress-relieving heat treatments are generally less effec-
pool depth. The weld metal usually consists of approxi- tive for electroslag welding thanfor arc welding. For this
mately 30 to 50 percent of base metal reason, many code requirements require an austenitizing,
12.4.2.5 The standard joint preparation for electroslag or normalizing, postweld heat treatment.
welding is a square groove in a butt joint. Joint prepara-
tions other than square grooves in buttjoints can be used.
13. Guideto Classification of Carbon and Low-Alloy
Steel Electrodesfor Electrogas Welding
12.4.3Principles of Operation (Consumable
Guide Method) 13.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWS A5.26-91,
Specificationfor Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Electrodes
12.4.3.1 Theconsumableguidemethoduses a metal for Electrogas Welding)
tube extending the full length of the weld joint to guide the
electrode to the welding zone. The molds and all wire-feed-
ing equipment remain stationary, with the electrode being 13.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
the only moving part. The guide tube melts into the weld late the electrode classifications presented in ANSVAWS
pool as the pool rises, supplying additional filler metal. A5.26-91 with their intended applications. Reference to
appropriate base metal specifications is made whenever
12.4.3.2 A flux coating is sometimes provided on the
outside of the consumable guide to insulate the tube if it possible and when it would be helpful. Such references are
should contact the base metal or copper backing shoes. intended only as examples rather than complete listings of
The coating also helps to replenish flux that solidifies on the base metals for which each filler metal is suitable.
the surface of the copper backing shoes forming the weld
face contour. The flux coating thus helps to maintain a
level of molten slag adequate to provide resistance heating 13.3 Classification System
---
|
and to protect the weldpool from atmospheric contamina- 13.3.1 The system for identifying the electrode classi-
| ||||
tion. The manufacturer should be consulted for specific fications follows the standard pattern used in AWS filler
|||| || || |||||
recommendations regarding consumable guide tubes. metal specifications. The letter “EG’ at the beginning of
12.4.3.3 The effect of the consumable guide tube each classification designation shows that the electrode is
generally is todilute the alloycontent of the weld metal.
|| || ||
intended for use with the electrogas welding process.
For this reason, weld metal strength and toughness The first digit following “EG’ represents the minimum
||
should be determined. tensile strength required of the weld metal in units of
||||
12.4.3.4 The specification requires the use of certain 1DOOO psi. The second digit (or the letter “Z’, when
base metals for classification purposes. This does not sig- impact tests are not required) refers to the impact strength
nify any restriction on the application of the process for
--
of welds in accordance with the test assembly preparation
joining other base metals; rather, it provides a means for section of the specification.
obtainingreproducibleresults.Electroslagweldingis a
The next letter, either “S” or “ T , indicates that the
“high dilution” process, meaning that the base metal forms
a significant portion of the weld metal. The type of base electrode is solid (S) or composite flux cored or metal
metal, especially given the wide varietyof available low- cored (T). The designator (digits or letters) following the
alloy structural steels, will influence the mechanical and hyphen in the classification indicates the chemical com-
other propertiesof the joint.Weld procedure qualification position (of weld metal for the composite electrodes and
tests, as distinguished from filler metal classification tests, of the electrode itself for solid electrodes) and the type or
should be used for assessing the propertiesof welds for a absence of shielding gas required.
given application.
12.4.3.5 Electroslag welding is a highdeposition 13.3.2 The specification includes filler metals classi-
process for thick plates. Since it usually is operated as a fied as EGXXT-G or EGXXS-G. The last “ G indicates
single-passprocess,the weldmetaland heat-affected that the filler metal is of a “general” classification. It is
zone are subject to no subsequent weld thermal cycles, general because not all of the particular requirements
such as is common with arc welding of thick materials. specified for each of the other classifications are specified
The weld metal is characterized by large unrefined den- for this classification. The intent in establishing this clas-
drites. The relatively wide heat-affected zone is charac- sification is toprovide a means by which filler metals that
terized by large grains. The as-welded mechanical prop-
erties therefore may be somewhat lower than that of the differ in some respect (chemical composition, for exam-
base metal. The specification requires a minimum of 15 ple) from all
otherclassificationsin ANSVAWS
fi-lb (205) at the specified temperature, while mostAWS A5.26-91 still can be classified according to the specifi-
filler metal specifications require 20 ft-lb (275). cation. In the case of the example, if the chemical compo-
Considerable improvement in mechanical propertiescan sition does not meet the composition specified for any of
be effected by a postweldheattreatment.Subcritical the classifications in the specification, the filler metal still
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 0784265 0534474 946
31
can be included withinthe “ G classification. The purpose Other applications use ceramic fusible insulators in the
is to allow a usefulfiller metal -one that otherwise would shape of washers affixed to the tubes. The manufacturer
have to await a revision of the specification - to be clas- should beconsulted for specific recommendationsregard-
sified immediately, under the existing specification. This ing consumable guidetubes.
means, then, that two filler metals, each bearing the same The effect of the consumable guide tubes is generally to
“ G classification, may be quite different in some respect dilute the alloy content of the weld metal. Consumable
(chemical composition, again, as an example). guidetubes are not classified; therefore, weldmetal
strength and toughness should be tested.
13.4 Description and Intended Use of Electrodes
13.4.7 The specification requires the use of certain
13.4.1 Electrogas welding is an arc weldingprocess base metalsfor classification purposes. This is not to sig-
that uses solid electrodes with gas shielding, composite nify any restriction on the application of the process for
cored electrodes with gas shielding, or composite cored joining other base metals; rather, it is to provide a means
electrodes withoutgas shielding (i.e., self-shielded). for obtaining reproducible results. Electrogas welding is a
Operating on direct current, the electrode deposits filler “high dilution” process, meaningthat the base metal
metal in the cavity formed by the water-cooled backing forms a significant portion of the weld metal. The typeof
shoe(s) that bridges the groove between the joint mem- base metal, especially the wide variety of available low-
bers. The joint normally is welded in asingle pass, though alloy structural steels, will influence the mechanical and
with special fixturing multipass joints have been welded. other properties of the joint; and weld procedure qualifi-
cation tests, as distinguished from filler metal classifica-
13.4.2 Flux cored electrodes used with the electrogas tion tests, should be used for assessing the properties of
welding process are designed specifically for compatibil- welds for a given application.
ity with the process. The flux produces a thin layer of
slag between the weld metal and copper backing shoes
withoutaccumulatingexcessive slag above the weld Part C:
pool. The non-metallic content of the flux core is lower Stainless Steel
than that of conventional gas-shielded and self-shielded
flux cored electrodes. 14. Guideto Classification ofStainless Steel Electrodes
for Shielded Metal Arc Welding
13.4.3 Because of the large volume of moltenweld
metal produced inelectrogas welding and the necessity to 14.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSI/AWS A5.4-92,
contain it, the process is limited essentially to welding in Specificationfor Stainless Steel Electrodes for Shielded
the vertical position; however, joints are readily welded in Metal Arc Welding
plate assemblies that are as much as 15” fromthe vertical,
--
and in vertical plate assemblies where thejoint is as much 14.2Introduction. Thisguidehas beenprepared for
as 15” from vertical. prospective users of the covered stainless-steel welding
||||
electrodes presented in ANSVAWS A5.4-92 as an aid in

13.4.4 The entire assembly, including electrode, cop-
||
determining the classification best suited for a particular

|| || ||
per backingshoes, wire-feeding mechanism, controls, and application, with dueconsideration to the particular
oscillator, generallymovesvertically during operation.
|||| || || |||||
requirements for that application.

When guide tubes areused, vertical movement of the
equipment may not be required. The length of vertical
| ||||
travel is limited only by the design of the equipmentused. 14.3 Classification System The system of classification
is similar to that used in AWS filler metal specifications.
|
---
13.4.5 The standard joint geometry for electrogas weld- The letter “E” at the beginning of each number indicates
ing is a simple square groove in a buttjoint. Joint geome- an electrode. The first three digits designate the classifi-
tries other than square grooves in buttjoints can be used. cation as to its composition. (Occasionally, a number of
digits other than three is used, and letters may follow the
13.4.6 Certain classifications can beusedwith con- digits to indicate a specific composition.) The last two
sumableguide tubes. Theseguidetubes are generally digits designate the classification as to usabilitywith
AIS1 grades 1008 to 1020 carbon steel tubing. In some respect to position of welding and type of current. The
applications, the guide tubes are covered witha flux smallersizes
of
EXXX(X)-15, EXXX(X)-16, or
which provides a protective slag and insulates the tube EXXX(X)-17 electrodes [up toand including5/32 in.
should it contact the side wall or copper backing shoes. (4.0 mm)] are used in all welding positions.
STD AWS
32
14.4 Ferrite in Weld Deposits 14.4.4 In the opinion of the WRC Subcommittee, ithas
been impossible, to date, to accurately determine the true
14.4.1 Ferrite is known to be very beneficial in reduc- absolute ferrite content of weld metals.
ing the tendency for cracking orfissuring in weld metals;
however, it is not essential. Millions of pounds of fully 14.4.5 Even on undiluted pads, ferrite variations from
austenitic weld metal have been used for years and have pad to pad must be expected due to slight changes in
provided satisfactory service performance. Generally, fer- welding and measuring variables. On a large group of
rite is helpful whenthe welds are restrained,the joints are pads from one heat or lot, and using a standard pad weld-
large, and when cracks or fissures adversely affect service ing and preparation procedure, approximately 95 percent
performance. Ferrite increases the weld strength level. (or two sigma values) of the test results are expected to
Ferrite may have a detrimental effect on corrosion resis- cluster around 8FN, k2.2 FN. If different pad welding
tance in some environments.It also is generally regarded and preparation procedures are used, then the variance
as detrimental to toughness in cryogenic service, and in will increase.
high-temperature service where it can transform into the
brittle sigma phase.
14.4.6 Even larger variations may beencountered if the
welding technique allows excessive nitrogen pickup, in
14.4.2 Ferrite can be measured on a relative scale by which case the ferrite can be much lower than it should
means of various magnetic instruments. However, work be. High nitrogen pickup can cause typical
a 8 FN deposit
by the Subcommittee for Welding of Stainless Steel of the to drop to O FN. A nitrogen pickup of 0.10 percent will
High Alloys Committee of the Welding Research Council typically decrease the FN by about eight.
(WRC) established that the lack of a standard calibration
procedure resulted in a very wide spread of readings on a 14.4.7 Plate materials tend to be balanced chemically
given specimen when measured by different laboratories. to have an inherently lower ferrite content than matching
A specimen averaging 5.0 percent ferrite basedonthe weld metals. Weld metal diluted with plate metalusually
data collected from all the laboratories was measured as will be somewhat lower in ferrite than the undiluted weld
low as 3.5 percent by some and as high as 8.0 percent by
---
metal, though this does vary depending on the amount of
|
others. At an average of 10 percent, the spread was 7.0 to dilution and the composition of the base metal.
| ||||
16.0 percent.
|||| || || |||||
In order to substantially reduce this problem, the WRC 14.4.8 Many electrode classifications in the E300
Subcommittee publishedonJuly 1, 1972, Calibration series - such as E310, E320, E320LR, E330, E383 and
Procedure for Instruments to Measure the Delta Ferrite E385 - are fully austenitic. The E316 group can be made
|| || ||
Content of Austenitic StainlessSteel Weld Metal6 In with little or no ferrite and generally is used in that form
||
1974, the AWS extended this procedure andprepared because it has bettercorrosion resistance in certain media.
||||
AWS A4.2, Standard Procedure f o r Calibrating It also can be obtained in a higher ferrite form, usually
Magnetic Instruments to Measure the Delta Ferrite over 4 FN. Because of chemistry limits covering these
--
Content of Austenitic Steel Weld Metal. All instruments grades and various manufacturinglimits, most lots will be
used to measurethe ferrite content ofAWS classified under 10 FN and are unlikely to exceed 15 FN commer-
stainless electrode products are to be traceable to this cially. E16-8-2 is controlled at a low ferrite level, gener-
AWS standard. ally under 5 FN; while E312, E2553, and E2209 are rela-
tively high in ferrite, generally over 20 FN.
14.4.3 The WRC Subcommittee also adopted the term
Ferrite Number(FN) to be used inplace of percent ferrite, 14.5 Description and Intended of Filler Metals
Use
to clearly indicate that the measuring instrument was cal-
ibrated to the WRC procedure. The Ferrite Number, up to 14.5.1 E209. Thenominalcomposition(wt.%) of
10 FN, is to be considered equal to the percent ferrite term weld metal deposited from this electrode is 22 Cr, 11 Ni,
previously used. It represents a good average of commer- 5.5 Mn, 2 Mo,and 0.20 N. Electrodes of this composition
cial U.S. andworld practice on the percent ferrite. are most often used to weldAIS1 Type 209 (UNS
Through the use of standard calibration procedures, dif- S20910) basemetals. The alloy is a nitrogen-strengthened
ferences in readingsdue to instrument calibration are austenitic stainless steel exhibiting highstrengthwith
expected to be reduced to about +5 percent - or at the good toughnessover a wide range of temperatures.
most, *lo percent - of the measured ferrite value. Nitrogen alloying reduces the tendency for intergranular
carbide precipitation in the weld area by inhibiting carbon
~. ~~
Available from the Welding Research Council, 345 East 47th Street, diffusion and thereby increasing resistance to intergranu-
New York, New York I O01 7 lar corrosion. Nitrogen alloying coupled with the molyb-
denum content providessuperior resistance to pitting and The 0.04 percent maximumcarbon contentof weld metal
crevice corrosion in aqueous chloride-containing media. deposited by these electrodes reduces the possibility of
Type E209 electrodes have sufficient total alloy content intergranular carbide precipitation, and thereby increases
for use injoining dissimilar alloys, like mild steel and the the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use of
stainless steels, and also for direct overlay on mild steel stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or titanium. A
for corrosion applications. carbon contentof 0.04 percent maximum has been shown
to be adequatein weld metal, even though it is recognized
14.5.2 E240. The nominal composition (wt.%) of this that similar base metal specifications require a 0.03 per-
weld metal is 18 Cr, 5 Ni, 12 Mn, and 0.02 N. Electrodes cent limitation. This low-carbon alloy, however, is not as
of this composition aremost often used to weldAISI strong at elevated temperature as 304H or the columbium-
Type 240 and Type 241 basemetals. These alloysare stabilized alloys.
nitrogen-strengthened austenitic stainless steels exhibit-
ing high strength with good toughness over a wide range 14.5.7E308Mo. These electrodes are the same as
of temperatures; and, compared to the more conventional E308, except for the addition of molybdenum. E308Mo
austenitic stainless steels like Type 304,they offer signif- electrodes are recommended for welding ASTM CF8M
icant improvement in resistance to wearinparticle-to- stainless steel castings, as they match the base metal with
metal and metal-to-metal(galling) applications -a desir- regard to chromium, nickel, and molybdenum. They also
able characteristic. may be used for welding wrought materials such as Type
Nitrogen alloying reduces the tendency for intergranu- 316 stainless, whenincreased ferrite is desired beyond
lar carbide precipitation in the weldarea by inhibiting car- that attainable with E3 16electrodes.
bon diffusion and thereby increasing resistance to inter-
granular corrosion. Nitrogen alloying also improves resis- 14.5.8 E308MoL. These electrodes are recommended
tance to pitting andcrevice corrosion in aqueous chloride- for welding ASTM CF3M stainless steel castings, as they
containing media. In addition, weldments in alloys AISI match the base metal with regard to chromium, nickel,
240 and AISI 241, when compared to Type 304, exhibit and molybdenum. E308MoL electrodes also may be used
improved resistance to transgranular stress-corrosion for welding wrought materials such as Type 316L stain-
cracking in hot, aqueous, chloride-containing media. The less, when increased fenite is desired beyond that attain-
E240 electrodes have sufficient total alloy content for use able with E316L electrodes.
in joining dissimilar alloys, like mild steel and the stain-
less steels, and also for direct overlay on mild steel for 14.5.9 E309. The nominal composition (wt.%) of this
corrosion and wear applications. weld metal is 23.5 Cr, 13 Ni. Electrodes of this composi-
tionarecommonlyusedforwelding similar alloys in
14.5.3 E307. The nominal composition (wt.%) of this wrought or cast form. They are used for welding dissimi-
weld metal is 19 Cr, 9.8 Ni, and 4 Mn. Electrodes of this lar metals - such as joining Type 304 to carbon steel,
composition are used primarily for producing moderate- welding the clad side of Type 304 clad steels, and apply-
strength welds with good crack resistance between dis- ing stainless-steel sheet linings to carbon-steel shells.
similar steels - for instance, welding austenitic man- Occasionally, they are used to weld Type 304and similar
ganese steel to carbon steel forgings or castings. basemetals where severecorrosionconditions exist
requiring higher-alloy weld metal.
14.5.4E308. The nominalcomposition(wt.%) of
weld metal deposited from this electrode is 19 Cr, and 14.5.10 E309L. The compositionof this weld metal is
10 Ni. Electrodes of this composition are most often used the same as that deposited by E309 electrodes, except for
to weld base metal of similar composition - such as the restricted carbon content. The 0.04 percent maximum
AISI Types 301,302, 304, and 305. carbon content of these weld deposits reduces the possi-
bility of intergranular carbide precipitation, and thereby
14.5.5 E308H. These electrodes are the same as E308, increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion without
except that the allowable carbon content has beenrestrict- the use of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) and
ed to the higher portion of the E308 range. Carbon content titanium. However, this low-carbon alloy is not as strong
in the range of 0.04-0.08 provides higher tensile and creep at elevatedtemperatureas the columbium-stabilized
strengths at elevated temperatures. These electrodes are alloys or high-carbon-content Type309 deposits.
used for welding Type 304H base metal.
14.5.11 E309Cb. The composition of this weld metal
14.5.6 E308L. The composition of the weld metal is is the sameasType309,except for the addition of
the same as E308, except for the restricted carbon content. columbium(niobium) anda reduction in the carbon
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 07842b5 0534477 b57
34
limit. The columbium (niobium) provides resistance to 14.5.18E312. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
carbide precipitation, thus increasing intergranular cor- this weld metal is 30 Cr and 9 Ni. These electrodes were
rosion resistance; and it also provides higher strength in originally designed to weld cast alloys of similar compo-
elevated-temperature service. E309Cb electrodes also sition. They have been found to be valuable in welding
are used for welding Type 347 clad steels, or for the dissimilar metals - especially if one of them is a stain-
overlay of carbon steel. less steel, highinnickel. This alloy gives a two-phase
weld deposit with a substantial amount of ferrite in an
14.5.12 E309Mo. The composition of this weld metal austenitic matrix. Even with considerable dilution by
is the same as that deposited by E309 electrodes, except austenite-formingelements,
such
nickel,
as the
for the addition of molybdenum and a small reduction in microstructure remains two-phase and thus highly resis-
the carbon limit, These electrodes are used for welding tant to weldmetal cracks and fissures. Applications
Type 316clad steels or for the overlay of carbon steels. shouldbelimited to service temperature below 800°F
(420°C) toavoid formation of secondary brittle phases.
14.5.13 E309MoL. Thecomposition of this weld 14.5.19E316. The nominal composition(wt.%) of

metal isthe same as that deposited by E309Mo electrodes, weldmetal depositedfrom this electrode is 18.5 Cr,
except for the restricted carbon content. The lower carbon 12.5 Ni, and 2.5 Mo. These electrodes are used for weld-
content of the weld metal reduces the possibility of inter- ing Type 316 and similar alloys. They have been used
granular corrosion. successfully in certain applications involving special base
metals for high-temperature service. Thepresence of
14.5.14E310. The nominal composition (wt.%) of molybdenum provides creep resistance at elevated tem-
this weld metal is 26.5 Cr, and 21 Ni. Electrodes of this peratures. Rapid corrosion of Type 316 weld metal may
composition are most often used to weld base metals of occur when the following three factors co-exist:
similar composition.
(1) the presence of a continuous or semicontinuous net-
work of femte in the weld metal microstructure,
14.5.15 E310H. The compositionof this weld metal is (2) a composition balance of the weld metal giving a
the same as that deposited by E3 1O electrodes, except that chromium-to-molybdenum ratio of less
than
carbon ranges from0.35 to 0.45 percent. These electrodes 8.2 to1, and
are used primarily for welding or repairing high-alloy, (3) immersion of the weld metal in corrosive
a medium.
heat- and corrosion-resistant castings of the same general
Attempts to classify the media in which accelerated cor-
composition which are designated as Type HK by the
rosion will take place by attack on the femte phase have
Alloy Castings Institute. The alloy has high strength at
notbeen entirely successful. Stronglyoxidizing and
temperatures over 1700°F(930°C). It is not recommended
mildly reducing environments have been present where a
for high-sulfur atmospheres or where severe thermal
number of corrosion failures were investigated and doc-
shock is present. Long-time exposure to temperatures in
umented. The literature should be consulted for latest
the approximate rangeof 1400 to 1600°F (760to 870°C)
recommendations.
may induce formation of sigma and secondary carbides,
which may result in reducedcorrosion resistance, reduced
ductility, or both. 14.5.20E316H. These electrodes are the sameas
E316, except that the allowable carbon content has been
restricted to the higher portion of the E3 16 range. Carbon
14.5.16 E310Cb. The composition of this weld metal content in the range of 0.04 to 0.08 provides higher ten-
is the same as that deposited by E310 electrodes, except sile and creep strengths at elevated temperatures. These
for the addition of columbium (niobium)and a reduction electrodes are used for welding 3 16H basemetal.
in carbon limit. These electrodes are used for the welding
of heat-resistant castings, and Type 347 clad steels, or for 14.5.21 E316L. The composition is the same as E316,
the overlay of carbon steels. except for the restricted carbon content. The 0.04 percent
maximum carboncontent ofweldmetal deposited by
14.5.17 E310Mo. The composition of this weld metal these electrodes reduces the possibility of intergranular
is the same as that deposited by E310 electrodes, except carbide precipitation, and thereby increases the resistance
for the addition of molybdenum and a reduction in carbon to intergranular corrosion without the use of stabilizers
limit. These electrodes are used for the weldingof such as columbium (niobium) or titanium. These elec-
heat-resistant castings and Type 3 16 clad steels, or for the trodes are used principally for weldinglow-carbon,
overlay of carbon steels. molybdenum-bearing austenitic alloys. Tests have shown
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~~ ~ ~~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1 9 9 5 m 07842b5 0514478 593 m

35
that 0.04 percent carbon limit in the weld metalgives ade- (while maintainingthecorrosion resistance) frequently
quate protection against intergranular corrosion in most encountered in fully austenitic stainless steel weld metals.
cases. However, this low-carbon alloy is not as strong at Consequently, welding practices typically used to deposit
elevated temperatures as TypeE3 16H. ferrite-containing austenitic stainless steelweldmetals
can be used. Type 320LR weld metal has a lower mini-
14.5.22 E317. The content of alloying elements, partic- mum tensile strength than Type 320weld metal.
ularly molybdenum, in weld metal deposited by these elec-
trodes is somewhat higher than that of E316 electrodes. 145.27 E330. The nominal composition (wt.96)of
used for welding alloysof sim-
These electrodes usually are weldmetal deposited from this electrode is 35 Ni and
ilar composition, and they
are utilized in severely corrosive 15.5 Cr. These electrodes are commonly used where heat-
environments (such as those containing halogens) where and scale-resisting properties above 1800°F (980'C) are
crevice and pitting corrosionare of concern. required. However, high-sulfurenvironments may
adversely affect performance at elevated temperature.
14.5.23 E317L. The compositionof this weld metal is Repairs of defects in alloy castings and the welding of
the same asthat deposited by E3 17 electrodes, except for castings and wroughtalloys of similar composition are îhe
the restricted carbon content. The 0.04 percent maximum most common applications.
carbon content of weldmetal deposited by these elec-
trodes reducesthe possibility of intergranular carbide pre- 14.5.28 E330H. The compositionof this weld metalis
cipitation, and thereby increases the resistance to inter- the same as that deposited by E330 electrodes, except that
granular corrosion without the use of stabilizers such as carbon ranges from 0.35 to 0.45 percent. These electrodes
columbium (niobium) ortitanium. However, this low-car- are used primarily for the welding and repairing of high-
bon alloy is not as strong at elevated temperatures as the alloy, heat- and corrosion-resistant castings of the same
columbium-stabilized alloys, or the standard Type 317 general composition, which are designated HT by the
weld metal with its higher carbon content. Alloy Castings Institute. This composition canbe used to
2100°F (1 150°C)in oxidizing atmospheres and at 2000°F
14.5.24 E318. The composition of this weld metal is (1090°C) in reducing atmospheres. However, high-sulfur
the same as that deposited by E3 16 electrodes, except for environments may adverselyaffect performance at elevat-
the addition of columbium (niobium). Columbium pro- ed temperature.
vides resistance to intergranular carbide precipitation and
thus increases resistance to intergranular corrosion. These 14.5.29E347. Thenominalcomposition (wt.96) of
electrodes are used primarily for welding base metals of this weld metal is 19.5 Cr and lONi with Cb (or Cb plus
similar composition. Ta)addedas a stabilizer. Either of these additions
reduces the possibility of intergranular chromium-car-
14.5.25E320. The nominal composition (wt.96)of bide precipitation and thus increases resistance to inter-
weld metal deposited fromthis electrode is 20 Cr, 34 Ni, granular corrosion.
2.5 Mo, and 3.5 Cu, with Cb(Nb) added to improveresis- These electrodes are usually used for welding chromi-
tance tointergranular corrosion. These electrodes are used um-nickel alloys of similar composition stabilized with
primarily to weld base metals of similar composition for either columbium(niobium)or titanium. Electrodes
applications requiring resistance to severe corrosion from depositing titaniumas a stabilizing element are not com-
a wide range of chemicals, including sulfuric and sul- mercially available, becausetitanium is not readily
furous acids and their salts. These electrodes can be used transferred across the arc in shielded metal arc welding.
to weld both castings and wrought alloys of similar com- Although columbium is the stabilizing element usually
position without postweld heat treatment. specified in Type 347 alloys, it should be recognized
A modification of this grade without columbium (niobi- that tantalum also is present. Tantalum and columbium
um) is available for repairing castings which do not con- are almost equally effective in stabilizing carbon and in
tain columbium. Withthis modified composition, solution providinghigh-temperature strength. AWS recognizes
annealing is required after welding. the usual commercial practice of reporting columbium
as the sum of columbium plus tantalum. If dilution by
14.5.26 E320LR(Low Residuals). Weld metal de- the base metal produces a low ferrite or fully austenitic
posited by E320LRelectrodes has the same basic compo- weld metal deposit, crack sensitivity of the weld may
sition as that deposited by E320 electrodes; however, the increase substantially.
elements C, Si, P, and S are specified at lower maximum Some applications, especially thoseinvolving high-
levels, and Cb(Nb) and Mn are controlled within narrow- temperature service, are adversely affected if the ferrite
er ranges. These changes reducethe weld metal fissuring content is too high. Consequently, a high ferrite content
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDOAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 05314479 42T m
36
shouldnotbe specified unless tests proveit to be Final postweld heat treatment should not exceed 1150°F
absolutely necessary. (620°C). Higher temperatures may result in rehardening
due to untempered martensite in the microstructure after
14.5.30E349. The nominal composition(wt.%) of cooling to room temperature.
weld metal deposited from this electrode is 19.5 Cr, 9 Ni,
1 Cb(Nb), 0.5 Mo, and 1.4 W. These electrodes are used 14.5.35E430. The weldmetal deposited by these
for welding steels of similar composition, such as AIS1 electrodes contains between15and18 Cr (wt.%). The
Type 651 or 652. The combinationof columbium (niobi- composition is balanced by providing sufficient chromi-
um), molybdenum, and tungsten with chromium and nick- umto give adequate corrosion resistance for theusual
el givesgood high-temperature rupture strength. The applications and yet retain sufficient ductility in the heat-
chemicalcomposition of the weldmetalresultsinan treated condition to meet the mechanical requirements of
appreciable content of ferrite which increases the crack the specification. (Excessive chromiumwill result in low-
resistance of the weld metal. ered ductility.) Weldingwith E430 electrodes usually
requires preheat and postheat. Optimum mechanical prop-
14.5.31E383. The nominal composition (wt.%) of erties and corrosion resistance are obtained only when the
this weld metal is 28Cr, 3 1.5 Ni, 3.7 Mo, and1 Cu. These weldment is heat treated followingthe welding operation.
electrodes are used to weld base metal of a similar com-
position to itself and to other grades of stainless steel. 14.5.36E502. The nominal composition(wt.%) of
Type E383 weld metal is recommended for sulfuric and this weld metal is 5 Cr and 0.5 Mo. These electrodes are
phosphoric acid environments. used for welding base metal of similar composition, usu-
The elements C, Si, P, and S are specified at low max- ally in the formof pipe or tubing. The alloy is an air-hard-
imum levels to minimize weld metal hotcracking and fis- ening material; therefore, when welding with these elec-
suring (while maintaining the corrosion resistance) fre- trodes, preheat and postweld heattreatment are required.
quentlyencountered in fully austenitic stainless steel
weld metals. 14.5.37E505. The nominal composition(wt.%) of
this weld metal is 9 Cr and 1 Mo. These electrodes are
14.5.32E385. The nominal composition (wt.%) of used for welding base metal of similar composition, usu-
weld metaldeposited fromthis electrode is 20.5Cr, 25 Ni, ally in theform of pipe or tubing. The alloy is an air-hard-
5 Mo, and 1.5 Cu. Theseelectrodes are used primarily for ening material; therefore, when welding with these elec-
welding of Type 904Lmaterials for the handling of sulfu- trodes, preheat and postweld heattreatment are required.
ric acid and many cliloride-containing media. E385 elec-
trodes also can be used for joining Type 904L basemetal 14.5.38E630. The nominal composition(wt.%) of
to other grades of stainless. The elements C, Si, P and S these electrodes is 16.4 Cr, 4.7 Ni, and 3.6 Cu. These elec-
are specified at lower maximum levels to minimize weld trodes are designed primarily for welding ASTM A564,
metal hot cracking and fissuring (while maintaining cor- Type 630, and some other precipitation-hardening stain-
rosion resistance) frequently encountered in fully less steels. The weld metal is modifiedto prevent the for-
austenitic weld metals. mation of ferrite networks in the martensite microstruc-
ture, which could have a deleterious effect on mechanical
14.5.33 E410. This 12Cr (wt.%) alloy is an air-hard- properties. Depending on the application and weld size,
ening steel. Preheat and postheat treatments are required the weld metal may be usedeither as-welded; welded and
to achieve welds of adequate ductility for many engineer- precipitationhardened; or welded,solutiontreatedand
ing purposes.The most commonapplication of these elec- precipitation hardened.
trodes is for welding alloys of similar compositions. They
are also used for surfacing of carbon steels to resist corro- 14.5.39 E16-8-2. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
sion, erosion, or abrasion. this weld metal is 15.5Cr, 8.5 Ni, and 1.5 Mo.These elec-
trodes are used primarily for welding stainless steel -
14.5.34E410NiMo. These electrodes are used for such as Types16-8-2, 316, and 347- for high-pressure,
weldingASTM CA6NM castings or similar materials; high-temperature piping systems.The weld deposit usual-
and also for light-gage Type 410,41OS, and 405 basemet- ly has a Ferrite Number no higher than 5 FN. The deposit
als. Weld metal deposited by these electrodes are modi- also has good hot ductilityproperties, which offer relative
fied to contain less chromium and more nickel than weld freedom from weld or crater cracking even under high-
metal deposited by E410 electrodes. The objective is to restraint conditions. The weld netal is usable in either the
eliminate ferrite in the microstructure, as ferrite has a as-welded or solution-treated condition. These electrodes
deleterious effect on mechanical properties of this alloy. depend on a very carefully balanced chemical composi-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
37
tion to develop their fullest properties. Corrosion tests 14.6.2 Usability Designation -16. The covering for
indicate that Type 16-8-2 weld metal may have less cor- these electrodes generally contains readily ionizing ele-
rosion resistance than Type 3 16 basemetal depending on ments, such as potassium, in order to stabilize the arc for
the corrosive media. Where the weldment is exposed to welding with ac. Electrode sizes 5/32 in. (4.0 mm) and
severe corrosives, the surface layers should be deposited smaller may be used in all positionsof welding.
with a more corrosion-resistant weld metal.
14.6.3 Usability Designation -17. The covering of
14.5.40E7Cr. The nominal composition(wt.%) of these electrodes is a modification of the -16 covering in
this weld metal is 7 Cr, and 0.5 Mo. These electrodes are that considerable silica replaces some of thetitania of the
used primarily in weldingbase metal of similar composi- -16 covering. Since both the -16 and the -17 electrode
tion. The 7 Cr base metal usually is furnished as tubing, coverings permit ac operation, both covering types were
pipe, or casting. This alloy is an air-hardening material classified as - 16 in the past because there was noclassifi-
and requires the use of both preheat and postweld heat cation alternative. However, the operational differences
treatment for satisfactory welding and service. between the two types havebecome significant enough to
warrant a separate classification.
14.5.41E2209. The nominal composition (wt.%)of On horizontal fillet welds, electrodes with a -17 cover-
this weldmetalis22.5Cr, 9.5 Ni, 3 Mo, and 0.15 N. ing tend to produce more of a spray arc anda finer rippled
Electrodes of this composition are used primarily to weld weld-bead surface thando those with the-16 coverings. A
duplex stainless steels whichcontainapproximately slower-freezingslag of the - 17covering also permits
22-percent chromium. Weldmetal deposited by these improved handling characteristics when employinga drag
electrodes has “duplex” microstructure consisting of an technique. The bead shape on horizontalfillets is typically
austenite-ferrite matrix. Weld metal deposited by E2209 flat to concave with -17 covered electrodes, as compared
electrodes combinesincreased tensile strength with to flat to slightlyconvexwith -16 coveredelectrodes.
improved resistance to pitting corrosive attack and to Whenmakingfilletweldsintheverticalpositionwith
stress corrosion cracking. upward progression, the slower-freezing slag of the -17
covered electrodes requires a slight weave technique to
14.5.42E2553. The nominal composition (wt.%)of produce the proper bead shape. For this reason, the mini-
this weldmetalis 25.5Cr, 7.5Ni, 3.5 Mo, 2Cu, and mum-leg-size fillet that can be made properly with a -17
0.17N. These electrodes are usedprimarily to weld covered electrode is larger than that for a - 16 coveredelec-
duplex stainless steels whichcontainapproximately trode. While these electrodes are designed for all-position
25-percent chromium. Weldmetal deposited by these operation, electrode sizes 3/16 in. (4.8 mm) and larger are
electrodes has a “duplex” microstructure consisting of an not recommended for vertical or overhead welding.
austenite-femte matrix. Weld metal deposited by E2553
electrodescombinesincreased tensile strength with 14.6.4 Usability Designation -25. This slag system is
improved resistance to pitting corrosive attack and to very similar in composition and operating characteristics
stress corrosion cracking. to that of the -15 designation, and so that description also
applies here. The electrode differs from the -15 type in
that the core wire may beof a substantially different com-
14.6 Classification to
as Usability position, suchas mild steel, that mayrequire a much high-
er welding current. The additional alloysnecessary to
Fivebasicusabilityclassificationsareprovided. The
obtain the required analysis are contained in the covering
type of covering applied to a corewire to makea shielded
which will be of greater diameter than the corresponding
metal arc welding electrode determines the usability char-
-15 type. These electrodes are recommended for welding
acteristics of the electrode. The following discussion of
only in the flat and horizontal positions.
covering types is based upon terminology commonly used
by the industry; no attempt has been made to specifically
define the composition of the different covering types. 14.6.5 Usability Designation-26.This slag system is
very similar in composition and operating characteristics
to that of the - 16 designation, and so that description also
14.6.1 Usability Designation -15. The electrodes are applies here. The electrode differs from the -16 type in
usable with dcep (electrode positive) only. While use with that the core wire may beof a substantially different com-
alternating current is sometimes accomplished, they are position, such as mild steel, that may require a much high-
not intended to qualify for use with this type of current. er welding current. The additional alloys necessary to
Electrode sizes 5/32 in. (4.0 mm) and smaller may be used obtain the required analysis are contained inthe covering,
in all positions of welding. which will be of much larger diameter thanthe corre-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 0514481 088 H
38
sponding -16type. These electrodes are recommendedfor particular application, withdue consideration to the
welding only inthe flat and horizontal positions. requirements for that application.

14.7 Special Tests
15.3.1 The chemical composition of the filler metal is
14.7.1 Fully austenitic stainless-steel weld metals are identified by a series of numbers and, in some cases,
known to possess excellent toughness at cryogenic tem- chemicalsymbols; the letters “L”, “H’, and “LR’; or
peratures such as -320°F (-196°C). An example of this is both. Chemical symbols are used to designate modifica-
the successful use ofE310 (whichdeposits fully austenitic tions of basic alloy types, e.g., ER308Mo. The letter “H”
weld metal) to join 9-percent-nickel steel for use in cryo- denotes carbon contentrestricted to the upper part of the
genic service. Toensurefreedomfrom brittle failure, range that is specified for the standard grade of the spe-
Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel cific filler metal. The letter “L” denotes carbon contentin
Code requires weldments intended for cryogenic service the lower part of the range that is specified for the corre-
to be qualified by Charpy V-notch testing. The criterion
sponding standard gradeof filler metal. The letters “LR’
for acceptability is the attainment of a lateral expansion denote low residuals (see 15.6.30).
opposite the notch of not less than 15 mils (0.38 mm) for
each of three specimens. In general, fully austenitic stain-
less steel weld metals such as Types3 l0,320,320LR, and 15.3.2 The first two designators may be “ER’,for solid
330 canbe expected tomeetthe 15 mils (0.38 mm) wires that may be usedas electrodes or rods; or they may
requirement at -320°F (-196°C). be “EC”, for composite cored or stranded wires; or they
may be “EQ’, for strip electrodes.
14.7.2 Austenitic stainless steel weld metals of lower
alloy content than those noted above usually are not fully 15.3.3 The three-digit number, such as 308 in ER308,
austenitic, butcontain some delta ferrite. It has been designates the chemical compositionof the filler metal.
found that such weld metals require judicious composi-
tional balances to meet the 15 mils (0.38 mm) lateral
15.4 Preparation of Samples for Chemical Analysis
expansion criteria, even at moderately low temperatures
such as -150°F (-100°C).
15.4.1 Solid Bare Electrodes and Rods. Preparation
of a chemical analysis sample from solid, bare welding
14.7.3 Electrode classifications which can beusedif
electrodes androds presents no technical difficulties.
special attention is given to the weld deposit composition
--
Such filler metal may be subdivided for analysis by any

contentto
maximize toughness are
E308L-XX,
convenient method with all samples or chips representa-
||||
E309L-XX,andE316L-XX.Published studies of the

tive of the lot of filler metal.
effect of composition changesonweldmenttoughness
||
|| || ||
properties for these types have shown the following:

|||| || || |||||
15.4.2 Composite Metal Cored or Stranded

14.7.4 LimitedSMAWelectrodeweld-metaldata
Electrodes.
have indicated that welding in the vertical position, as
| ||||
compared to flat-position welding,doesnotreduce 15.4.2.1 Gastungstenarcweldingwithargongas

toughness properties, providinggood operator’s tech- shielding may be used to melt a button (or slug) of suffi-
|
---
nique is employed. cient size for analytical use.

15.4.2.2 Gas metal arc welding with argon gas shield-
15. Guide to Classification of Bare Stainless Steel ing also may be used to produce a homogeneous deposit
Welding Electrodes and Rods for analysis. In this case, the weld pad is similar to that
used to prepare a sample of filler metal deposited by cov-
15.1Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSUAWS A5.9-93, ered electrodes.
Specijìcationfor Bare Stainless Steel Welding Electrodes 15.4.2.3 Bothprocessesmustbeutilizedinsucha
and Rods. manner that no dilution of the base metal or mold occurs
to contaminate the fused sample. Copper molds often are
15.2Introduction. Thisguide hasbeenprep,ared for used to minimize the effects of dilutionby the base metal
prospective users of the bare stainless-steel welding elec- or mold.
trodes and welding rods presented in ANSVAWS A5.9-93 15.4.2.4 Special care must be exercised to minimize
as an aid in determiningthe classification best suited for a such dilution effects when testing low-carbon filler metals.
STD-AWS UGFN-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05LV482 TL4 m
39
15.4.3 Preparation of the fused sampleby gas tungsten erally regarded as detrimental to toughness in cryogenic
arc welding using argon shielding gas will transfer essen- service, andin high-temperature service where it can
tially all of the components throughthe arc. Some slight transform into the brittle sigma phase.
loss in carbon may occur, butsuch loss willneverbe
greater than would be encountered in an actual welding 15.5.2 Ferrite can be measured on a relative scale by
operation,regardless of process
(see 15.5.4.1). means of various magnetic instruments. However, work
Nonmetallic ingredients, when present in the core, will by the Subcommitteefor Welding ofStainless Steel of the
form a slag on top of the deposit which must be removed High AlloysCommittee of the Welding Research Council
and discarded. (WRC, New York) established that the lack of a standard
calibration procedure resulted in a very wide spread of
15.4.4 The sample of fused filler metal must be large readings on agiven specimen when measuredby different
enough to provide the amountofundilutedmaterial laboratories. A specimenaveraging 5.0 percent ferrite
required by the chemist for analysis. No size or shape of based on the data collected from all the laboratories was
deposited pads has been specified because these are measured as low as 3.5 percent by some andas highas 8.0
immaterial if the deposit is truly undiluted. percent by others. At an average of 10 percent, the spread
was 7.0 to 16.0 percent. In order to substantially reduce
15.4.5 A sample made using the composite-type filler this problem, the WRC Subcommittee published
metal which has been fused in a copper mold should be July 1,1972, Calibration Procedure for Instruments to
undiluted, since there will be essentially no admixture Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of Austenitic Stainless
with base metal. Steel Weld Metal.’ In 1974 the AWS extended this pro-
cedure and prepared AWS A4.2, Standard Proceduresfor
15.4.6 Assurancethatanundiluted sample isbeing Calibrating Magnetic Instruments to Measure the Delta
obtained from the chosen size of pad at the selected dis- Ferrite Content of Austenitic Steel WeldMetal. All
tance above the base metal can be obtainedby analyzing instruments used to measure the ferrite content of AWS-
chips removed from successively lower layers of the pad. classified stainless electrode products wereto be traceable
Layers which are undiluted will have the same chemical to this AWS standard.
composition. Therefore, the determination of identical
compositions for two successive layers of deposited filler 15.5.3 The WRC Subcommittee also adopted the term
metal will provide evidencethat the last layer is undilut- Fenite Number (FN) to be used in place of percent ferrite,
ed. Layers diluted by mild steel base metal will be low in to clearly indicate that the measuring instrument was cal-
chromium and nickel. Particular attentionshouldbe ibrated to the WRC procedure. The Ferrite Number, up to
given tocarbon whenanalyzing Type308L,308LSi, 10 FN, is to be considered equal to the “percent femte”
308LM0, 3WL, 309LSi, 309LM0, 316L, 316LSi, 317L, term previouslyused. It represents agood average of
320LR, 383, 385, 46LM0, 2209, or 2553 weldmetal commercial U.S. and world practice regarding the “per-
deposited using either solid or metal-cored electrodes or cent ferrite.” Through the use of standardcalibration pro-
rods. Because of carbon pickup, the undiluted layers in a cedures, differences in readings dueto instrument calibra-
pad built on high-carbon base metal begin a considerable tion are expected to be reduced to about* 5 percent - or,
---
|
distance above the base. at the most, i 1 0 percent - of the measured ferrite value.
| ||||
|||| || || |||||
15.5 Ferrite in Weld Deposits 15.5.4 Thechemicalcomposition of agivenweld

deposit can provide an approximately predictable Ferrite
15.5.1 Ferrite is known to be very beneficial in reduc- Number for the deposit. However, important changes in
|| || ||
ing the tendency for cracking or fissuring in weld metals; the chemical composition canoccur from wire to deposit,
||
however, it is not essential. Millions of pounds of fully as described in 15.5.4.1 through 15.5.4.4.
||||
austenitic weld metal have been used for years and pro-
vided satisfactory service performance. Generally, ferrite 15.5.4.1 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding. This welding
--
is helpful when the welds are restrained, when the joints process involves the least changein the chemical compo-
are large, and whencracks or fissures adversely affect ser- sition from wire to deposit, and hence produces the small-
vice performance. Ferrite increases theweld strength est difference between the ferrite content calculated from
level; however, it may have a detrimental effect on corro- the wire analysis and that measured on the deposit. There
sion resistance in some environments.Ferrite also is gen- issome loss ofcarboningastungstenarcwelding -
about half of the carbon content above 0.02 percent. Thus,
Welding Research Council, 345 East 47th Street, New York, Ny awire of 0.06 percentcarbontypically will producea
I O 0 1 7. deposit of 0.04 percent carbon. There is also some nitro-
40
gen pickup - a gain of 0.02 percent. The change in other 15.5.5 Bare filler metalwire,unlike covered elec-
elements is not significant in the undiluted weld metal. trodes, cannot be adjusted for femte content by means of
15.5.4.2 Gas Metal Arc Welding. For this process, further alloy additions by the electrode producer, except
typical carbon losses are low - only about one-quarter through the use of flux in the submerged arc welding
those of the gas tungsten arc welding process. However, process. Thus, if specific FN ranges are desired, they
thetypicalnitrogenpickupismuchhigherthaningas must be obtained through wire chemistry selection. This
tungsten arc welding, and it should be estimated at about is further complicated by the changes in the ferrite content
0.04 percent (equivalent to about 3 or 4 FN loss) unless from wire to deposit caused by the welding process and
specific measurements on welds for a particular applica- techniques, as previously discussed.
tion establish other values. Nitrogen pickup in this process
is very dependent upon the welding technique and may go
as high as 0.15 percent or more. This may result in little 15.5.6 In the 300 series filler metals, the compositions
or no ferrite in the weld deposits of filler metals such as of the bare filler metal wires in general tend to cluster
ER308 and ER309. Some slight oxidation plus volatiliza- around the midpoints of the available chemical ranges.
tion losses may occur in manganese, silicon, chromium, Thus, the potential ferrite for the 308, 308L, and 347
nickel, and molybdenum contents. wires is approximately 10 F N ; for the 309 wire, approxi-
15.5.4.3SubmergedArcWelding. Submerged arc mately 12 FN; and, for the 316 and 316L wires, approxi-
welds show variable gains, losses of alloying elements, mately 5 FN. Around these midpoints, the femte contents
or both depending on the flux used. All fluxes produce may be k7 FN or more, but the chemical compositions of
---
somechangesinthechemicalcomposition when the these filler metals still will be within the chemical limits
|
| ||||
electrode is melted and deposited as weld metal. Some specified in the specification.
fluxes deliberately add alloying elements suchas
|||| || || |||||
columbium (niobium) and molybdenum; others are very 15.5.7 In summary, the femte potential of a filler metal
active in the sense that they deplete significant amounts afforded by this chemical composition will, except for a
ofcertainelementsthatarereadilyoxidized,suchas
|| || ||
few instances in submerged arc welding, be modified
chromium. Other fluxes are less active and may contain
downward in the deposit due to changes in the chemical
||
small amountsof alloys to offset any losses, thereby pro-
ducing a weld deposit witha chemical composition close composition which are caused by the welding process and
||||
to the compositionof the electrode.If the flux is active or the technique used.
alloyed, then changesin the welding conditions, particu-
--
larly voltage,willresultinsignificantchanges inthe
15.6 Description and Intended of
UseFiller Metals
chemicalcomposition of thedeposit.Highervoltages
produce greater flux/metal interactions and, in the caseof 15.6.1 ER209. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
an alloy flux, greater alloy pickup. this classification is 22 Cr, 11 Ni, 5.5 Mn, 2 Mo, and
15.5.4.4 When closecontrol of ferrite content is 0.20 N. Filler metals of this classification are most often
required, the effects of a particular fludelectrode combi- usedto weld UNS S20910 base metal. This alloy is a
nation should be evaluated before any production welding nitrogen-strengthened, austenitic stainless steel exhibit-
is undertaken due to the effects as shown in Table 3. ing high strength and good toughness over a wide range
of temperature. Weldments in the as-welded condition
made using this filler metal are not subject to carbide pre-
cipitation. Nitrogen alloying reduces the tendency for
~ ~ ~- ~~~ ~
carbon diffusion, thereby increasing resistance to inter-

Table 3
granular corrosion.
Variations of Alloying Elements and FN
~~ ~~~ ~~~
The ER209 filler metal has sufficient total alloy content
Typical change from Corresponding
Element wire to deposit change in FN for use in welding dissimilar alloys like mild steel and the
Carbon Varies: On “L” gndes usually a gain, “L”-1 to -2
stainless steels, and also for direct overlay on mild steel
+ 0.01 to + 0.02 percent; on regular for corrosion applications when used with the gas metal
grades usually a loss,up to
- 0.02 percent. arc welding process.
Siwn Always a gain: + 0.3 to + 0.6 percent +I to +2 The gas tungsten arc, plasma arc, and electron beam
Chromium Varies: - 3.0 IO +I .O percent -6 to +4
processes are not suggested for direct application of this
Nickt4 Usuolly a J o b s : -0.3 to -1.0 percent +I to +3 filler metal on mild steel.
Manganese Varies: -0.5 to M . 5 percent -0.5 to M . 5
Molybdenum Little change unleas a deliberate - 15.6.2ER218. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
addition is made to the flux. this classification is 17Cr, 8.5 Ni, 8 Mn, 4 Si, and 0.13 N.
Columbium
Usuolly a losa unless a deliberate
up to -1 Filler metals of this classification are most often used to
addition: -0.2 to -0.5 percent.
weld UNS S21800 base metals. This alloy is a nitro-
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05L4484 897
41
--
gen-strengthened, austenitic stainless steel exhibiting high stress-corrosion cracking in hotaqueous chloride-contain-
||||
strength and good toughness over a wide range of tem- ing media. The ER240 filler metal has sufficient total
||
perature. Nitrogen alloying inthis basecomposition alloy content for use in joining dissimilar alloys like mild
|| || ||
results in significant improvement of wear resistance in steel and thestainless steels and also for direct overlay on
|||| || || |||||
particle-to-metalandmetal-to-metal (galling) applica- mild steel for corrosion and wear applications when used
tions when compared to the more conventional austenitic with the gas metal arcprocess. The gastungsten arc, plas-
stainless steels such as Type304. The ER218filler metal ma arc, andelectron beam processes are not suggested for
| ||||
has sufficient total alloy content for use in welding dis- direct application of this filler metal on mild steel.
|
similar alloys like mild steel and the stainless steels, and
---
also for direct overlayonmild steel for corrosionand 15.6.5ER307. The nominal composition(wt.%) of
wear applications whenusedwiththe gas metalarc this classification is 2 1 Cr, 9.5 Ni, 4 Mn, and 1 Mo. Filler
process. The gas tungsten arc, plasma arc, and electron metals of this classification are used primarily for moder-
beam processes are not suggested for direct application of ate-strength weldswith good crack resistance between
this filler metal on mild steel. dissimilar steels such as austenitic manganese steel and
carbon steel forgings or castings.
15.6.3ER219. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
this classification is 20 Cr, 6 Ni, 9 Mn, and 0.20 N. 15.6.6ER308. Thenominalcomposition(wt.%) of
Filler metals of this classification are most often used this classification is 2 1 Cr and 10 Ni. Commercial spec-
to weld UNS S21900 base metals. Thisalloy is a nitro- ifications for filler and base metals vary in the minimum
gen-strengthened, austenitic stainless steel exhibiting alloy requirements; consequently, the names 18-8, 19-9,
high strength and good toughness over a wide range and 20-10 are often associated with filler metals of this
of temperatures. classification. This classification is most often used to
Weldments made using this filler metal are not subject weld base metals of similar composition, in particular,
to carbide precipitation in theas-welded condition. Type 304.
Nitrogen alloying reduces the tendency for intergranular
carbide precipitation in the weld area by inhibiting car- 15.6.7ER308H. This classification is the same as
bon diffusion, thereby increasing resistance to intergran- ER308, except that theallowable carbon content has been
ular corrosion. restricted to the higher portion of the 308 range. Carbon
The ER219filler metal hassufficient total alloy content content in the range of 0.04-0.08 provideshigher strength
for use in joining dissimilar alloys like mild steel and the at elevated temperatures. This filler metalisusedfor
stainless steels, and also for direct overlay on mild steel welding Type 304H base metal.
for corrosive applications when used with the gas metal
arc welding process. The gas tungsten arc, plasma arc, 15.6.8ER308L. This classification is the same as
and electron beam processes are not suggested for direct ER308, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03
application of this filler metal on mild steel. percent maximum) in this filler metal reduces the possi-
bility of intergranular carbide precipitation. This increas-
15.6.4 ER240. The nominal composition (wt.%) of es the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use
this classification is18 Cr, 5 Ni, 12 Mn,and 0.20 N. of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or titanium.
Filler metal of this classification is most often used to Strength of this low-carbon alloy, however, is less than
weld UNS S24000 and UNS S24100 base metals. These that of the columbium-stabilized alloys or Type 308H at
alloys are nitrogen-strengthened, austenitic stainless elevated temperatures.
steels exhibiting high strength and good toughness over a
wide range of temperatures; and, compared to the more 15.6.9ER308LSi. This classification is the same as
conventional austenitic stainless steels such as Type 304, ER308L, except for thehighersilicon content. This
they offer significant improvement of wear resistance in improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal
particle-to-metal andmetal-to-metal (galling) applica- arc welding process (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the
tions - a valuable characteristic. base metal produces a low-femte or fully austenitic weld,
Nitrogen alloying reduces the tendency toward inter- the crack sensitivity of the weld is somewhat higher than
granular carbide precipitation in the weld area by inhibit- that of a lower-silicon-content weld metal.
ing carbon diffusion, thereby reducing the possibility for
intergranular corrosion. Nitrogen alloying also improves 15.6.10 ER308Mo. This classification is the same as
resistance to pittingand crevice corrosionin aqueous ER308, except for the addition of molybdenum. It is used
chloride-containing media.In addition, weldmentsin for weldingASTM CF8M stainless steel castings and
Type240 exhibit improved resistance to transgranular matches the base metal with regard to chromium, nickel,
42
and molybdenum contents. It may be used for welding their corrosion resistance. The ER309Mo is used to
wrought materials such as Type 316 (UNS31600) stain- achieve a single-layer overlay with a chemical composi-
less when aferrite content in excess of thatattainable with tion similar to that of a 316 stainless steel. It also is used
the ER316 classification is desired. for the first layer of multilayer overlays with filler metals
suchas ER316 or ER317 stainless steels. Withoutthe
15.6.11ER308LMo. This classification is used for first layer of 309M0, elements such as chromium and
welding ASTM CF3M stainless steel castings and match- molybdenum might be reduced to unacceptable levels in
es the base metal with regard to chromium, nickel, and successive layers by dilution from the base metal. Other
--
molybdenum contents. It maybeused for welding applications include the welding of molybdenum-contain-
wrought materials such as Type 316L stainless when a ing stainless steel linings to carbon steel shells, the join-
||||
ferrite in excess of that attainable with ER3 16Lis desired. ing of carbon steel base metalswhich had been clad with
a molybdenum-containing stainless steel, and the joining
||
|| || ||
15.6.12ER308Si. This classification is the same as of dissimilar base metals such as carbon steel to Type 304
ER308,exceptfor the higher silicon content. This stainless steel.
|||| || || |||||
improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal

arc welding processes (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the 15.6.17 ER309LMo. This classification is the same as
| ||||
base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld ER309Mo, except for the lower maximum carbon content
metal, the crack sensitivity of the weldis somewhat high- (0.03%). Low carbon content in stainless steels reduces
|
---
er than that of a lower-silicon-content weld metal. the possibility of chromium-carbide precipitation and
thereby increases weld metal resistance to intergranular
15.6.13ER309. The nominal composition (wt.%) of corrosion. The ER309LMo is used in the same type of
this classification is 24 Cr and 13 Ni. Filler metals of this applications as the ER309Mo, but is preferable in situa-
classification are commonly used for welding similar tions where excessive pickup of carbon from dilution by
alloysinwrought or cast form. Occasionally, they are the base metal, or intergranular corrosion from carbide
used to weld Type 304 and similar basemetalswhere precipitation, or both, are factors to be considered in the
severe corrosion conditions exist requiring higher-alloy selection of the filler metal. In multilayer overlays, the
weld metal. They also are used in dissimilar-metal welds low carbon ER309LMousuallyisneeded for the first
- for instance, joining Type 304 to carbon steel, welding layer in order to achieve low carbon contents in succes-
the clad side of Type 304clad steels, or applyingstainless sive layers with filler metals such as ER3 16L or ER317L.
steel sheet linings to carbon steel shells.
15.6.18 ER309LSi. This classification is the same as
15.6.14ER309L. This classification is the same as ER309L, except for the higher silicon content. This
ER309, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03 improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal
percent maximum) in this filler metal reduces the possi- arc welding processes (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the
bility of intergranular carbide precipitation. This increas- base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld,
es the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use the crack sensitivity of the weld is somewhat higher than
of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or titanium. that of a lower-silicon-content weld metal.
Strength of this low-carbon alloy, however, may not beas
great at elevated temperatures as that of the columbium- 15.6.19 ER310. The nominal composition (wt.%)of
stabilized alloys or ER309. this classification is 26.5 Crand 21 Ni.Filler metal of this
classification is most often used to weld base metals of
15.6.15ER309Si. Thisclassificationisthesame as similar composition.
ER309,except for thehighersilicon content. This im-
proves the usabilityof the filler metal in the gas metal arc 15.6.20ER312. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
welding processes (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the base this classification is 30Cr and 9Ni. Filler metal of this
metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld metal classification was originally designed to weld cast alloys
deposit, the crack sensitivity of the weld is somewhat high- of similar composition. It also has been found to be valu-
er than that of alower silicon content weld metal. able in welding dissimilar metals such as carbon steel to
stainless steel, particularly those grades high innickel.
15.6.16 ER309Mo. This classification is the same as This alloy gives a two-phase weld deposit with substantial
ER309, except for the addition of2.0 to 3.0 percent percentages of ferrite in an austenite matrix. Even with
molybdenum to increase its pitting corrosion resistance in considerable dilution by austenite-forming elementssuch
halide-containing environments. The primary application as nickel, the microstructure remains two-phase and thus
for this filler metal is surfacing of base metals to improve highly resistant to weld metal cracks andfissures.
43
15.6.21ER316. The nominal composition (wt.%)of improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal
this classification is 19 Cr, 12.5 Ni and2.5 Mo. This filler arc welding process (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the
metal is used for welding Type 316 and similar alloys. It base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld,
has been used successfully in certain applications involv- the crack sensitivity of the weld is somewhat higher than
ing special base metals for high-temperature service. The that of a lower-silicon-content weld metal.
presence of molybdenum provides creepresistance at ele-
vatedtemperatures andpitting resistance ina halide 15.6.26ER317. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
atmosphere. this classification is 19.5 Cr, 14 Ni, and 3.5Mo - some-
Rapid corrosion of ER3 16 weld metal may occur when what higher than ER316. It usually is used for welding
the following three factors Co-exist: alloys of similar composition. ER317 filler metal is uti-
(1) the presence of a continuous or semicontinuous net- lized in severely corrosive environments where crevice
work of ferrite in the weld metal microstructure, and pitting corrosion are of concern.
(2) a composition balance of the weld metal giving a
chromium-to-molybdenum ratio of less than 8.2 to 15.6.27ER317L. This classification isthe same as
1, and ER317, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03
(3) immersionof the weld metal in corrosive
a medium. percent maximum) in this filler metal reduces the possi-
bility of intergranular carbide precipitation. This increas-
Attempts to classify the media in which accelerated es the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use
corrosion will take place by attack on the ferrite phase of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or titanium.
have not been entirely successful. Strong oxidizing and This low-carbon alloy, however, may not be as strong at
mildly reducing environments havebeen present wherea elevated temperature as the columbium-stabilized alloys
number of corrosion failures were investigated and doc- or Type317.
umented. The literature should be consulted for latest
recommendations. 15.6.28ER318. Thiscompositionisidenticalto
ER316, except for the addition of columbium (niobium).
15.6.22ER316H. This filler metalis the sameas Columbium providesresistance to intergranular chromi-
ER3 16, except that the allowable carbon content has been um-carbide precipitation, thus increasing resistance to
restricted to the higher portion of the 316 range. Carbon intergranular corrosion. Filler metal of this classification
content in the range of 0.04 to 0.08 wt.% provides higher is used primarily for weldingbasemetals of similar
strength at elevated temperatures. This filler metal is used composition.
for welding Type 316H base metal.
15.6.29ER320. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
15.6.23ER316L. This classification is the same as this classification is 20 Cr, 34 Ni, 2.5 Mo, 3.5 Cu with
ER316, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03 Cb(Nb) added to provide resistance to intergranular cor-
percent maximum) in this filler metal reduces the possi- rosion. Filler metal of this classification is used primari-
bility of intergranular chromium-carbide precipitation, ly to weld base metalsof similar composition for applica-
thereby increasing the resistance to intergranular corro- tions requiring resistance to severe corrosion froma wide
sion without the use of stabilizers such as columbium range of chemicals, including sulfuric and sulfurous acids
(niobium) ortitanium. This filler metal is used primarily and their salts. This filler metal can beused to weld both
for welding low-carbon, molybdenum-bearing austenitic castings and wrought alloys of similar composition with-
alloys. However, this low-carbon alloy is not as strong at out postweld heat treatment. A modification of this clas-
elevated temperature as Type ER3 16H or thecolumbium- sification without columbium (niobium) is available for
stabilized alloys. repairing castings which do not contain columbium, but
with this modified composition, solution annealing is
15.6.24 ER316LSi. This classification is the same as required after welding.
ER316L, except for the higher silicon content. This
improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal 15.6.30 ER320LR (Low Residuals). This classifica-
arc welding process (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the tion has the same basic composition as ER320; however,
base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld, the elements C, Si, P, and S are specified at lower maxi-
the crack sensitivity is somewhat higher than that of a mum levels, and the Cb (Nb)and Mn are controlled with-
lower-silicon-content weld metal. in narrower ranges. These changes reducethe weld-metal
hot cracking and fissuring (while maintaining the corro-
15.6.25ER316Si. This classification is thesame as sion resistance) frequently encountered in fully austenitic
ER316,except for the higher silicon content. This stainless steel weld metals. Consequently, welding prac-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~ ~~ ~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5, 0534487 5Tb m

44
tices typically used for austenitic stainless steel weld met- 15.6.35ER383. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
als containing femte can be used inbare filler metal weld- this classification is 27.5 Cr, 31.5 Ni, 3.7 Mo, and 1 Cu.
ing processes such as gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc. Filler metal of this classification is used to weldUNS
ER320LR filler metal has been used successfully in sub- N08028 base metal to itself, or to other grades of stainless
merged arc overlaywelding, but it may be prone to crack- steel. ER383 filler metal is recommended for sulphuric-
ing when used for joining base metal by the submerged and phosphoric-acid environments. The elements C, Si,
arc process. ER320LR weld metal has a lower minimum P, and S are specified at low maximum levels to minimize
tensile strength than ER320 weld metal. weld-metal hot cracking and fissuring (while maintaining
the corrosion resistance) frequently encountered in fully
15.6.31ER321. The nominal composition (wt.%) of austenitic stainless-steel weld metals.
this classification is 19.5Cr and 9.5Ni with titanium
added. The titanium acts in the same way as columbium 15.6.36ER385. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
(niobium) in Type 347,reducing intergranular chromium- this classification is 20.5 Cr, 25 Ni, 4.7 Mo, and 1.5 Cu.
carbide precipitation andthusincreasing resistance to ER385 filler metal is used primarily for welding of ASTM
intergranular corrosion. The filler metal of this classifi- B625, B673, B674, and B677 (UNS N08904) materials
cation is used for welding chromium-nickel stainless steel for the handling of sulphuric acid and manychloride-con-
base metals of similar composition, usingan inert gas taining media. ER385 filler metal also may be used to
shielded process. It is not suitable for use with the sub- join Type 3 17L material whereimproved corrosionresis-
merged arc process, because only a small portion of the tance in specific media is needed. ER385 filler metal may
titanium will be recovered in the weld metal. beused for joining UNS N08904 base metals to other
grades of stainless steel. The elements C,S, P, and Si are
15.6.32ER330. The nominal composition (wt.%) of specified at lower maximum levels to minimize weld-
this classification is 35.5 Ni, 16 Cr. Filler metal of this metal hot cracking, and fissuring (while maintaining cor-
typeiscommonlyusedwhereheat-and scale-resisting rosionresistance)frequentlyencountered in fully
properties above 1800°F (980°C)are required, except in austenitic weld metals.
high-sulphur environments, as these environments may
adversely affect elevatedtemperatureperformance. 15.6.37 ER409. This 12Cr (wt.%) alloy differs from
Repairs of defects in alloy castings and the welding of Type 410 material because it has aferritic microstructure.
castings and wroughtalloys of similar composition are the The titanium addition forms carbides to improve corro-
most common applications. sion resistance, increase strength at high temperature, and
promote the ferritic microstructure. ER409 filler metals
15.6.33ER347. The nominalcomposition (wt.%) of may be used to join matching or dissimilar base metals.
this classification is 20 Cr and 10 Ni, with Cb(Nb) added The greatest usage is for applications where thin stock is
as a stabilizer. The addition of Cb reduces the possibility fabricated into exhaust system components.
of intergranular chromium-carbide precipitation, thereby
increasing resistance to intergranular corrosion. The filler 15.6.38ER409Cb. This classification is the same as
metal of this classification is usually used for welding ER409 except that columbium (niobium) is used instead
chromium-nickel stainless steel base metals of similar of titanium to achieve similar results. Oxidation losses
composition stabilized with either Cb or Ti. Although Cb across the arc generally are lower. Applications are the
is the stabilizing element usually specified in Type 347 same as those of ER409 filler metals.
alloys, it should be recognized that tantalum (Ta) also is
present. Ta and Cb are almost equally effective in stabi- 15.6.39
ER410. This 12Cr (wt.%) alloy is an
lizing carbon and in providing high-temperaturestrength. air-hardening steel. Preheat and postheat treatments are
If dilution by the base metal produces a low-ferrite or required to achieve welds of adequate ductility for many
fully austenitic weld metal, the crack sensitivity of the engineering purposes. The most common application of
weld may increase substantially. filler metal of this type is for welding alloys of similar
composition. It also is used for deposition of overlays on
15.6.34ER347Si. This classification isthe same as carbon steels to resist corrosion, erosion, or abrasion.
ER347,except for the higher silicon content. This
improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal 15.6.40 ER410NiMo. The nominalcomposition
arc welding process (see 15.7.2). If the dilution by the (wt.%) of this classification is 12 Cr, 4.5 Ni, and 0.55 Mo.
base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully austenitic weld, It is designed primarily for welding ASTM CA6NM cast-
the crack sensitivity of the weld is somewhat higher than ings or similar material; and also for light-gage 410,41OS,
that of a lower-silicon-content weld metal. and 405 base metals. Filler metal of this classification is
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
45
modified to contain less chromium and more nickel to 15.6.46ER630. The nominalcomposition (wt.%) of
eliminate ferrite in the microstructure, as it has a deleteri- this classification is 16.4 Cr, 4.7 Ni, and3.6 Cu. The com-
ous effect on mechanical properties. Final postweld heat position is designed primarily for welding ASTM A564
treatment should not exceed 1150°F (620°C),since high- Type 630 and some other precipitation-hardening stain-
er temperatures may result in rehardening due to untem- less steels. The composition ismodified to prevent the
peredmartensitein the microstructure after cooling to formation of ferrite networks in the martensitic
room temperature. microstructure,whichhave a deleteriouseffect on
mechanical properties. Depending on the application and
15.6.41 ER420. Thisclassification is similarto weld size, the weld metal may be used either as-welded;
ER410, except for slightly higher chromium and carbon welded and precipitation hardened; or welded, solution
contents. ER420 is used for many surfacing operations treated, and precipitation hardened.
requiring the corrosion resistance provided by 12 per-
cent chromiumalongwithsomewhathigherhardness 15.6.47ER16-8-2. The nominal composition(wt.%)
than weld metal deposited by ER410 electrodes. This of this classification is 15.5 Cr, 8.5 Ni, and 1.5 Mo. Filler
increases wear resistance. metal of this classification is used primarily for welding
stainless steel such as Types 16-8-2, 316, and347 for
15.6.42ER430. This is a 16Cr (wt.%) alloy. The high-pressure, high-temperaturepipingsystems.The
composition is balanced by providing sufficient chromi- weld deposit usually has Ferrite
a Number no higher than
um to give adequate corrosion resistance for theusual 5 FN. The deposit also has good hot-ductility properties
applications, andyetretain sufficient ductility inthe which offer greater freedom from weld- or crater-crack-
heat-treated condition. (Excessive chromium willresult ing even under restraint conditions. The weld metal is
in lower ductility.) Weldingwith filler metal of the usable in either the as-welded conditionor solution-treat-
ER430 classification usually requires preheating and post- ed condition. This filler metal depends on a very care-
weld heat treatment. Optimum mechanical properties and fully balancedchemicalcompositiontodevelop its
corrosion resistance are obtained only whenthe weldment fullest properties. Corrosion tests indicate that the 16-8-2
is heat treated following the welding operation. weld metal may have less corrosion resistance than Type
316base metal, depending on the corrosive media.
15.6.43 ER446LMo. Formerly listed as ER26- 1, this Where the weldment is exposed to severe corrosives, the
classification has a nominalcomposition(wt.%) of surface layers shouldbe deposited with a more corro-
26 Cr and 1 Mo. It is used for welding base metalof the sion-resistant filler metal.
samecompositionwithinert-gas-shieldedwelding
processes. Due to the high purity of both base metal 15.6.48 ERlklOH. The nominal composition (wt.%)
and filler metal, cleaningof the parts before welding is of this classification is 19Cr and 10Ni. It is similar to
especially important. Complete coverage by shielding ER308H, except that the chromium content is lower and
---
gas during welding is extremely important to prevent there are additional limits on Mo, Nb, and Ti. This lower
|
contamination by oxygen and
nitrogen.
Noncon-
| ||||
limit of Cr and additional limits on other Cr equivalent
ventional gas shielding methods (leading, trailing, and elements allows a lower ferrite range to be attained. A
|||| || || |||||
back shielding) often are employed. lower femte level in the weld metal decreases the chance
of sigma embrittlement after long-term exposure at tem- || || ||
15.6.44ER502. The nominal composition (wt.%) of peratures in excess of 1000°F (538°C). This filler metal
this classification is 5 Cr and 0.50 Mo. It is used for weld- should be used inconjunction with welding processes and
||
ing material of similar composition, usually in the formof other welding consumables which do not deplete or oth-
||||
pipe or tubing. The alloy is an air-hardening material; erwise significantly change the amount of chromium in
therefore, when welding with this filler metal, preheating the weld metal. If used with submerged arc welding, a
--
and postweld heat treatment are required. flux that neither removes nor adds chromium to the weld
metal is highly recommended.
15.6.45ER505. The nominal composition (wt.%) of This filler metal also has the higher carbon level
this classification is 9Cr and 1 Mo. Filler metal of this required for improved creep properties in high-tempera-
classification is used for welding base metal of similar ture service. The user is cautioned that actual weld appli-
composition, usually in the form of pipe or tubing. The cation qualification testing is recommended in order to be
alloy is an air-hardening material, and therefore, when sure that an acceptableweld-metalcarbon level is
welding with this filler metal, preheating and postweld obtained. If corrosion or scaling is a concern, special test-
heat treatment are required. ing should be included in application testing.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L795 M 07842b5 0514487 377 m
46
15.6.49 ER2209. The nominal composition (wt.%) of minimum thickness that can be welded is approximately
this classification is 22.5 Cr, 8.5 Ni, 3 Mo, and 0.15 N. 1/8 to 3/16 in. (3.2 to 4.8mm). However, thinner sections
Filler metal of this classification is used primarily to weld can be joined if a backing isused. The higher silicon lev-
duplex stainless steels which contain approximately 22 els improve the washing and wetting behaviorof the weld
percent chromium, such as U N S S3 1803. Deposits of this metal. For instance, for increases from 0.30 to 0.65 per-
alloyhave“duplex” microstructures consisting ofan cent silicon, the improvementis pronounced; for increases
austenite-ferrite matrix. These stainless steels are charac- from 0.65 to 1.0 percent silicon, further improvement is
terized by high tensile strength, resistance to stress corro- experienced but is less pronounced.
sion cracking, and improved resistance to pitting.
15.7.3 For submerged arc welding, direct current elec-
15.6.50 ER2553. The nominal composition (wt.%) of trode positive (dcep) or alternating current (ac) may be
this classification is 25.5 Cr, 5.5 Ni, 3.4 Mo, 2 Cu, and 0.2 used. Basic or neutral fluxes are generally recommended
N. Filler metal of this classification is used primarily to in order to minimize silicon pickup and the oxidation of
--
weld duplex stainless steels which contain approximately chromium and other elements. When submerged arc
25-percent chromium.Deposits of thisalloyhavea welding with fluxes that are not basic or neutral, elec-
||||
“duplex” microstructure consisting of an austenite-ferrite trodes having asilicon content below the normal0.30 per-
||
matrix. These stainless steels arecharacterized by high cent minimum may be desired. Such active fluxes may
|| || ||
tensile strength, resistance to stress corrosion cracking, contribute some silicon to the weld metal. Inthis case, the
|||| || || |||||
and improved resistance to pitting. higher silicon does not significantly improve the washing
and wetting action of the weld metal.
15.6.51 ER3556. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
| ||||
this classification is 3 1 Fe,20 Ni, 22 Cr, 18 Co, 3Mo, and

15.7.4 The strip claddingprocess closely resembles
2.5 W (UNS R30556). Filler metal of this classification
|
conventional submerged arc welding, except that a thin,

---
is used for welding 31 Fe, 20 Ni, 22 Cr, 18 Co, 3 Mo,

consumable strip electrode is substituted for the conven-
2.5 W (UNS R30556) base metal to itself, for joining steel
tional wire. Thus, the equipment consists of conventional
to other nickel alloys, and for surfacing steel by the gas
submerged arc units with modified contact tips and feed
tungstenarc, gasmetal arc, andplasmaarcwelding
rolls. Normal power sources with a minimum output of
processes. The filler metal is resistant to high-tempera-
750amperes are used. If submerged arc equipment is
ture corrosive environmentscontaining sulfur. Typical
available, then the same feeding motor, gear box, flux
specifications for 3 1Fe, 20 Ni, 22 Cr, 18 Co,3 Mo, 2.5 W
handling system, wire spool, and controls used to feed
base metal are ASTMB435,B572,B619,B622,and
wire electrodes can be used for strip surfacing. The only
B626, UNS number R30556.
difference inmost cases is a strip weldingheadand
“bolt-on” adaptor plate.
15.7 Usability Strip surfacing is generally carried out using direct cur-
15.7.1 When welding stainless steels with the gas tung- rent supplied either from a generator or from a rectifier.
sten arc process, direct current electrode negative (dcen) Power sources with either constant voltage or drooping
is preferred. For base metal up to 1/16 in. (1.6 mm) thick, characteristics are used routinely.
argon is the preferred shielding gas because there is less A constant-voltage powersource is preferable, however,
tendency to melt through these lighter thicknesses. For generator or rectifier type can be connected in parallel to
greater thicknesses, or for automatic welding, mixturesof produce higher current for specific applications. The use
helium and argonare recommended becauseof the greater of direct currentelectrode positive (dcep) yields somewhat
penetration and better surface appearance. Argon gas for better edge shapeand a more regular depositsurface.
shielding also maybeusedandwillgivesatisfactory
results in most cases, but a somewhat higher amperage 16. Guideto Classification of Flux Cored Corrosion-
will be required. For information on the effects of higher Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Steel
silicon, see 15.7.2 and the classification of interest. Electrodes
15.7.2 When using the gas metal arc welding process, 16.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSYAWS A5.22-80,
in which an electrodeis employed as thefiller metal, direct Specification for Flux Cored Corrosion-Resisting
current electrode positive (dcep) is most commonly used. Chromium and Chromium Nickel SteelElectrodes
The shielding gas for spray transfer is usually argon, with
or without minor additionsof oxygen. For short circuiting 16.2Introduction. This guidehas beenprepared for
transfer, shielding gases composed of helium plus addi- prospective users of the flux cored chromiumand chromi-
tions of oxygen and carbon dioxide often are used. The um-nickelsteelelectrodescovered by ANSYAWS
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL 3975 m 07842b5 0534490 O90
47
A5.22-80, as an aid in determining the classification best chemical composition and mechanical property require-
suited for a particular application, with due consideration ments for his electrode.
to the particular requirements for that application. Electrodes classified for use with one or the other of the
gases required by ANSYAWS A5.22-80 may be operable
163 Method of Classification. The classification sys- under different shielding conditions than those tested,but
tem follows as closely as possible the standard pattern no guarantee of properties is implied beyond the specific
usedinAWS filler metal specifications. The inherent values and conditions coveredby the specification.
nature of the productsbeing classified has, however,
necessitated specific changes which more suitably classi- 16.3.4 The mechanicaltests measure strength and duc-
fy the product. tility, qualities that are often of lesser importance than the
corrosion and heat-resisting properties. The tension and
16.3.1 An illustration of the method of classification is bend requirements,however,provideanassurance of
presented in Figure 4. freedom from flaws such as check cracks and serious
dendritic segregation, which, if present, may cause fail-
ure in service.
--
16.3.2 Classification is onthe basis of the shielding

medium to be used during weldingand the chemical
||||
analysis of weld deposits produced with the electrodes. 16.4 Ferrite in Weld Deposits
The external shielding media recognized in the specifica-
||
|| || ||
tion are carbon dioxideand argon-oxygen mixtures. 16.4.1 Ferrite is known to be very beneficial in reduc-
ing the tendency for cracking or fissuring in austenitic
|||| || || |||||
16.3.3 Additionalrecognizedmethods of shielding weldmetals;however, it is not essential. Millions of

include self-shielding from the core materialwithno pounds of fully austenitic weld metal have been used for
years without any problems. Generally, ferrite is of help
| ||||
externally applied gas, as well as other methods not spec-

ified. The shielding designations are as follows: when the welds are highly restrained and the joints are
|
---
large. Ferrite increases the weld strength level. It has no

EXXT-1 designates an electrode using carbon dioxide
significant detrimental effect oncorrosion resistance
shielding plus a flux system.
except in Types 316 and 316L, where it can be detrimen-
EXXT-2 designates an electrode using a mixture of tal in some media. It generally is regarded as detrimental
argon with 2 percent oxygen plus aflux system. to toughness in cryogenic service and in high-temperature
EXXT-3designates an electrodeusingnoexternal service, whereit can transform into the brittle sigma phase.
shielding gas, wherein shielding is provided by the flux
system contained inthe electrode core (i.e., self-shielding).
16.4.2 Ferrite can be measured on a relative scale by
EXXXT-G indicates an electrode havingunspecified means of various magnetic instruments. However, work
method of shielding, with no requirementsbeing imposed by the Advisory Subcommittee of the HighAlloys
except as agreed between purchaser and supplier. Each Committee of the WeldingResearch Council(WRC)
producerof an EXXXT-G electrode shall specify the established that the lack of a standard calibration proce-
dure resulted in a verywide spreadof readings on a given
specimenwhenmeasured by different laboratories. A
specimen averaging 5.0 percent ferrite based on the data
collected from all the laboratories was measured as low as
3.5 percent by some and as high as 8.0 percent by others.
At an averageof 10.0 percent, the spread was 7.0 to 16.0
percent. In order to substantially reduce this problem, the
WRC subcommittee has published CalibrationProcedure
for Instruments to Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of
Austenitic Stainless Steel Weld Metal.8 AWS has extend-
1-1 I ed this procedure and has prepared AWS A4.2, Standard
EXXXT-X Procedures for Calibrating Magnetic Instruments to
Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of Austenitic Stainless
Steel Weld Metal. All instruments used to measure the fer-
Figure 4 - Method of Classification for Flux Cored _ _ _ ~
Corrosion-Resistant Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Welding Research Council, 345 East 47th Street, New York, New
Steel Electrodes York 10017
STD=AWS UGFH-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05L449L T27 m
48
rite content of AWS-classified stainless electrode prod- chemical analysis. Variations in the results of the chemi-
ucts are to be traceable to this AWS standard. cal analyses encountered from laboratory to laboratory
can have significant effects on the calculated ferrite value,
16.4.3 The WRC subcommittee also adopted the term changing it as much as 4 to 8 FN. For the EXXXT-3 clas-
“Ferrite Number” (FN) to beused instead of “percent fer- sifications, the DeLong diagram is better because it cor-
rite,” to clearly indicate thatthemeasuring instrument rects for the typically high nitrogen content of approxi-
was calibrated to the WRCprocedure.The Ferrite mately 0.12 percent found in the deposits.
Number is to be considered equalto the “percent femte”
termpreviouslyused.It represents a goodaverage of 16.4.7 Thechemicalcomposition is set up to allow
commercial U.S. and world practice regarding the percent adequate latitude for the manufacturer to control the
ferrite. Through the use of the WRC calibration proce- Ferrite Number of the undiluted deposit. With the
dures, differences in readings due to instrument calibra- EXXXT-1 classifications using carbon dioxide shielding,
tion are expected to be reduced to about *5 percent - or, there is some minorloss of oxidizable elements and some
at the most, 210percent - of the measured ferrite value. pickup on carbon content. With the EXXXT-2 classifica-
In the opinionofthe WRC subcommittee, it has been tions using argon-oxygen shielding, there is some minor
impossible, to date, to accurately determine thetrue loss of oxidizable elements. With the EXXXT-3 classifi-
absolute ferrite content of weld metals. cations using no external shielding, there is some minor
loss of oxidizable elements anda pickup of nitrogen,
16.4.4 Even on undiluted pads, ferrite variations from which may range from quite low to over 0.20 percent.
padtopadmustbe expected due to slight changes in Low welding currents coupled with long arc lengths(high
weldingandmeasuring variables. On a large group of arc voltages) should be avoided, because they result in
pads from oneheat or lot, and using a standard pad weld- excessive nitrogen pickup and excessive loss in the ferrite
ing and preparation procedure, approximately 95 percent content of the weld.
(or two sigma values) of the test results are expected to
cluster around 8 FN, k2.2FN. If different welding and 16.4.8 TheE307T-X,E308T-X,E308LT-X,
preparation procedures are used, then the variance will E308MoLT-X, and E347T-X grades are normally ferrite
increase. controlled. When used with the recommended shielding
Even larger variations may be encountered if the weld- gases and with reasonable and conventional welding cur-
ing technique allows excessivenitrogen pickup, in which rents and arc lengths, they produce weld metal with a typ-
case the ferrite may be much lower than it shouldbe. High ical ferrite level of 4 to 14 FN.
nitrogen pickup can cause a typical 8 FN deposit to drop
to O FN. A nitrogen pickup of O. 10 percent will typically
decrease the FN by about eight. 16.5 Consideration of Chemical Requirements
16.5.1General. Thechemicalcomposition require-
16.4.5 Plate metals tend to be balanced chemically to ments of the EXXXT-1 and EXXXT-2 classifications are
have an inherently lower ferrite content thanmatching very similar. The requirements of the EXXXT-3 classifi-
weld metals - even when remelted by, for example, the cations differ fromthose ofthe previous two,because
gas tungsten arc. Weld metaldiluted with plate metal usu- shielding with a flux system alone is not as effective as
ally will be somewhat lowerin ferrite than the undiluted shielding with both aflux system and a separately applied
weldmetal,thoughthis does varydependingonthe external shielding gas. The EXXXT-3deposits, therefore,
amount of dilution and the composition of the base metal. usually have a higher nitrogencontent than the EXXXT- 1
or EXXXT-2 deposits. This means that, in order to con-
16.4.6 The approximate ferrite content of welds may trol the femte content of the weld metal, the chemical
be calculated from the chemical compositionof the weld compositions of the EXXXT-3 deposits must have differ-
deposit. This normally is accomplished using one of two ent Cr/Ni ratios fromthose of the EXXXT-1and
diagrams - the Schaeffler or the DeLong (1973 revi- EXXXT-2 deposits.
---
sion). The Schaeffler percent is equal to the WRC Ferrite

|
| ||||
Number.Schaefflerclaims a +4 percentagreement
16.5.2 Chromium and Nickel Requirements
|||| || || |||||
between calculated andmeasured,andDeLong claims

I
*3 FN. The differences between measured and calculated 16.5.2.1 The EXXXT-1 and EXXXT-2 chromium and
ferrite are somewhat dependent upon the ferrite level of nickelrequirementsarepatternedafterthose of AWS
|| || ||
the deposit, increasing as the ferrite level increases. The A 5 4 Spec$cation for Corrosion-ResistingChromium
agreement between the calculated and measured ferrite and Chromium-Nickel Steel Covered WeEding Electrodes,
||
values is also strongly dependent upon the accuracy of the since these flux-cored electrodes are similar to a covered
||||
--
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0534492 9b3 m
49
electrode thatuses both gas shielding (self-generated CO,) electrodes. The maximum level of 1.O percent is the spec-
and flux shielding. The EXXXT-3 chromium requirement ified maximum in the high-silicon category of AWS A5.9.
is patterned after the established chromium levels of AWS
A5.9, Specification for Corrosion-ResistingChromium
andChromium-NickelSteelWeldingRodsandBare
16.5.6MolybdenumRequirements. The molybde-
Electrodes. The chromium levelsof AWS A5.9 are higher num ranges for the undiluted weld metal of the applic-
than those of AWS A5.4 because they initially were based able classifications were matched with the ranges for
on the core wires normally used for covered electrodes. It thecorrespondingclassifications in AWS A5.4or
is desirable and logical to specify higher chromium levels A5.9, as appropriate.
in AWS A5.9 to compensate for the loss of chromium in
submerged arc welding. This higher chromium also has 16.5.7ColumbiumRequirements. Theminimum
been found convenient to compensate for nitrogen pickup columbium level of 8 X %C specified for the applicable
in welding. The higher chromium and the increased nitro- classifications is consistent with AWS A5.4. The maxi-
gen balance each other from afemte viewpoint and result
in a weld femte level similarto that encountered in welds mum level of 1.0 percent agrees with AWSA5.4and
made with materials in AWS A5.4. AWS A5.9.
16.5.2.2 The EXXXT-3 nickel requirementis patterned
after the established nickel levelsof AWS A5.4 and AWS 16.6 Classification According
to Composition
A5.9, which are identical.
16.5.2.3 It should be noted that the chromium level was 16.6.1E307T. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
increased 0.5 percentoverthat ofAWSA5.9 forthe weld metal deposited from this electrode is 19Cr, 9Ni,
E309T-3,E309LT-3.E316T-3.E316LT-3.andE317LT-31 Mo, and 4Mn- These electrodes are usedprimarily for
classific&ons.This' wasdonetoprovideaminimum moderate-strength welds with good crack resistance
chromium range of 2.5 percent in these classificationsfor between dissimilar steels, such as welding austenitic man-
manufacturing reasons. ganese steel to carbon steel forgings or castings.
16.6.2E308T. The nominal composition (wt.%)of

16.5.3 Carbon Requirements this filler metal is 19 Cr and 9 Ni. Electrodes of this
16.5.3.1 The carbon levels of AWS A5.9 are specified classification are most often used to weld base metal of
for the E300T-X series, except for the low carbon varieties similar composition such as AIS1 Types 301, 302, 304,
of theEXXXT-1classification and for theE309T-1, 305, and 308.
E309T-2,andE309T-3classifications.Thelow-carbon
varieties of the EXXXT-1 classifications cannot realisti- 16.6.3 E308LT. The composition of this weld metal is
cally meet the 0.03 percent carbon maximum specified in identical to E308T, except for the carbon content. By
AWS A5.9, due to carbon pickup from the CO, shielding.
specifying low carbon in this alloy, it ispossible to obtain
The 0.04 percent carbon maximum of A5.4 is therefore
specified. The carbonmaximum for theE309T-1, resistance to intergranular corrosion due to carbide pre-
E309T-2, and E309T-3 classifications was reducedO. 10 to cipitation without the use of stabilizers such as columbi-
percent to be consistent with military specification require- um or titanium. This low-carbon alloy, however, is not as
ments for this classification. strong at elevated temperature as the columbium-stabi-
16.5.3.2 For the E400T-X and ESOOT-X series, the car- lized alloys.
bon levels ofAWSA5.4are specified, since these flux-
cored electrodes are patterned after the corresponding cov- 16.6.4 E308MoT. This electrode is similar to E308T,
ered electrodes. except for the addition of molybdenum. It is recommend-
ed for weldmg CF8M9 stainless steel castings, as it match-
16.5.4ManganeseRequirements. The manganese es the base metal with regard to chromium, nickel, and
requirements are patterned after AWS A5.4: 0.5 to 2.5 molybdenum. This electrode also may be usedfor welding
percent for ferrite-bearing E300T-X series, and 1.0 per- wrought metals such as 3 16stainless when ferrite content
cent maximum for most E4OOT-X series. beyond that attainable with E3 16T electrodes is desired.
16.5.5SiliconRequirements. Theflux cored elec- 16.6.5E308MoLT. This electrode is recommended for

trades require higher silicon levels in the deposit for welding CF3M9 stainless steel castings, as it matches the
acceptable usability than do covered electrodes or bare base metal with regard to chromium, nickel, and molyb-
~~ ~
denum. It also may be used for welding wrought metals
CF8MandCF3M are designations of the Alloy Casting Institute such as 316L when fenite content beyond that
(ACl). attainable with E3 16LT electrodes is desired.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0784265 0514493 BTT m

50
16.6.6E309T. The nominalcomposition (wt.%) of cipitation without the use of stabilizers such as columbi-
weldmetaldepositedfrom this electrode is 25 Cr and um or titanium. However, this low-carbon alloy is not as
12 Ni. Electrodes of this classification are used commonly strong at elevated temperatures as the columbium-stabi-
forwelding similar alloysinwrought or cast forms. lized alloys.
Occasionally, they are usedto weld Type 304base metals
where severe corrosion conditions exist that require high- 16.6.13E317LT. Thecontent of alloying elements,
er-alloy-content weld metal. Theyalso are used in welding particularlymolybdenum,inweldmetal deposited by
dissimilar metals-for instance, joining Type 304 to mild these electrodes is somewhat higher than that ofE3 16LT.
steel, welding the clad side of Type 304 clad steels, and These electrodes usually are used for welding alloys of
applying stainless steel sheet liningsto carbon steel shells. similar composition, andtheyusually are limited to
severe corrosion applications involving sulfuric and sul-
16.6.7 E309LT. The compositionof this weld metal is furous acids and their salts.
identical to E309 exceptfor the carbon content. By spec-
ifying low carbon in this alloy, it is possible to obtain 16.6.14E347T. The nominal composition (wt.%) of
resistance to intergranular corrosion due to carbide pre- weld metal deposited from this electrode is 19Cr and
cipitation without the use of stabilizers such as columbi- 9Ni, with columbium added as a stabilizer. The alloy
um or titanium. This low carbon alloy, however, is not as often is referred to as a stabilized Type 308 alloy, indi-
strong atelevated temperature as the columbium-stabi- cating that it is not normally subject to intergranular cor-
lized alloys. rosion from carbideprecipitation. Electrodes of this clas-
sification usually are used for welding chromium-nickel
16.6.8 E309CbLT. The nominal composition (wt.%) base metals of similar composition stabilized either with
of weld metal deposited fromthis electrode is 25 Cr and columbium or titanium.
12Ni, with a low carbon content and columbium added Although columbium is the stabilizing element usually
as a stabilizer. These electrodes are used to overlay car- specified in 347alloys, it should be recognized that tanta-
bon and low-alloysteels and producea columbium-stabi- lum is also present, sometimes in amounts up to one-half
lized first layer on such overlays. of the total of columbium, plus tantalum. Tantalum and
columbium are almost equallyeffective in stabilizing car-
16.6.9E310T. The nominalcomposition(wt.%) of bon and inproviding high-temperaturestrength. For these
weldmetaldeposited from this electrode is 25 Cr and electrodes, the usual commercial practice is to report
20Ni. These electrodes most often are used to weld base columbium asthe sum of the columbium plus tantalum. If
metals of similar compositions. dilution by the base metal produces a low-ferrite or fully
austenitic weld metal deposit, the crack sensitivity of the
16.6.10E312T. The nominalcomposition(wt.%) of weld may increase substantially.
weld metal deposited fromthis electrode is 29Cr and 9 Ni.
These electrodes most often are used to weld dissimilar- 16.6.15E409T. The nominalcomposition(wt.%)of
metal compositions of which one component is high in weld metal deposited from this electrode is 11 Cr, with
nickel. This alloy gives a two-phase weld deposit with sub- titanium added as a stabilizer. These electrodes most often
stantial amounts of ferrite in an austenitic matrix. Even are used to weld base metalsof similar composition.
with considerable dilution by austenite-forming elements,
such as nickel, the microstructure remains two-phase and 16.6.16E410T. This 12Cr (wt.%) alloy is an air-
thus highly resistantto weld-metal cracks and fissures. hardening steel and, therefore, requires preheat and
postheat treatments in order to achieve welds of ade-
16.6.11E316T. The nominalcomposition(wt.%)of quate ductility for most engineering purposes. The most
weld metal deposited from this electrode is 18 Cr, 12Ni, common application of electrodes of this classification
and 2Mo. Electrodes of this classification usuallyare is for welding alloys of similar composition. They also
used for welding similar alloys (i.e., about 2-percent are used for surfacing of carbon steels to resist corro-
molybdenum). These electrodes have been used success- sion, erosion, or abrasion, such as occur in valve seats
fully in applications involving special alloysfor high-tem- and other valve parts.
perature service. The presence of molybdenum provides
increased creep resistance at elevated temperatures. 16.6.17E410NiMoT. Thenominalcomposition
(wt.%)ofweldmetal deposited from this electrode is
16.6.12 E316LT. The compositionof these electrodes 12 Cr, 4 Ni, and 0.5 Mo. These electrodes are most often
is identical to E316T except for the carbon content. By used toweld CA6N"o castings or similar materials.
specifying low carbon inthis alloy, it is possible to obtain They are modified to contain less chromium and more
resistance to intergranular corrosion due to carbide pre- nickel in order to eliminate femte in the microstructure,
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 0784265 0514494 736 W

51
since ferrite has a deleterious effect on mechanical prop- 17.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
erties. Postweld heat treatmentshould not exceed 1150°F late the electrode classifications presented in ANSYAWS
(620"C),becausehighertemperatures may result in A5.3-91withtheirintendedapplications.Referenceto
rehardeningduetountemperedmartensite in the appropriate base metal specifications is made whenever
microstructure after cooling to room temperature. possible and whenit would be helpful.Such references are
intended only as examples rather thancomplete listings of
16.6.18 E410NiTiT. The nominal composition (wt.%) the materials for which each filler metal is suitable.
of weld metal deposited from this electrode is 11 Cr and
4 Ni, with titanium added asa stabilizer. These electrodes 17.3 Classification System. The system for identifying
are most often used to weld base metals of similar com- the electrode classifications follows the standard pattern
position or stabilized 12 percent chromium base metals used in AWS filler metal specifications. The letter "E' at
such as Type 409. the beginning of each classification designation stands
for electrode. The numerical portionof the designation in
16.6.19E430T.Weld metal deposited by these elec- the specification conforms to the Aluminum Association
trodesgenerally contains between 15 and 17 percent registration for the composition of the core wire used in
chromium. The composition is balanced by providing suf- the electrode.
ficient chromium to give adequate corrosion resistance for
the usual applications and yet retain sufficient ductility in 17.4 Welding Considerations
the heat-treated condition. (Excessivechromium will
17.4.1 Weldingaluminum by the shieldedmetalarc
result in lower ductility.)
process (SMAW) is a wellestablished practice. However,
Welding with E430T electrodes usually requires pre-
development of the gas shielded arc welding processes
heating and a postheat treatment. Optimum mechanical
and the manyadvantages these processes offer has caused
properties and corrosion resistance are obtainedonly
a shift away from the use of covered electrodes. This shift
when the weldment is heat-treated following the weld-
is expected to continue, and the use of SMAW for alu-
ing operation.
minum will dwindle. During SMAW, a flux covered elec-
trode is held in thestandard electrode holder, and welding
16.6.20 E502T. Weld metal deposited by these elec- is accomplished using direct current, electrode positive
trodes contains 4 to 6 percent chromium and approxi- (dcep). Moisture content of the electrode covering, and
mately 0.50 percent molybdenum. Electrodes of this clas- cleanliness of the electrode and base metal, are important
sification are used for welding base metalof similar com- factors to be considered whenweldingaluminumwith
position, usually in the form of a pipe or tube. This alloy covered electrodes. Preheat usually is required to obtain
is air-hardening; therefore, preheating and postweld heat good fusion and to improve soundness of theweld.
treatment are strongly recommended. Residual flux removal between passes is required to pro-
videimproved arc stability andweld fusion. Complete
16.6.21 E505T. Weld metal deposited by these elec- removal of the residual flux after welding is necessary to
trodes contains 8.0 to 10.5 percent chromium and about avoid corrosive attack in service.
1.0 percent molybdenum. Electrodesof this classification
are used for welding base metal of similar composition, 17.4.2 The presence of moisture inthe electrode cover-
usually in theform of a pipe or tube. The 505alloy is air- ing is a major cause of weld porosity. Dirt, grease, or
hardening; therefore, preheating and postweld heat treat- other contamination of the electrode can also contribute to
ment are strongly recommended. porosity. The absorption of moisture by the covering can
be quite rapid, and the covering candeteriorate after only
Part D: a few hours of exposure to a humid atmosphere. For this
reason, the electrodes shouldbe stored ina dry, clean
Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy location. Electrodes taken from previously opened pack-
17.Guide to Classificationof Aluminum and ages or exposed to moisture should be "conditioned" by
Aluminum Alloy Electrodes for Shielded Metal baking them at a sustained temperature of 350°F to 400°F
Arc Welding (175°C to 205°C) for one hour before welding. After con-
ditioning, they should be storedinaheated cabinet at
17.1 Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSUAWSA5.3-91, 150°F to 200°F(66"to 94°C) until used.
Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy
Electrodes for Shielded Metal are Welding 17.4.3 The minimum base metal thickness recom-
mended for shielded metal arc welding of aluminum is
l0CA6NM is a designationof the Alloy Casting Institute (ACI). 1/8 in. (3.2mm). Forthicknesses less than1/4in.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENG1 1995 m 0784265 0514475 b72 m
52
(6.4mm), noedgepreparationotherthan a relatively 17.5.3 The E4043 classification contains approximate-

smooth, square cut is required. Material thicker than 1/4in. ly five percent silicon, which provides superior fluidity at
(6.4 mm) should be beveled to a single-V-groove with a welding temperatures; for this reason, it is preferred for
60- to 90-degree included angle. On very thick material, general purpose welding. The E4043 classification pro-
U-groovesmaybeused.Dependinguponbase-metal duces weld metal with fair ductility and a minimum ten-
gauge, root-face thicknesses may range between 1/16 in. sile strength of 14 O00 psi (97 m a ) . E4043 electrodes can
(1.6 mm) and 1/4 in. (6.4 mm). A root opening of 1/32 in. be used to weld the 6XXX series aluminum alloys; the
to 1/16 in. (0.8 to 1.6 mm) is desirablefor all groove welds. 5XXX series aluminum alloys (up to2.5 percent Mg con-
tent); aluminum-silicon casting alloys:andaluminum
17.4.4 Because of the high heat conductivity of alu- base metals 1100, 1350(EC),and 3003.
minum, preheating to between 150°F and 400°F (120°C
and 205°C) is nearly always necessary on thick material 17.5.4 Formany aluminum applications, corrosion
tomaintain the weldpool andobtainproper fusion. resistance oftheweldisofprimeimportance. In such
Preheating also will help to avoid porosity due to too cases, it is advantageous to choose an electrode with a
rapid cooling of the weld pool atthe start of the weld. On composition asclose as practical to that of the base metal.
complicated welds, preheatingis useful for avoiding dis- For this use,covered electrodes for base metalsother than
tortion. Preheating may be performed with atorch using 1100 and 3003 usually are not stocked and must be spe-
oxygen and acetylene or other suitable fuel gas, or with cially ordered. For applications wherecorrosion resis-
electrical resistance heating. Mechanical properties of tance is important, it may be advantageous to use one of
6XXX series aluminum-alloy weldments can be reduced the gas shielded arc welding processes for which a wider
significantly if thehigherpreheatingtemperatures range of filler metal compositions is available.
[350”F(177°C) or higher] are applied.
18. Guide to Classification
of Bare Aluminum and
17.4.5 Shielded metal arc welds should beformed with
Aluminum Alloy Welding Electrodes andRods
a single pass whenever possible. However, where thicker
plates require multiple passes, thorough cleaning between 18.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSUAWSA5.10-92.
passes is essential for optimum results. After the comple- Specification for Bure Aluminum und Aluminurn Alloy
tion of any welding, the weld and weldment should be Welding Electrodes und Rods
thoroughly cleaned of residual flux. The major portion of
the residual flux can beremoved by mechanical means - 18.2Introduction. This guide is designed to correlate
such as a rotary wire brush,slag hammer, or peeningham- the filler metal classifications presented in ANSUAWS
mer - and the rest by steaming or hot-water rinsing. The A5.10-92 with their intended applications. Reference to
test for complete removal of residual flux is to swab a appropriate base-metal alloys is made whenever possible
solution of five-percent silver nitrate onto the weld areas. and when it would be helpful. Such references are intend-
Foaming will occur if residual flux is present. ed as examples rather than complete listings of the mate-
r i a l s for which each filler metal is suitable.
17.4.6 Interruption of the arc when shielded metal arc
welding aluminum can cause the formation of a fused 18.3ClassificationSystem. Bothwelding electrodes
flux coating over the end of the electrode. Re-establish- and rods are classified on the basis of the chemical com-
ing a satisfactory arc is impossible unless this formation position of the aluminum filler metal and a usability test.
is removed. The AWS classifications used are based as follows:
18.3.1 The AluminumAssociationalloy designation

17.5 Description and IntendedUse of Electrodes
nomenclature is used for the numerical portion to identify
17.5.1 Electrodes of the E1100 classification produce the alloy and thus its registered chemical composition.
weld metal of high ductility, good electrical conductivity,
and a minimum tensile strength of 12 O00 psi (82.7 Mpa). 18.3.2 A letter prefix designates usability of the filler
E l 100 electrodes are used to weld 1100, 1350(EC), and metal. The letter system for identifying the filler metal
other commercially pure aluminum alloys. classifications inthe specification follows thestandard
pattern used inother AWS filler-metal specifications. The
17.5.2 Electrodes of the E3003 classification produce prefix “E” indicates the filler metal is suitable for use as
weldmetal of high ductilityand a minimum tensile an electrode, and the prefix “R’ indicates suitability as a
strength of 14000 psi (96.5 MPa). E3003 electrodes are welding rod. Since some of these filler metals are used as
used to weld aluminum alloys 1100 and 3003. electrodes in gas metal arc welding, and as welding rods
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b505L449b 509 m
53
in oxyfuel gas, gas tungsten arc, and plasma arc welding, high, and the gas may not have time to escape before the
both letters, “ER’, are used to indicate suitability as an molten metal solidifies.
electrode or a rod. In all cases, an electrode can be used
either as an electrode or a welding rod, but the reverse is 18.4.3 Welds can be made in all positions with the gas
not necessarily true. metal arc process. Edge preparation similar to that used
for gas tungsten arc welding is satisfactory. Either argon,
18.3.3 Minor changes in procedures used to manufac- helium, or a mixture of these gases maybeused for
ture aluminum filler metals can affect their surface quali- shielding. Semiautomatic welding, in which the welding
ty and significantly affect the resultant weld soundness. gun is moved by a welder, is difficult to control on metal
Usability testing of the electrode is desirable on a period- thicknesses below 0.808 in. (2 mm) with constant amper-
ic basis to assure that the product classified continues to age. The use of a pulsed power supply permits the weld-
meet the soundness requirement. ing of base metal as thin as 0.030 in. (0.8 mm). No upper
The supplier should perform the usability tests of the limit on metal thickness has been established. Welds in
specification on an annual basis, as a minimum, to assure plate up to 8 in. (200 mm) in thickness have been made.
that the specified soundness and operating characteristics Automatic gas metal arc welding is suitable for all thick-
criteria are maintained. ANSUAWS A5.01, Filler Metal nesses welded, and particularly for thicknesses less than
Procurement Guidelines, should be used by a purchaser 1/8 in. (3.2 mm).
for definition of lot and frequency of testing references
when purchasing aluminum filler metals. 18.4.4 Gasmetal arc welding(GMAW) is accom-
plished with direct current (electrode positive). Almost
all drooping volt-amperage characteristic dc motor-gen-
18.4 Welding Considerations. The electrodes and rods
erator sets and dc rectifier welding machines used for
described are primarily for use with the inert-gas arc
shielded metal arc welding with covered electrodes are
welding processes. However, theymaybeusedwith
suitable sources of power.
other welding processes such as electron beam or oxyfu-
Constant-voltage power supplies are also suitable. An
el gas welding.
electrode feeding mechanismisneeded,inwhich elec-
trode speed can be adjusted between 50 and 500 ipm (21
18.4.1 The gasmetal arc process permits thesuccessful and21 1 m d s ) . Electrode feeders possessing “touch-
welding of aluminumalloys that are crack-sensitive when start” or “slow run-in” features, or both, are necessary
welded by oxyfuel gas or other manual welding process- when using a droopingvolt-amperage characteristic
es. Possible reasons for this are described briefly here. power supply, and they are desirable with constant-volt-
Distortion is reduced to a minimumbecause the age power sources.
increase in temperature of the parts being welded is con- Radiused-top and -bottom electrode feed rolls are pre-
fined to a narrow zone. Because thealuminum alloys have ferred in bothmanualandmechanizedequipment.
high thermal conductivity, the reduction of distortion is Stabilization of the arc with high-frequency current is
greater than would be the case with ferrous base metals. not required.
Cracking of welds in thealuminum alloys is reducedif the
cooling rate is high. 18.4.5 Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) can be per-
The gasmetal arc process permits the weldingof alloys formed in all positions. Welding travel speed is reduced
that have a wide melting range, which heretofore have compared to GMA welding; however,this is beneficial in
been difficult to weld without cracking. several aspects. The process ismore maneuverable for
manuallyweldingsmall tubes or pipingthan GMAW;
18.4.2 The high melting and solidification rate of the entrapment of gases is minimized to permit production of
weld metal from the gas metal arc process can result in sound welds; short repair welds can be made more easily;
entrapped gas in the welds. Control of this factor should and the reduced concentration of heat input allows weld-
be understood in order to obtain good results. Gas in the ingaluminumbasemetalsthinnerthan 0.020 in.
welds can be caused by contaminating influences such as (0.5 mm). Corner and edge joints in sheet gauges can be
grease, hydrocarbon cleaning agents, or moisture on the made more satisfactorily than by GMAW, due to the bet-
electrode or on the base metal. Moist air leaking into the ter control of the filler metal additions.
inert-gas lines may also cause this condition. Improper
adjustment of electrode speed, welding current, or other 18.4.6 Gas tungstenarcwelding is most commonly
machine variables may have a similar effect. The intro- performed with alternating-current power and argon-gas
duction of gas in the weld metal from anyof these causes shielding. Helium additions to the extent of 25 to 50 per-
can result in porosity; because the solidification rate is cent of the mixture with argonare used to increase the rate
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~ ~~
STD-AUS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514497 445 W

54
of initial melting and the amount of melting in thick base strengthis obtained withdcen GTA welds intheheat
metal. Pure tungsten or zirconia-tungsten electrodes are treatable aluminum alloys due to the reduced heat input
preferred for ac-power GTAW. The positive electrode compared to ac GTAW.
polarity of alemating current provides an arc cleaning Since noarc cleaning action occurs in the dcen arc, spe-
action to remove the surface oxide; however, thick alu- cial attention must be given to minimize the oxide thick-
minum oxides caused by weathering, thermal treatments, nessimmediatelybeforewelding,such as mechanical
or anodic treatments need to be reduced by chemical or scraping or arc cleaning all base metal surfaces within the
mechanical means prior to welding inorder to obtain uni- fusion zone.
form results and proper fusion. Sources of hydrogen, such
as moisture on the base or filler metals or in the gas
UseAluminum
shielding and residual hydrocarbons on the base or filler
Electrodes and Rods
metals, must be removed to avoid porosity in the welds.
18.5.1 The selection of the proper classification of
18.4.7 Direct current power also can be used to GTA filler metal depends primarily on the aluminum alloy
weld aluminum. dcep power can be used to weld sheet used in the parts to be welded; and secondly on the weld-
gauges. However, a 1/4in. (6.4 mm) diameter tungsten ing process, the geometry of the joints, the resistance to
electrode is required to carry the 125 amperes needed to corrosion required in service, and the finish or appear-
weld 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) thickness, so this polarity is seldom ance desired on the welded part. For example, welded
used. dcen poweris used with helium gas shielding, and a vessels for holdinghydrogenperoxide require special
thoria-tungsten electrode is used for welding aluminum- aluminum alloys - quite frequently a high-purity alloy
base alloys. This negative electrode polarity provides a -in order to have good resistance to corrosionor to pre-
deep, narrow melting pattern, which is advantageous for vent contamination of the product contained. In this case,
repair of thick weldments or castings and for increased the proper choice of filler metal is an alloy that has at
welding speeds in all thicknesses. Higher as-welded least as high a purity as the base metal. Another example
Guide lo the Chdm of Fllkr Metal for @onoraPurpose

l Welding
Sl!.O.
A356.0,
356.0. 512.0. 6W5. 6061.
201.0 A357.0,
357.0.
513.0.
333.0.
319.0. 7004. 7005. 6063.6101.
6009
206.0 354.0. 355.0.
413.0.
443.0. 7039,
514.0. 710.0. 6010 6151. 6201.
Base Metal 224.0 712.0 C3SS.O535.0 A444.0 6070 5456 6351,6951 5454
1060.
1070.
1080. 1350
ER4145
ER4145 ER5356C.d
ER4043a.b ER5356L'.d ER4043a.b ER53564
ER4043b ER4043h.d
1100.3003. Alc ER4145
3003
ER4145 ER4043P.b ER5356'." ER4043h.d
ER5356"
ER5356c,d
ER4043a.b
ER4043h
2014.2036 ER414Y ER4145C ER4145 - -ER4145 ER4145 - -
ER2319'
2219 ER4145C ER4145b,' ER4043 ER4043 ER4043'."
ER4043'.b - ER4043h
ER5356'
ER4043b ER5356"
3004. Alc 3004 -EK4043h.' ER4043" ER53561
EH4049 ERS356'
ER53561
5005.5050 ER5356"
EK404.W'
EH4043"
ER5356'
ER5356' -
ER4043b
ER4043"
ER5356"
5052. 5652' ER53561
EK5356'J - ER5356'
EK404.3"
ERS356' ER4043'
ER4043b
508 3 - - ERS356'." ER5356d ERSI83" -
EK53.56"ERSl8.3"ER5356"
5086 - - ER5356L'" ER53564 ER5356d - ERS3565 ER5356d
EK5356"
5154. 5254' - - ER4043' ER53S6' ER5356' - ER53561 ERS356'
ERS356'
5454 ER5554CJ
ER53561
ER5356'f-
ER4043h
ER5356'
ER5356'
ER4043'
ER4043b
5456 - - ER5356c.J ER5356d ER5556d - ER5356" ER5556*
J
6005.6061.6063,
6101.6151.6201. ER4145 ER4I4SbS ER4043b,'.8 ER5356'J
ER5356' ER4043'h EK4043h.'8
6351.6951
6009.6010.6070 ER4145 ER4043a.b4
ER414Sb.' EK4043d.ha
ER4043ER4043
7004,7005.7039. I -ERS356d
ER5356'
ER4043bJ
ER4043b
710.0. 712.0 I
511.0. 512.0. 513.0. ' -ER5356' ER4043'
535.0
514.0. t-
J
356.0. A356.0. 357.0.
A357.0. 4 13.0. ER4043b,h
ER414SbS
ER4145
443.0. A444.0
319.0. 333.0.
ER4145h.'.h
ER4145'355.0. 354.0.
C3SS.O
201.0. 206.0.
224.0 ER231(r.h
(W&)
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07811265 0514498 381
55
is the foundry weldingof castings, where an alloy meet- 18.5.4 Spooled filler metal is used most commonly as
ing the composition limits of the castings is, inmost electrode for the gas metal arc welding process. It also is
cases, the best choice -as, for example, in therepair and used as filler rod when mechanized feeding systems are
fabrication of cast alloys; including 206.0, C355.0, employed for gas tungsten arc welding, plasma-arc weld-
A356.0, 357.0, and A357.0. ing and other processes. Finite lengths of filler metal can
be removed from the spools for use as high-quality, hand-
18.5.2 Experiencehas shownthat certain classifica- fed filler rod with manual gas tungsten arc, plasma-arc or
tions of filler metal are suitable for welding specific base oxyfuel gas welding processes.
metals and combinations of base metals. These are listed
in Table 4. If it is desired to weld combinations other than
18.5.5 The cleanliness and minimal surface oxidation
those listed, they should be evaluated as to suitability for
of the filler metal are important with all welding process-
the purpose intended. The alloy combinations listed will
---
es. Oil or other organic materials, as well as a heavy oxide
be suitable for most environments,although someare
|
| ||||
film on the rod, interfere with coalescenceof the weld and
preferable from one or more standpoints. Inthe absence of
also are sources of porosity. Becauseof this, it is necessary
|||| || || |||||
specific information, consultation with the material sup-
to clean the welding rod andelectrode before packaging.
plier is recommended.Additional information may be
found inthealuminum chapter of Volume 4, Seventh
|| || ||
Edition of the AWS Welding Handbook. 18.5.6 Proper storage of welding rods and electrodes is
||
essential to avoid contamination which may affect their
||||
18.5.3 Filler metal in the form of straight lengths and performance. Packages of filler metal should not be left
coils without supportis used as welding rod with a number outdoors orinunheated buildings, because the greater
of welding processes. These include oxyfuel gas welding, variations in temperature and humidity increase the possi-
--
plasma arc welding,and gas tungstenarcwelding. The bility of condensation to create hydrated surface oxides.
filler metal usually is fed by hand, although mechanized Experiencehasdemonstrated that undesirable storage
welding in these processes may involve either manual feed-conditions may adversely affect filler metal performance.
ing of the weldingrod or use of a feeding mechanism. Investigation of the effect of storage time on electrode
Table 4 (Continued)
I O60
Iloo I070
5154 5052 5005 3004 2014 3003 IO80
Base Meld 5254' 5086 5083 5652' 50% Alc. 3004 2219 2036 Alc. 3003 1350
1 0 6 0 . 1070. 1080. 1350 ER5356C.d ERS356d ER5356d ER4043b.d ER1100b+ ER4043b.d ER4145"f ER4145 ERIIoob~C
ERII8Bb+.hj
1100. u)o3. Ale 3003 ER5356'd ER5356" ER5356d ER4043".d
ER1100b.c
ER4043b.d
ER4145b.C ER4145 ERllO0b.C
20 14.2036 - - - - ER4145 ER4145 ER4I4SC ER4145c
2219 ER4043 - - ER4043b ER4043Y,b
ER4043.b ER2319'
3004. Alc 3004 ER5356' ER5356" ERJ356d ER5356CJ
ER5356C.f
ER5356C.'
5 0 0 5 , 5050 EWS356' ER5356d ER5356d ER5356C.r
ER5356C.d
5052,5652' ER5356' ER53S6d ER5356d ER56W.r*'
5083 ERS356d ER5356d ER5183d
5086 ER5356d ER5356d
5 154. 5254' ER5654L'
Notes:
I. k r v i c e conditions such as immersion in fresh or salt water. exposureto specific chemkals. or a sustainedhifi temperature (over I5O'F (66'C)) may limit the choice of filter
metals. Filler metals ERSI83. ER5356. ER5556. and ER5654 arc not recommended for sustained elevated temperature service.
2. Recommendations i n this tahte apply to gas shielded arc welding promws. For oxyfuclgas welding. only ER1 188. ER I 1 0 0 . ER4043. EH4047. and EH4145 filler metals are
ordinarily used.
3. Where no Aller Inetal is listed. the base metal combination is not mommended for welding.
a. EH4145 may be used for some applications.
b. ER4047 may be used Cor some applications.
c. ER4043 may he used lor some applications.
d. EH5183. ER5356. or ER5556 may be used.
c. ER2319 may be used for some applications. It can supply high strength when the wcldment ir postweld solution heat treated and aged.
f. ERS183. ER5356. ERS554. ERSS56.and ER5654 may be used. I n someewcs. they provide (I) improved color match aneranodizing treatment. ( 2 ) highest weld ductility.
and (3) higher weld strength. ERSSS4 is suitablefor sustained elevated lempcraturc service.
B. ER4643 will provide high slrength i n 112 in. ( I 2 mm) and thicker groove welds in 6 X X X base alloys when postweld solution heat treated and aged.
h. Filler metal with thesameanalysisas the base metal issometimes used. The ldlowingwroughl filkr metals possess thesame chemical composition limitsascas1 Aller alloys:
ER4009 and R4009 as RC355.0 ER4010 and R4010 as R-A356.0 and R401 I u R4357.0.
i. Base metal alloys5254 and 5652 are used for h y d r w n peroxide service. ER5654 filler maal is used for welding both alloys lor Service temperatures below I SO'F (h6'CI.
j. ER1 1 0 0 may be used ror some applications.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995
56
performance indicates thatpackaged electrodes, stored 19.3.2 The chemical symbol Cu is used to identif elec-
under good conditions (dry places in heated buildings), trodes as copper-base alloys, and an additional chemical
are satisfactory after extended storage. symbol -such as Si in ECuSi, Sn in ECuSn, etc. -indi-
cates the principal alloying element of each classification
18.5.7 Contamination of filler metal from handling or or group of similar classifications. Where more than one
storage may occur. In most cases, the contaminatinginflu- classification is included in a basic group, the individual
ences will dictate the cleaning method. The practice of classifications in the group are identified by letters (A, B,
giving the welding rod, if it has been exposed to the shop C, etc.) as inECuSn-A. Further subdividing is accom-
atmosphere for long periods of time, a rub with stainless plished by using numerals (1, 2 etc.) after the last letter,
steel wool just before welding is quite widely followed. such as the 2 in ECuAl-A2.
of Filler Metal
19.4 Description and Intended Use
Part E:
19.4.1 Copper and copper-alloy covered electrodes
Copper and Copper Alloy generally operate with dcep, and the coverings often are
hygroscopic.
of Copper and Copper Alloy
19. Guide to Classification 19.4.1.1 Thesuppliershould be consultedregarding
Arc Welding Electrodes (a) specificoperatingparametersandpositions,and
19.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWS A5.6-84R, (b) recommendedstorageconditionsandreconditioning
temperatures.
Specificationfor Covered Copper and Copper Alloy Arc
Welding Electrodes. 19.4.1.2 The weld area shall be free from moisture and
other contaminants.
19.2Introduction. This guide has beenprepared for
prospectiveusersofthe copper andcopper-alloy elec- 19.4.2 ECU Classification (Copper Electrodes). ECU
trodes presentedinANSVAWS A5.6-84R as an aid in electrodes generally are manufactured from deoxidized
determining which classification of electrode is best suit- copper wire (essentially pure copper with small amounts
ed for a particular application, with due consideration to of deoxidizers added) and maybe used for shielded metal
the particular requirements for that application. Each of arc welding of deoxidized coppers, oxygen-free coppers,
the basic classification groups is discussed in the parts of and tough-pitch [electrolytic) coppers. The electrodes also
this guide that follow. Tests for hardness are included for are used to repair or surface these base metals, as well as
reference in Table 5. to surface steel and cast iron. Mechanically and metallur-
gically sound joints can best be made in deoxidized cop-
19.3 Method of Identification. The system for identify- pers. Reactions with hydrogen in oxygen-free copper, and
ing the electrode classifications is as follows: the segregation of copper oxide intough-pitch copper
may detract fromjoint efficiency. However, whenhighest
19.3.1 The letter “E” at the beginning of each number quality is not required, ECU electrodes may be used suc-
indicates a covered electrode. cessfully for cladrestoration on copper-clad vessels if
precautions are takentominimize dilution effects.
Preheats to 1000°F(540°C) may be required.
Table S
Hardness of copper and copper alloy w d d metal
~teduringc” 19.4.3 ECuSi Classification (Silicon Bronze). ECuSi
electrodes contain approximately three percent silicon
AWS Classification Brinell Hardness
~ plus small percentages of manganese and tin. They are
ECU 20 to 40 Rockwell F used primarily for welding copper-silicon alloys. ECuSi
ECuSi 80 to 1 0 0 (500 kg load) electrodes are used occasionally for the joining of cop-
ECuSn-A 70 to 85 (500 kg load)
ECuSn-C 85 to 1 0 0 (500 kg load)
per, dissimilarmetals,andsomeiron-basemetals.
ECuNi 60 to 80 (500 kg load) Silicon-bronze weld metalseldom is usedto surface
ECUAI-A2 1 3 0 to 150 (3000 kg load) bearing surfaces, but often is used to surface areas sub-
ECUAI-B 1 4 0 to 180 (3000 kg l o a d ) jected to corrosion.
ECuNiAl 1 6 0 to 200 ( M o o kg l o a d )
ECuMnNiAl t60 to 200 (3000 kg l o a d ) 19.4.4 ECuSn Classification (Phosphor Bronze).
Note: Hardness values as Listed above are average values for ECuSn electrodes are used to join phosphor bronzes of
undiluted weldmetal. This table is included for information only. similar compositions. They are also useful for joining
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 07842b5 0534500 8bT 9
57
brasses and, in some cases, for welding them to cast iron 19.4.6.5 ECuMnNiAlelectrodes are usedto join or
--
and carbon steel. repair cast or wroughtmanganese-nickel-aluminum

ECuSn weld metals tend to flow sluggishly, requiring bronzematerials.Theseweldmetalsexhibitexcellent
||||
resistance to corrosion, erosion and cavitation.

preheat and interpass temperatures of at least 400°F
||
(205°C)on heavy sections. Postweld heat treatment may

|| || ||
not be necessary; but it is desirable for maximum ductili- 20. Guide to Classification of Copper and Copper Alloy
|||| || || |||||
ty, particularly if the weld metal is cold worked. Bare WeldingRods and Electrodes
19.4.4.1 ECuSn-A electrodes are used primarily to join 20.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSYAWSA5.7-84,
| ||||
base metal of similar composition. They alsomay be used Specifications forCopper and Copper Alloy Bare
to weld copper if the resultant weld metal has adequate
|
Welding Rods and Electrodes.

---
electrical conductivity and corrosion resistance for the spe-

cific application.
20.2 Introduction. This guide has been prepared for
19.4.4.2 ECuSn-C electrodes have higher tin content, prospective users of the copper and copper-alloy filler
resulting in weld metals of higher hardness, tensile and metals presented inANSVAWS A5.7-84 as an aid in
yield strength than ECuSn-A weld metal.
determining which classification of filler metal is best
suited for a particular application, with due consideration
19.4.5 ECuNi Classification (Copper-Nickel) to the particular requirements for that application.
Electrodes of the ECuNi classification are used for shield-
ed metal arc welding of wrought or cast 70/30, 80/20, and
20.3 Method of Classification
90/10 copper-nickel alloys to themselves or to each other.
They also are used for welding the clad side of copper- 20.3.1 ANSYAWSA5.7-84 classifies the copper and
nickel clad steel. Preheating generally is not necessary. copper-alloy filler metals usedmost extensively. The
filler metals are arranged in five basic groups. The tensile
properties, bend ductility, and soundness of welds pro-
19.4.6 ECuAl Classification (Aluminum Bronze). duced using filler metals classified within the specifica-
19.4.6.1 The copper-aluminum electrodes are used only tion frequently are determined during procedure qualifi-
in the flat position. For butt joints, a 90" single V-groove cation. It should be noted that variables in the procedure
is recommended for plate thicknesses up to and including (e.g., current, voltage, and welding speed), variables in
7/16 in. (11 mm), and a modified U- or double V-groove shielding medium (e.g., the specific gas mixture or the
is recommended for the heavier plate thicknesses. Preheat flux), or variables in the composition of the base metal
and interpass temperature shouldbe as follows: and the filler metal, will influence the results which may
(1) for iron-base materials, 200to 300°F (95 to 150°C); be obtained. When these variables are properly controlled,
however, the filler metal shall give sound welds whose
(2) for bronzes, 300 to400°F (150 to 21073; and
strengths (determined by all-weld-metal tension tests) will
(3) for brasses, 500 to 600°F (260 to 315°C). meet or exceed the minimums. Typical hardness proper-
19.4.6.2 ECuAl-A2 electrodes are used in joining alu- ties are also included in Table 6.
minum bronzesof similar composition, high strength cop-
per-zincalloys,siliconbronzes,manganesebronzes,
some nickel alloys, many ferrous metals and alloys, and Table 6
combinations of dissimilar metals. Theweld metal is also HudnonmdI#wY.r~o(copp.rmdcopp.raUoy*nMm@tal
suitable for surfacing wear- and corrosion-resistant bear-
AWS Minimum
ing surfaces. Chdiaticen Brinell Hardness tensile strength
19.4.6.3 ECuAI-B electrodes deposit weld metal having "
pi MPa
higher tensile strength, yield strength, and hardness with a ERCu 25 Rtxkwell F ZOO 0 172
ERCuSi-A 80 to 1 0 0 (Mo kg load) u)OO0 345
correspondinglylowerductilitythanECuAl-A2weld ERCuSn-A 70 to 85 (Mo kg load) N000 240
metal.ECuAl-Belectrodesareused for repairingalu- ERCuNi M) to 80 (Mo kg load) 50000 345
minum bronze and other copper alloy castings. ECuA1-B ERCuAI-AI 80 to I IO (Mo kg load) 55000 380
ERCuAI-A2 i 3 0 to I50 (Moo kg load)' MOO0 414
weldmetalalsoisused for high-strengthsurfacing of ERCuAI-A3 I 4 0 to 180 (MOO kg load)' 65000 450
wear- and corrosion-resistant bearing surfaces. ERCuNiAl i60 to 200 (MOOkg load)' 72000 480
ERCuMnNiAl 1 6 0 to 200 (Moo kg load)' 75000 515
19.4.6.4 ECuNiAl electrodes are used to join or repair
cast or wrought nickel-aluminum bronze materials. These NOTE Hardnas valuesu l i e d abow arc average valuea for an as-welded
weld metals also maybeused for applications requiring deposit made with the filler metal specified. Th¡¡Ubk k included for inform-
ation only.
high resistance to corrosion, erosion, or cavitation in salt
and brackish water. a. Gu tungtcn am proms only.
~~~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0784265 05L450L 7Tb m

58
20.3.2 Thesystem for identifying a filler metal classi- 20.4.3.2 WhengasmetalarcweldingwithERCuSi

fication follows the standard pattern used in AWS filler fillermetals,itgenerallyisbesttokeeptheweldpool
metal specifications. The letters “ER’ at the beginningofsmallandtheinterpasstemperaturebelow150°F(65°C) to
a classification indicate that the bare filler metal may be minimizehotcracking.Theuse ofnarrowweldpasses
used either as an electrode or as a welding rod. reduces contraction stresses and also permits faster cooling
through the hot-short temperature range.
20.3.3 The chemical symbolCu is used to identify the 20.4.3.3 When gas tungsten arc welding with ERCuSi
filler metals as copper-basealloys. The additional chemi- filler metals, best results are obtained by keeping the weld
cal symbol (the Si in ERCuSi, the Sn in ERCuSn-A, etc.) pool small. Preheatingis not required. Welding can be per-
indicates the principal alloying element of each group. formed in all positions, but the flat position is preferred.
Where more than one classification is included in a basic
group, the individual classifications in the group are iden-
Part F:
tified by letters (A, B, C, etc.) as in ERCuSn-A. Further
subdividing is accomplished using numerals (1, 2, etc.)
Nickel and Nickel Alloy
after the last letter, such asthe 2 in ERCuAl-A2. 21.Guide to Classification of Nickel and Nickel Alloy
Usethe Welding Rods Welding Electrodesfor Shielded Metal Arc
and Electrodes Welding
21.1 Provisions. Excerptsfrom ANSYAWSA5.11-90,
20.4.1 General Characteristics
Specifcation for NickelandNickelAlloyWelding
20.4.1.1 Gastungstenarcweldingnormallyemploys Electrodes for Shielded Metal Arc Welding.
dcen current.
20.4.1.2 Gas metal arc welding normally employs dcep 21.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
current. late the electrode classifications presented in ANSYAWS
20.4.1.3 Shielding gas for use with either process nor- A5.1 1-90 with their intended applications. Reference to
mally is argon, helium, or a mixture of the two. Oxygen- appropriate base metal specifications is made whenever
bearing gases normally are not recommended. possible and whenit would be helpful. Such references are
intended only as examples rather thancomplete listings of
20.4.2 ERCu (Copper Filler Metal). ERCu filler met- the base metals for which each filler metal is suitable.
als are made of deoxidized copper, but also may contain
one or more of the following elements: phosphorus,sili-
con, tin, manganese, and silver. Phosphorus and silicon
are added primarily as deoxidizers. The other elements 21.3 Classification System
contribute either to the ease of welding or to the proper- 21.3.1 The system for identifying the electrode classi-
ties of the final weldment. ERCu filler metals generally fications follows the standard pattern used in AWS filler
are used for the welding of deoxidized and electrolytic metal specifications. The letter “E’ at the beginning of
tough-pitch copper. Reactions with hydrogen in oxygen- each classification designation stands for electrode.
free copper, as well as segregation of copper oxide in
tough-pitch copper, may detract from joint efficiency. 21.3.2 Since the electrodes are classified according to
ERCu welding electrodes and rods may be used to weld the chemical compositionof the weld metal they deposit,
these base metalswhen the highest quality is not required. the chemical symbol“Ni” appears immediately following
Preheating is desirable on most work; but onthick base the “E’, as a means of identifying the electrodes as nick-
metal, it is essential.Preheat temperatures of 400to el-base alloys. The other symbols (Cr, Cu, Fe, Mo, and
1000°F (205 to 540°C) is desirable when welding base Co) in the designations are intended to group the elec-
metal thicker than 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) if high-quality welds trodes according to their principal alloying elements. The
are to be obtained. individual designations are made up of these symbols and
anumber at theendofthedesignation(ENiMo-1and
20.4.3 ERCuSi (Silicon Bronze) Filler Metal ENiMo-3, for example). These numbersseparate one com-
position from another, within a group, and are not repeat-
20.4.3.1 ERCuSifillermetalsarecopper-basealloys ed within that group.
containing approximately three percent silicon; they may
also contain small percentagesof manganese, tin, or zinc.
They are used for gas tungsten and gas metal arc welding 21.3.3 From anapplication point of view, the electrode
of copper-silicon and copper-zinc base metals, to them- classifications in ANSYAWS A5.11 have corresponding
selves and also to steel. classifications inANSYAWS A5.14, Specification for
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~ ~~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 W 07842b5 05L4502 b32 m

S9
Bare NickelandNickel Alloy Welding Electrodes and

ple). This is accomplished with slowtravel-speed in order
Rods, for those cases in which there is a corresponding to deposit a thicker bead, and also to dissipate the energy
application for a bare electrode or rod (ER). Table 7 cor- of the arc against the molten weld metal or the nickel
relates the covered electrode classifications in this edition base-metal rather than the steel member.
with those in the previous edition of the specification and
the corresponding ER classification in ANSUAWS 21.4.3 Most of the electrodes in the specification are
A5.14. It also lists the current designation for each classi- intended to be used with direct current, electrode posi-
fication as it is given in a prominent andpertinent military tive (dcep). Some of the electrodes,however, are
specification, when such a designation exists. designed to
operate
onalternating
current
also.
Electrodes of that type are so noted in the following dis-
cussion of each classification.
21.4.1 Beforewelding or heating any nickel-base Use of Electrodes
alloy, the material must be clean. Oil, grease, paint, lubri-
cants, marking pencils, temperature-indicating materials, 21.5.1 ENi-1 Classification.Electrodes of this classifi-
cation are used for welding wrought and cast forms of
threading compounds,and other such materials frequent-
ly contain sulfur, lead, or silver, which may cause crack- commercially purenickel to themselves and to steel (e.g.,
joining nickel to steel, or surfacing steel with nickel).
ing (embrittlement) of the base metal or the weld metal if
present during welding or heating. Typical specifications for this nickel-base metal are
ASTMB160, B161, B162, and B163 - allofwhich
21.4.2 Electrodes of some of the classifications are have UNSNumbers N02200orN02201.Electrodes
used for dissimilar-metal welds. Whenmakingsuch 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less can be used in all
welds, it is important to obtain as little dilution as possi- positions. Larger electrodes are used only in the horizon-
ble from the dissimilar-metal member (steel, for exam- tal and flat positions.
21.5.2 ENiCu-7 Classification.Electrodes of this clas-
Cladkation m AS.11
Claalfl~tmn
Pram1
Table 7
c o m p u k o n o i ~
PTenOua
Cbifmuon..
=*
-
-C
in AJ.14
sification are used for weldingnickel-copper alloys to
themselves and to steel, for welding the clad side of joints
in steel clad with a nickel-copper alloy, and for surfacing
steel with nickel-copper alloy weld metal. Typical speci-
fications for thenickel-copper base metal are ASTM
B127, B163, B164, and B165 - all of which have UNS
EN¡-I ENCI ERNi-I Number N04400.
ENiCu-7 ENiCu-7 ERNiCu-7
ENiCrFc-l ENCrFc-l "
Electrodes 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less can be
ENiCrFe-2 ENiCrFe-2 - used in all positions. Larger electrodes are used only in
ENiCrFc-J ENiCrFc-3 ERNiCr-J
- the flat and horizontal positions. The weld metal is suit-
--
ENiCrFc4 ENiCrFe4
ENiMo-l ENiMo-l ERNiMo-l able for service both in the as-welded condition and after
ENiMo-3 ENiMo-3 ERNiMo-3 an appropriate postweld heat treatment. Qualification
||||
ENiMo-7 ENiMo-7 ERNiMo-7

ENiCrCoMo-l Nm c l w i f e d ERNiCrCoMo-l tests should be conducted beforehand to make certain the
||
ENiCrMo-l ENiCrMo-l ERNiCrMo-l necessary properties can be obtained after the particular
|| || ||
ENiCrMo-2 ENiCrMo-? ERNiCrMo-2

ENiCrMo-3 ENiCrMo-3 ERNiCrMo-3 heat treatment is employed.
|||| || || |||||
ENiCrMn-l ENiCrMd ERNiCrMn-l

ENiCrMo-S ENiCrMn-5 -
ENiCrMo-6 ENiCrMcA - 21.5.3 ENiCrFe Classifications
ENiCrMo-7 ENiCrMo-7 ERNiCrMo-7
| ||||
ENiCrMo-9 ENiCrMo-9 ERNiCrMo-9

ENiCrMo-IO Not ClassiCd
21.5.3.1 ENiCrFe-l. Electrodes of this classification
ERNiCrMo-IO
|
ENiCrMo-l I Not C L w f r d ERNiCrMo-I 1 areusedforweldingnickel-chromium-ironalloys,for

---
EtiiCrMo-12 Not clwicrd - welding the clad side of joints in steel clad with a nickel-
chromium-iron alloy, and for surfacing steel with nickel-
chromium-iron weld metal. The electrodes may be used
for applications at temperatures ranging from cryogenic to
around 1800°F (980°C). However, for temperatures above
1500°F (82OoC), these electrodes do not exhibit optimum
oxidation resistance and strength. The electrodes are also
suitableforjoiningsteel to nickel-basealloys.Typical
specifications for the nickel-chromium-iron base metal are
60
ASTM B163, B166, B167, and B168 - all of which have 21.5.4.2 ENiMo-3. Electrodes of the ENiMo-3 classi-
UNS NumberN06600. Electrodes 1/8 in. (3.2mm)in fication are used for welding dissimilar-metal combina-
diameter or less can be used in all positions. Larger elec- tions of nickel-base and iron-base alloys. These electrodes
trodes are used only in the horizontal and flat positions. normally are used only in theflat position.
21.5.3.2ENiCrFe-2. Electrodesofthisclassification 21.5.4.3 ENiMo-7. Electrodes of the ENiMo-7 classi-
are used for welding nickel-chromium-iron alloys, 9-per- ficationhavecontrolledlowlevelsofcarbon,iron,and
cent-nickel steel, and a variety of dissimilar-metal joints cobalt.Theyareusedforweldingnickel-molybdenum
- all of which involve carbon steel, stainless steel, nick- alloys, for welding the clad side of joints in steel clad with
el, and nickel-base alloys. The base metals can be wrought anickel-molybdenumalloy,andforweldingnickel-
or cast (welding grade), or both. The electrodes mdybe molybdenumalloystosteelandtoothernickel-base
alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-molybdenum
---
used for applications at temperatures ranging from cryo-
|
genic to around 1800°F (980°C). However, for tempera- base-metalsareASTMB333,B335,B619,B622,and
| ||||
tures above 1500°F (82OoC), ENiCrFe-2 does not exhibit B626 - all of which have UNS Number N10655. These
|||| || || |||||
optimum oxidation resistance and strength. Typical speci- electrodes normally are used only in the flat position.
ficationsforthenickel-chromium-ironbasemetalare
ASTM B163, B166, B167, and B168 -all of which have 21.5.5ENiCrCoMo-1Classification. Electrodes of
|| || ||
UNSNumberN06600. Electrodes 1/8 in. (3.2mm) in theENiCrCoMo-1classification are used for welding-
diameter or less can be used in all positions. Larger elec-
||
nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenumalloys(UNS No.
trodes are used only in the horizontal and flat positions. N06617) to themselvesandto steel, and for surfacing
||||
21.5.3.3ENiCrFe-3. Electrodesofthisclassification steel with nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum weld
areusedforweldingnickel-chromium-ironalloys,for metal. The electrodes also are used for applications where
--
welding the clad sideof joints in steel clad with a nickel- optimum strength and oxidationresistance is required
chromium-iron alloy, and for surfacing steel with nickel- above 1500°F(820°C) up to 2100°F (1 15OoC),especially
chromium-ironweldmetal,whencomparativelyhigh when welding on basemetalsofnickel-iron-chromium
manganesecontentsarenotdetrimental.Theelectrode alloys. Electrodes 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less can
may be used for applications at temperatures ranging from
be used for welding in all positions. Larger electrodes are
cryogenic to about 900°F (480°C). Typical specifications
forthenickel-chromium-ironbasemetalareASTM used for welding in the flat orhorizontal positions.
Number N06600. 21.5.6 ENiCrMo Classifications
These electrodes also can be used for welding steel to 21.5.6.1 ENiCrMo-l. Electrodes of this classification
other nickel-base alloys. Fewer fissures are permitted on areusedforweldingnickel-chromium-molybdenum
the bend test for this weld metal than for weld metal of alloys, for welding the clad side of joints in steel clad with
ENiCrFe-1andENiCrFe-2classifications.Electrodes anickel-chromium-molybdenumalloy,andforwelding
1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less can be used in all nickel-chromium molybdenum alloy to steel and to other
positions. Larger electrodes are used only in the horizon- nickel-base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-
tal and flat positions. chromium-molybdenumbasemetalsareASTMB581,
21.5.3.4ENiCrFe-4. Electrodes of thisclassification B582, B619, and B622 - all of which have UNS Number
are used for welding 9-percent-nickel steel. Typical speci- N06007. These electrodes normally are used only in the
ficationsforthe9-percent-nickelsteelbasemetalare flat position.
ASTMA333,A334,A353,A522,andA553 - allof 21.5.6.2 ENiCrMo-2. Electrodes of this classification
which have UNS Number K81340. The strength of the areused for weldingnickel-chromium-molybdenum
weld metal is higher than that of the ENiCrFe-2 classifica- alloys, for welding the clad sideof joints in steel clad with
tion. These are ac-dc electrodes, which makes them espe- anickel-chromium-molybdenumalloy,andforwelding
cially useful where acis desired to combat arc blow. nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloysto steel andto other
nickel-base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-
chromium-molybdenumbasemetalsareASTMB435,
21.5.4 ENiMo Classifications B572, B619, B622, and B626 - all of which have UNS
21.5.4.1 ENiMo-l. Electrodes of the ENiMo-1 classi- Number N06002. These electrodes normally are used only
fication are used for welding nickel-molybdenum alloys, in the flat position.
for welding the clad side of joints in steel clad with a nick- 21.5.6.3 ENiCrMo-3. Electrodes of this classification
el-molybdenumalloy,andforweldingnickel-molybde- are used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys
num alloys to steel and to other nickel-base alloys. Typical to themselves and to steel, and for surfacing steel with nick-
specifications for the nickel-molybdenum base-metal are el-chromium-molybdenumweldmetal.Theseelectrodes
ASTMB333,B335,B619,B622,andB626 - allof also can be used for welding nickel-base alloys to steel. The
whichhaveUNSNumberN10001.ENiMo-1electrodes electrodes are used in applications where the temperature
normally are used only in the flat position. rangesfromcryogenicto1800°F(980°C).Foroptimum
~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 0514504 405

61
strength and oxidation resistance above 1500°F (820’C), for welding the clad side ofjoints in steel clad with a nick-
the ENiCrCoMo-1 electrode should be used. Typicalspec- el-chromium-molybdenumalloy,andforjoiningnickel-
ifications for thenickel-chromium-molybdenum base met- chromium-molybdenum alloysto steel and to other nickel-
als are ASTM B443, B444, and B446- all of which have base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-chromi-
UNSNumber N06625 Electrodes 1/8in.(3.2mm) in um-molybdenumbasemetalsareASTMB574,B575,
diameter or less can beused in all positions. Larger elec- B619, B622, and B626- all of which have UNS Number
trodes are used only in the flat and horizontal positions. N06022. Electrodes 118 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less
21.5.6.4 ENiCrMo-4. Electrodes of this classification can be used in all positions. Larger electrodes are used
are used for welding low-carbon nickel-chromium-molyb- only in the flat position.
denum alloys, for welding the clad side of joints in steel 21.5.6.10ENiCrMo-11. Electrodes of this classifica-
cladwith a low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum tion are used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum
alloy, and forweldinglow-carbonnickel-chromium- alloys, for welding the clad side of joints in steel clad with
molybdenum alloys to steel and to other nickel-base alloys. a nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy, and forjoining
Typical specifications for the nickel-chromium-molybde- nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys to steel and to other
num base metals are ASTM B574, B575, B619, B622, and nickel-base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-
B626 - all of which have UNS Number N10276. These chromium-molybdenumbasemetalare ASTM B581,
electrodes normally are used only in theflat position. B582, B619, B622, and B626 - all of which have UNS
21.5.6.5 ENiCrMo-5. Electrodes ofthis classification Number N06030. These electrodes normally are used only
are usedforwelding joints in steelcladwith a nickel- in the flat position.
chromium-molybdenumalloy,andforjoiningnickel- 21.5.6.11ENiCrMo-12. Electrodes of thisclassifica-
chromium-molybdenum alloys to steel or to other nickel- tion are used for welding chromium-nickel-molybdenum
base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel-chromi- austenitic stainless steels to themselves, to duplex
um-molybdenum base metals are ASTM B334, B336, and (austenitic-ferritic)stainlesssteels, tonickel-chromium-
B366 - all of which have UNS Number N10002. These molybdenum alloys, and to steel. The ENiCrMo-12 com-
electrodes normally areused only in the flat position. position is balanced to provide corrosion-resistant welds
21.5.6.6 ENiCrMo-6. Electrodes of this classification for use at temperatures below the creep range of highly
are used for welding 9-percent-nickel steel, but they can be alloyedausteniticstainlesssteels.Typicalspecifications
used in other applications as well. Typical specifications for the chromium-nickel-molybdenumstainless-steel base
for the 9-percent-nickel-steel base metal are ASTM A333, metals are A240, A167, A182, A249, A276, A312, A358,
A335, A353, A522, and A553 - all of which have UNS A473,andA479 - mostparticularly,thegradeUNS
Number K81340. These electrodes are ac-dc electrodes, S31254contained in thosespecifications. Electrodes
which makes them especially useful for combating mag- 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or less can be used in all
netic arc blow.Electrodes 1/8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter or positions. Larger electrodes can be used only in the flat
less can be used in all positions. Larger electrodes are and horizontal positions.
used only in the flat and horizontal positions.
21.5.6.7 ENiCrMo-7. Electrodes of this classification
are used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum 22. Guide to Classificationof Nickel and Nickel
Alloy
alloys, forwelding the clad side of joints in steel cladwith Bare Welding Electrodes and Rods
a nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy, and forjoining
nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys to steel and to other 22.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWSA5.14-89,
nickel-base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel- Specifcation for Nickel and Nickel Alloy Bare Welding
chromium-molybdenumbasemetalsare ASTM B574, Electrodes and Rods.
Number N06455.These electrodes normally are used only 22.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
in the flat position. late the electrode androd classifications presented in
21.5.6.8 ENiCrMo-9. Electrodes of this classification ANSVAWS A5.14-89 with their intended applications, so
are used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum that theycan be usedeffectively. Reference to appropriate
alloys, forwelding the clad side ofjoints in steel clad with base metal specifications is made whenever possible and
a nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy,andforjoining when it would be helpful. Such references are intended
nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys to steel and to other only as examples rather than complete listings of the
nickel-base alloys. Typical specifications for the nickel- materials for which each filler metal is suitable.
chromium-molybdenumbasemetalareASTMB581,
Number N06985. These electrodes normally are used only 22.3 Classification System
in the flat position. 22.3.1 The system for classifying the filler metals fol-
21.5.6.9 ENiCrMo-10. Electrodes of this classification lows the standard pattern used in AWS filler metal speci-
are used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloys, fications. The letters “ER’ at the beginning of each clas-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDsAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 0764265 0534505 341 W
62
sification designation stand for electrode and rod, indicat- ally is argon, but mixtures of argon and helium can be
ing that the filler metal may be used ineither form. used. Spray transfer normally is used for groove and fillet
welds, but globular transfer may be preferred for surfac-
22.3.2 Since filler metals are classified according to ing. The lower current density associated with globular
their chemicalcomposition, the chemical symbol Ni transfer provides less depth of fusion and lower dilution.
appears immediately following the "ER' as a means of
identifying the filler metalsas nickel-base alloys. The
other symbols (Cr, Cu, Fe, and Mo) in the designations 22.5 Descriptionand Intended Useof Electrodes and
are intended to group the filler metals according to their Rods.
principal alloying elements. Individual designations are 22.5.1 ERN¡ Classification. Filler metalof the ERNi- 1
made up of these symbols and a number at the end of the classificationisintended for weldingwroughtandcast
designation (ERNiMo-1andERNiMo-2, for example). forms of commercially pure nickel (ASTM B160, B161,
These numbers separate one composition from another B162,andB163; UNS NumbersN02200andN02201)
within a group and are not repeated within that group. with the gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, and plasma arc
welding processes.The filler metal contains sufficient tita-
22.3.3 From an application point of view, most of the nium to control weld-metal porosity with these processes.
filler metalclassificationsinANSVAWSA5.14havea
corresponding classification in ANSI/AWS A5.11,
22.5.2ERNiCuClassification. Filler metal of the
Specification for Nickel and Nickel-AlloyWelding
ERNiCu-7 classification is used for welding nickel-cop-
Electrodes for ShieldedMetal ArcWelding. Forthose
per alloys (ASTM B127, B163, B164, and B165; UNS
cases in which there is a corresponding application for a
Number N04400) with thegas tungsten arc, gas metal arc,
bare electrode or rod (ER) and a covered electrode (E),
submerged arc, and plasma arc welding processes. The
Table 8 correlates the ER classification in the current edi-
filler metal contains sufficient titanium to control porosi-
tion with those in the previous edition and with the corre-
ty with these processes.
spondingcovered
electrode
(E) classification in
ANSYAWS A5.1l. It also lists the current designation for
each classification as it is given in a prominent and perti- 22.5.3ERNiCrClassification. Fillermetal of the
nent militaryspecification, when such a designationexists. ERNiCr-3 classification is used for welding nickel-
chromium-iron alloys, for welding the clad side of joints
in steel clad with a nickel-chromium-iron alloy, for sur-
22.4 Welding Considerations facing steel with nickel-chromium-iron weld metal, and
22.4.1 The filler metals canbe used with any of a vari-
ety of welding processes - including gas tungsten arc, Table 8
Comparison of Cla#ificrtiont
gas metal arc, submerged arc, and plasma arc welding.
Cmapadm(.
Submerged arc and plasma arc welding are quite special- MiIbn ChiTl
ized, and the supplier of filler metals should be consulted C*o*cstion in ,451I in A5.14
for recommendations concerning their use. General sug- Present Prevlou,
gestions are given below for the other two processes. ClassiTimon ClasshÏcat~on**
EN¡- ENI-I I 4Nll ERN¡-I
ENiCu-7 ENCu-i PN IO ERNiCu-i
22.4.2 Beforewelding or heating any nickel-base ENiCrFe- ENiCrFe-l I 3Nl2 "
ENiCrFc-2 ENiCrFc-2
alloy, the base metal must be clean. Oil, grease, paint, 4NIA -
ENiCrFe-3 8N12 ENCIFC-3 ERNiCr-3
lubricants, marking pencils, temperature-indicating mate-
ENiCrFc4 ENiCrFe4 - -
rials, threading compounds and other such materials fre-
ENiMo-l ENiMo-l )NIB ERNiMo-I
ENiMo-3 ENiMo-3 4NIW ERNiMo-3
--
'
quently contain sulfur or lead which may cause cracking ENiMo-7 ENiMo-7 ERNiMo-7
(embrittlement) of the base metalor the weld metalif pre- ENCKoMo-I N a classfed ERNCrCoMo-l
ENiCrMo-l ENiirMo-I - ERNiCrMo-I
sent during welding or heating. ENiCrMo-2 €NiCrMo-2 - ERNiCrMo-2
ENiCrMo-3 ENiCrMo-2 IN12 ERNiCrMo-3
ENCrMn.4 ENiCrMo-4 - ERNiCrMu-d
22.4.3 For gas tungsten arc welding, direct current- ENiCrMo-S €NiCrMo-5 3NIC
-- --
electrode negative (dcen) is used. High-purity grades of ENCrMo4 ENiCrMo-6
ENiCrMo-7 ENCrMo-7 ERNiCrMo-7
either argon or helium (or a combination of the two) are ENiCrMo-9 ENiCrMo-9 - ERNiCrMe-9
used as a shielding gas. ENiCrMo-IO N aC W d - ERNiCrMdO
ENiCrMo-1 1 N aC i d i - ERNiCrMo-I I
ENiCrMo-I2 C l d e d N a - -
22.4.4 For gas metal arc welding, direct current-elec- "H.22200/3
mode positive (dcep) is employed. Theshielding gas usu- *=AS.I 1-83
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 0784265 051450b 288
63
for joining steel to nickel-base alloys. Typical specifica- 22.5.6.3 ERNiio-3. Filler metal of this classification
tions forthe nickel-chromium base metal are ASTM is used for welding nickel-molybdenum base metal to itself,
B163, B166, B167, and B168 - all of which have UNS - and for cladding
to steel, and to other nickel-base alloys
Number N06600. The filler metal can be used with the steel with nickel-molybdenum weld metal- using the gas
gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, submerged arc and plas- tungsten arc, gas metal arc, plasma arc, and submergedarc
welding processes. For specific recommendations, thesup
ma arc welding processes. plier or the supplier’s technical literature should
be consult-
ed, particularly for submerged arc welding.
22.5.4 ERNiCrFe Classifications 22.5.6.4 ERNiMo-7. Filler metal of this classification
22.5.4.1ERNiCrFe-5. Fillermetal of this classifica- is used for weldingnickel-molybdenumbasemetal
tion is used for welding nickel-chromium-iron alloys with (ASTM B333 and B335; UNS Number N10665), and for
the gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, submerged arc, and cladding steel with nickel-molybdenum weld metal, using
plasma arc processes. Typical specifications for the nick- the gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc processes.
el-chromium-ironbasemetal are ASTMB163,B166,
B167,andB168 - all of whichhave UNS Number
N06600. The higher columbium content of the filler metal 22.5.7 ERNiCrMo Classifications
is intendedtominimizecrackingwherehighwelding 22.5.7.1 ERNiCrMo-l. Filler metal of this classifica-
stresses are encountered, as in thick base metal. tion is usedforweldingnickel-chromium-molybdenum
22.5.4.2ERNiCrFe-6. Fillermetalofthisclassifica- base metal to itself, to steel, and to other nickel-base alloys
tion is used for cladding steel with nickel-chromium-iron - and for cladding steel withnickel-chromium-molybde-
weld metal and for joining steel to nickel-base alloys using num weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, gas metal
the gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, submerged arc, and arc, and plasma arc welding processes. Typical specifica-
plasma arc welding processes. The filler metal is especial- tions for the nickel-chromium-molybdenum base metal are
ly useful when welding with the gas shielded processes ASTMB58,B581,B582 - all ofwhichhaveUNS
under conditions which might impair the effectiveness of Number N06007.
the gas shielding. The weld metal will precipitation-hard- 22.5.7.2 ERNiCrMo-2. Filler metal of this classifica-
enonheattreatment.Thedegree to whichithardens tion is usedforweldingnickel-chromium-molybdenum
depends on the temperature and the time at temperature. base metal to itself, to steel, and to other nickel-base alloys
For specific information concerning this, the supplier or - and for cladding steel withnickel-chromium-molybde-
the supplier’s technical literature shouldbe consulted. num weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, gas metal
arc, and plasma arc welding processes. Typical specifica-
tions for the nickel-chromium-molybdenum base metal are
22.5.5 ERNiieCr Classiications ASTM B366, B435, B567 and B572- all of which have
22.5.5.1ERNiiFeCr-l. Filler metal of this classifica- UNS Number N06002.
tion is used for gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc welding 22.5.7.3 ERNiCrMo-3. Filler metal of this classifica-
of nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum-copper alloy tion is used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum
(ASTM B423, UNS N08825). basemetaltoitself, to steel,andtoothernickel-base
22.5.5.2ERNiFeCr-2. Filler metal of this classifica- alloys; for cladding steel withnickel-chromium-molybde-
tion is used for gas tungsten arc welding of nickel-chromi- num weld metal; and for welding the clad side of joints in
um-columbium-molybdenumalloy(ASTMB637,AMS steelcladwithanickel-chromium-molybdenumalloy.
5589, UNS N07718). The weld metal will precipitation- Theweldingprocessesusedaregastungstenarc,gas
harden on the heat treatment. metal arc, submerged arc and plasma arc. Typical specifi-
cations for the nickel-chromium-molybdenum base metal
are ASTM B443, B444, and B446 - all of which have
22.5.6 ERNiMo Classifications UNS Number N06625.
22.5.6.1 ERNiFeCr-l. Filler metal of this classifica- 22.5.7.4 ERNiCrMo-4. Filler metal of this classifica-
tion is used for gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc welding tionisused for weldingnickel-chromium-molybdenum
of nickel-iron-chromium-molybdenum-copper alloy base metal to itself, to steel, and to other nickel-base alloys
- and for cladding steel withnickel-chromium-molybde-
---
(ASTM B423; UNS N08825).

|
num weld metal -using the gas tungsten arc and gas metal
| ||||
22.5.6.2 ERNiMo-2. Filler metal of this classification

isusedforweldingnickel-molybdenumbasemetalto arc processes. Typical specifications for the nickel-chromi-
|||| || || |||||
itself, to steel, and to other nickel-base alloys - and for um-molybdenum base metal are ASTM B574 and B575,
claddingsteelwithnickel-molybdenumweldmetal -
both of which have UNS Number N10276.
using the gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc processes. 22.5.7.5 ERNiCrMo-7. Filler metal of this classifica-
|| || ||
Typicalspecificationsforthenickel-molybdenumbase tion is used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum

basemetaltoitself,tosteel,andtoothernickel-base
||
metal are ASTM B366, B434, and B573 - all of which

have UNS Number N10003) alloys - and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium-
||||
--
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 078‘4265
0534507
334 W
64
molybdenum weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, 23.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to corre-
gas metal arc, and plasma arc welding processes. Typical late the classifications presented in ANWAWS A5.15-90
specifications for the nickel-chromium-molybdenum base with their intended applications. Reference to appropriate
metal are ASTMB574andB.575,bothofwhichhave base metal specifications is made whenever possible, and
UNS Number N06455. when it would be helpful. Such references are intended
22.5.7.6 ERNiCrMo-S. Filler metalof this classifica- only as examples rather than complete listings of the base
tionisused forwelding nickel-chromium-molybdenum metals for which each filler metal is suitable.
base metal to itself, to steel, and to other nickel base alloys
- and for cladding steel withnickel-chromium-molybde-
num weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, gas metal 23.3 Classification System
arc, and plasma arc welding processes. A typical specifi-
cation for thenickel-chromium-molybdenum base metal is 23.3.1 The system for identifying welding rod and
ASTM B582, UNS Number N06975. electrode classifications follows the standard pattern used
--
in AWS filler metal specifications. The letter “E’ at the

22.5.7.7 ERNiCrMo-9. Filler metal of this classifica-
tionisusedforwelding nickel-chromium-molybdenum beginning of each classification designation stands for
||||
basemetaltoitself,tosteel,andtoothernickel-base electrode, the letter “R” at the beginning of each classifi-

alloys - and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium- cation designation stands for a welding rod, and the letters
||
|| || ||
molybdenum base metal - using the gas tungsten arc, “ER” at the beginning of each classification designation
gas metal arc, and plasma arc welding processes. A typi- stand for a filler metal which is suitable for use as either
|||| || || |||||
calspecification for the nickel-chromium-molybdenum an electrode or a rod. The next letters in the filler metal
basemetalisASTMB582,whichhasUNSNumbers designation are based on the chemical composition of the
N06007 and N06985. filler metal or undiluted weld metal. Thus, NiFe is a nick-
| ||||
22.5.7.8 ERNiCrMo-10. Filler metal of this classifi- el-iron alloy, NiCu is a nickel-copper alloy, etc. Where
|
---
cation isused for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum different compositional limits in filler metals of the same
basemetalto itself, to steel, and toothernickel-base alloy family result in more than one classification, the
alloys - and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium- individual classifications are differentiated by the desig-
molybdenum weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, nators “A” or “B”. as in ENiCu-A and ENiCu-B.
gas metal arc, and plasma arc welding processes. Typical
specifications for the nickel-chromium-molybdenumbase
23.3.2 For flux cored electrodes, the designator “T”
metal are ASTMB514andB575,bothofwhichhave
UNS Number N06022. indicates a tubular electrode. The number 3 indicates
that the electrode is used primarily without an external
22.5.7.9ERNiCrMo-11. Filler metal of this classifi-
shielding gas.
cation is used for welding nickel-chromium-molybdenum
basemetaltoitself,tosteel,andtoothernickel-base
alloys - and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium- 23.3.3 Most of the classifications within the specifica-
molybdenum weld metal - using the gas tungsten arc, tion contain the usage designator “CI” after the hyphen,
gas metal arc, and plasma arc welding processes. A typi- which indicates that these filler metals are intended for
calspecificationforthe nickel-chromium-molybdenum cast iron applications. The usage designator is included to
basemetal is ASTMB582, whichhasUNSNumbers eliminate confusion with other filler metal classifications
N06007. N06985 and N06030. from other specifications which are designed for alloys
other than cast irons. The two exceptions, ENiCu-A and
22.5.8ERNiCrCoMoClassification. Filler metal of ENiCu-B, preceded the introduction of the usage designa-
the ERNiCrCoMo-1 classification is used for welding tor and have never had the “CI” added.
nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum base material
(UNS N06617), using the gas tungsten arc and gas metal 23.4 Welding Considerations
arc welding processes.
23.4.1 Welding Considerations for Electrodes
Part G: removed be should skin23.4.1.1
casting The from the
Cast Iron suit- other ormachining,
chipping
grinding,
by area weld
able means. When repairing casting defects, care should be
23.Guide to Classification of WeldingElectrodesand exercisedtoensureremoval ofany defective metalto
Rods forIron
Cast grease,
dirt,
before
oil,
metal
welding.
sound
base
all
Also,
or other foreign material should be eliminated by the use
23.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSIIAWS A5.15-90, of suitable solvents.If oil, grease,or solvents have impreg-
Specification for Welding Electrodes and Rods for natedthecasting,heatshould be appliedtotheareatobe
Cast Iron. observed.
longer no volatilization
is untilwelded A tem-
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 07842b5 0514508 0 5 0 m
65
perature of 750°F (400°C) generally is sufficient for this 23.4.1.8 Peening often is used to reduce stresses and
operation. If the casting is too greasy, flash heating the decreasedistortion.Peeningshouldbeperformedwith
welding surfacesto about 1000°F (540°C) shoulddrive off repeated, moderate blows using a round-nose or needle
the grease in a gaseous state. toolwithsufficientforce to movethemetal,butnot
23.4.1.2 ForV-groovewelds,theedgesshouldbe enough to rupture it. Peening should be performed while
beveled to form a 60- to 80-degree groove angle. For very the metal is still above 1000°F (540°C). Peening is not rec-
thick base metal, a U-groove weld with a 20- to 25-degree ommended for root beads or weld beads at the weld face.
groove angle and a groove radius of at least 3/161/2 to in. 23.4.1.9 The possibility of cracking makes it generally
(4.8 to 13 mm) should be used. advisable in welding any sizable casting to employ studs
23.4.1.3 Weldingcurrentsshouldbewithintherange that fasten the weld to the unaffected base metal below the
recommended by the supplier of the electrode,asand low as weld interface. Studs are usually 114 to 518 in. (6.4 to 16
possible, to facilitate smooth operation, goodbead contour, mm) in diameter, projecting 3/16to 114 in. (4.8 to 6.4 mm)
and good fusion of the groove face. If welding is in other above the surface tobe welded, and screwed or pressed in
than the flat and horizontal positions, the recommended cur- to a depth at least equal to their diameter. The cross-sec-
rents should be reduced to some extent - particularly for tional area of the studs should be 25 to 35 percent of the
vertical-position and overhead-position welding. area of the weld surface.
23.4.1.4 The electrode should be manipulated so that
the width of the weld bead is no greater than three times
the nominal diameter of the electrode being used. If a 23.4.2 Welding Considerations for Rods Classified as
large cavity must be filled, then the sides may be surfaced RCI and RCI-A
and the cavity gradually filled toward the center of the
23.4.2.1 The casting should be prepared as described
repaired area. in 23.4.l. l.
23.4.1.5 Whencontinuousweldingisemployed,heat
input from the previous passes serves as moderate pre- 23.4.2.2 Castings to be welded with a V-groove should
heating, or as a meansof maintaining the preheat temper- have the edges beveled to form a60- to 90-degree includ-
ature. Use of preheating is not always necessary, but it is ed angle. The groove should have a root face greater than
often used. In large castings, it may be desirable at times zero, to facilitate alignment of the joint members and to
to use intermittent welding to provide a more even tem- prevent melt-through.
perature distribution - keeping the casting warm to the 23.4.2.3 Next,thecastingshouldbepreheatedasa
touch, but not permitting it to get too hot. whole, or locally in critical sections, if a closed or rigid
23.4.1.6 Thehardnessoftheheat-affectedzone is a construction is involved. Ideally, this involves preheating
function of the composition and cooling rate of the base the entire casting to 800 to 1050°F(430 to 566"C), or in the
metal. An increase in the cooling rate for a given compo- case of alloy castings, as high as 1250°F (677°C). The pre-
sition will increase the hardness of the heat-affected zone. heating not only tends to equalize expansion and contrac-
Thus, any steps takento retard the cooling rate- such as tionstressesandensure the machinabilityofthefinal
preheating, or the useof insulating material combined with weld, but also enables the weld to be made more rapidly.
preheating - will be beneficial in lowering the hardness Such preheating preferably should be performed ainchar-
of the heat-affected zone. coal fireor a furnace. In the case of small castings, howev-
The hardness of the weld metal depends to a great extent er, preheating may be accomplished using a welding torch.
upon the amount of dilution, and can be controlled within 23.4.2.4 A neutral oxyfuel gas flame is preferred for
reasonable limits during welding. Single-layer weld metal welding cast iron. Some authorities, however, have rec-
which has high dilution may have a hardness as high as ommended the occasional use of a reducing flame where
350 BrinellforENiFe-Ci,ENiFe-CI-A,and Est elec- decarburization is to be avoided. A flux is required, the
trodes; and around 2 IO Brinell for the ENI-CI, ENi-CI-A, purpose of which is to increase the fluidity of the iron-sil-
and ENiCu-B weld metal. icate slag that forms on the weld pool.
Moderatelythickweldbeads,wherethedilutionis 23.4.2.5 After the groove has beenbeveledand
reduced by directing the arc onto the weld pool or onto the cleaned, and the casting preheated, the welding torch is
later layers of multiple-layer welds, may give lower hard- directed over an area extending 1 in. (25 mm) around the
ness ranges. Typical ranges for mechanical properties of weld until the entire area is a dull red. Then the flame is
undiluted filler metal are listed in Table9. directed at the bottomof the groove, keeping the tip of the
23.4.1.7 Preheating is especially helpful in over-com- cone 1/8 to 1/4 in. (3.2 to 6.4 mm) from the metal, until a
ing the differential mass effect encountered when welding weldpoolapproximately 1 in.(25mm)longhasbeen
a thick base metal to a thinner one. When welding for pres- formed. The flame is then gradually moved from side to
sure tightness, the use of preheat increases the resistance to side until the groove faces begin to melt into the weld pool.
cracking at the weld interface. Also, judicious use of pre- The flame is directed onto the rod, and filler metal is added
heating when welding cast iron will permit the weld and to the weld pool. The thickness of each layer of weld metal
surrounding area to cool at a more uniform rate. should not exceed 3/8 in.(9.5 mm).
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AUS UGFM-ENGL 3995 W 07842b5 0534509T97 W
66
23.4.2.6 In the case of rigid structures requiring exten- 23.5.1 Cast Iron Welding Rods
sive machining, it is advisable to stress relieve at the pre-
heat temperature after welding. In any case, the casting 233.1.1 (Cast Iron) Classification
should be allowed to cool slowly by furnace cooling, or by (1)Ordinary machinablegray-ironcastings mayvary
covering or immersing it in an insulating material such as from 20 to 40 ksi (140 to 280 MPa) tensile strength, and
dry sand. 150 to250 Brinell hardness. The useof a gray-iron weld-
ing rodfor oxyfuel gas welding can produce a machinable
23.4.3 Welding Considerationsfor RCI-B Rods weld metal of the same color, composition and structure
as
the base metal. The weld, if properly made, may be as
23.4.3.1 Preparation of castings for welding is similar strong as the original casting. See Table
9.
tothatcalledforin 23.4.2.1 and 23.4.2.2. Preheating
should be uniform. (2)RCI welding rods are used for filling in or building
up new or worn castings; and for general fabrication, sal-
23.4.3.2 The application of RCI-B welding rods is the vage and repair.
same as that describedfor the other RCI filler metals. The
weld zone can withstand higher residual stresses without 23.5.1.2 RCI-A (Cast Iron) Classification
cracking. However, is it advisable to apply slow cooling to
prevent stress cracks in the base metal. It is recommended (1)This cast-iron welding rod contains small amounts
of
molybdenum and nickel, which give it a slightly higher
that residual stress be reducedby preheating castings uni-
formly to 1600°F (870'C),andprovidingslowfumace- melting point than the ordinary cast-iron welding rod, RCI.
cooling by covering or immersing it in an insulating mate- The molten weld metal is more fluid, and welding can be
rial such as dry sand. After such treatment, the castings performed more rapidly.
will withstand exposure to considerable thermal expansion (2)The RCI-A welding rod (witha weld metal hardness
and will permit heavy machining. of approximately 230 Brinell) may be used when an alloy
cast-iron is being welded, or when greater tensile strength
and finer grain structure are desired. The weld metal gen-
Use of Electrodes and erally is considered machinable.
Rods for Welding Cast Iron.
23.5.1.3 RCI-B (Nodular Cast Iron) Classification.
The following are guidelines for the application of These nodular (ductile) cast-iron welding rods are capable
welding rods and welding electrodes in conjunction with of producing sound weld metal when used to weld higher-
various types of cast iron. These guidelines are general strengthgray-iron,malleable,andnodularironcastings
and are subject to modification based on the experience of with the oxyfuel gas process. Under optimum conditions,
the welder and information supplied by the filler metal the welds produced have mechanical properties of 60 O00
psi (410 MPa) minimum ultimate tensile strength; 45 O00
manufacturer. Only rods employed in conjunction with an
psi (310 MPa)minimumyieldstrength; 5 to 15 percent
oxyfuel gas heat source, and electrodes intended for the elongation; and a maximum Brinell hardness 200. of These
SMAW, GMAW,or FCAW processes, are discussed. This mechanical properties are due to the fact that most of the
limitation, defined in the scope, is not intended to deter a graphite content in the weld metal is in nodular form, which
prospective user from considering other welding process- results in good ductility and machining properties for the
es for which these filler metals might prove satisfactory. weld. Color match to the base metal generallyis good.
Table 9
Typical Mechanical Properties of Undiluted W l d Metal
Ykld S m @ b
Tensile Strengtb um offset Elongation Hdaar
Electrode ksi MP8 ksi MP8 % in 2 in. BHN
RCI 20-25 138-172 - - - 150-2IO

RCI-A 241-276 35-40 - - 3-5
225-290
220-310
RCI-B (As-welded) 80-90 552-621 70-75 483-517
RCI-B (Annealed)
Est
276-310
40-45
345-414
50-60
- - - - -
5-15 1 50-200
250-400
ENi-CI 276-448 40-65 135-218 38-60
3-6 262-414
135-218 3-6 EN¡-CI-A
262-414 38-60 276-448 40-65
ENiFe-CI6-1 296-434 43-63 400-579 58-84 8 165-218
ENiFe-CI-A 43-63400-57958-84 I8 165-2 4-12 296434
ENiFeMn-CI 517-65575-95 , 60-70
10.-18 414-483 165-210
ENiFeT3-CI 276-379
40-55448-552
65-80 150-165i2-20
ERNiFeMn-C1 448-552
75-10065-80517-689 15-35 165-210
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 M 0784265 05L45LO 709 m
67
23.5.2 Nickel-Base Electrodes for SMAWof increases the crack resistanceof the weld metal. The man-
Cast Irons. Arc welding with nickel-base covered elec- ganesealsoincreasesthetensilestrength and improves
trodes is widely employed for welding cast iron. Weld ductility, which provides properties closer to those of the
metal made with these electrodes, even without preheat- higher-strengthgrades of nodularcast-ironbasemetals
ing, usually can be machined - although the heat-affect- thancanbeachievedwiththeENiFe-CI.ENiFeMn-CI
electrodesalsoareusedforsurfacingtoimprovewear
ed zone may not be machinable. Welding is fairly rapid
resistance or provide buildup.
when compared to processes such as oxyfuel gas welding.
Although welding in the flat position only is required, 23.5.2.6 ENiCu-A and ENiCu-B(Nickel-Copper)
some electrodes may be capable of use in other positions. Classification. These electrodes have been used in many
of the same applications as the ENiFe-CI, ENiFe-CI-A,
Tensile properties are not specified for the nickel-base
and ENiFeMn-CI electrodes. They are used to produce a
SMAW electrodes. The tensile and yield strengths may weld with low depth of fusion, since high dilution by the
vary widely among manufacturers, as shown in Table 9. base metal may cause weld cracking.
The filler metal supplier or manufacturer should be con-
tacted for product recommendations. 23.5.3 Est (Steel) Classification for SMAWof
23.5.2.1 ENi-CI (Nickel) Classification. This elec- Cast Iron
trode can be used to join ordinary gray irons to themselves, 23.5.3.1 Thiscoveredelectrodeforallweldingposi-
or to other ferrous and nonferrous materials, and to reclaim tions is designed specifically for the weldingof cast iron.
or repair castings. Satisfactory welds can be produced on It has a low-melting-point covering; and it differs from the
small and medium-size castings where the welding stress- ordinarymild-steelelectrodesincluded in ANSYAWS
es are not overly severe, or where the phosphorus content A5.1, Specification for CarbonSteelElectrodes for
of the iron is not high. Because of lower strength than the Shielded Metal Arc Welding. Weld metal from this elec-
ENiFe-CIandlowerductilityof the weldmetal,these trode is not readily machinable.
electrodes shouldbe used only in applications wheremm-
235.3.2 Since it is virtually impossible to prevent the
¡mum machinability of highly diluted filler metal is neces-
formation of a hardzoneorlayer in theweldmetal
sary. Otherwise, the ENiFe-CI classification is preferred.
because of dilution from the base metal, this type of elec-
The ENi-CI classificationmay also be used on malleable
trode is largely confined to the repair of small pits and
or ductile iron.
cracks, with some applicationin the repair of castings that
23.5.2.2 EN¡-CI-A (Nickel) Classification. EN¡-CI-A requirenopostweldmachining.Sincetheshrinkageof
electrodes frequently are usedinterchangeablywith steel is greater than thatof cast iron, high stresses develop
ENi-CI electrodes. The coveringof EN¡-CI-A electrodes as the weld cools. Residual stresses may be severe enough
contains more aluminum, to improve operating charac- to cause cracking.
teristics such as slag coverage and flow ability. However,
23.5.3.3 Preheating is employed only when necessary to
the aluminum becomes an alloy of the weld metal and
prevent excessive stresses in other parts of the casting. Est
may affect ductility.
electrodes generally are used at low amperage to minimize
23.5.2.3 ENiFe-CI (Nickel-Iron) Classification. This the dilution effect in the fusion zone and consequent weld-
electrode may be used for joiningor repair-welding work- and base-metal cracking. The usual recommended amper-
pieces of various typesof cast iron, including nodular iron; ages are 60 to 95 amps for 3/32in. (2.4mm), 80 to 110
and for welding them to steel and some nonferrous base amps for 1/8 in. (3.2 mm), and 110 to 150 amps for 5/32 in.
metals. Castings containing phosphorus levels higher than (4.0mm) electrodes using dcep (electrode positive) or ac.
normal (approximately 0.20% phosphorus) are more read- The beads should be short and widely separated, to distrib-
ily welded using these electrodes than using an electrode ute the heat, and each bead should be peened lightly. The
of the ENI-CI classification. Experience has shown that slag volume is low but very alkaline. Residual slag should
satisfactoryweldscanbemadeonthickandhighly be removed completelyif the weld area is to be painted.
restrained weldments, and on high-strength and engineer-
ing grades of cast iron.
23.5.4 Nickel-Base Filler Metal for GMAW of Cast
23.5.2.4 ENiFe-CI-A (Nickel-Iron) Classification. Iron. Only gas metal arc welding of classifications
ENiFe-CI-A electrodes frequently are used interchange- ERNiFeMn-CI and ERNi-CIare addressed by ANSUAWS
ably
with
ENiFe-CI electrodes. The covering of A5.15-90.The requirements for rods for gas tungsten arc
ENiFe-CI-A electrodes contains morealuminumto
welding and other welding methods have not been includ-
improveoperatingcharacteristicssuchasslagcoverage
andflowability.However,thealuminumbecomesan ed. Since these filler metals couldbemanufacturedas
alloy of the weld metal and may affect ductility. rods, they have been assigned the “ER’ designation.
23.5.2.5 ENiFeMn-CI (Nickel-Iron-Manganese) 23.5.4.1 ERNiFeMn-CI (Nickel-Iron-Manganese)
Classification. This electrode has a nominal addition of Classification. This solid continuous bare electrode can
12-percentmanganese tothenickel-ironsystem,which be used for the same applications as the ENiFeMn-CI cov-
improvestheflowofthemoltenmetalandsomewhat ered SMAW electrode. The strength and ductility of this
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 07842h5 053115LL h115 W

68
classificationmakes it suitableforweldingthehigher- The lower temperatures associated with depositing these

strength gradesof nodular iron castings. filler metals, and their generally low strength and high
23.5.4.2 ERNI-CI (Nickel) Classification. This solid ductility, frequently offers advantages when welding cast
continuous bare electrode is composedof essentially pure iron. Copper-base welding electrodes and rods have been
nickel (99 percent) and contains no deoxidizers. The elec- classified in other specifications and are listed in Table 10
trode is used to weld iron castings when weld metal with for reference purposes.
highly diluted filler metal isto be machined.
23.5.4.3ShieldingGases. Shieldinggasesshould be
used as recommended by the manufacturer. 23.6 Postweld Heat Treatment.Postweld heat treatment
also maybeusedto improve themachinability of the
heat-affected zone adjacent to the weld metal. Tempering
23.5.5 Nickel-Base Electrode for FCAW of beads sometimes are employedtoachieve the desired
Cast Iron. The ENiFeT3-CI (nickel-iron electrode) is a improvement. These beads, consisting entirely of filler
continuous flux-cored electrode that has been designed to metal and aprevious bead,are made in such a manner that
operate without an external shielding gas. For this reason, the heat input tempers any martensite present froma pre-
it is commonly referred to as a self-shielded flux-cored vious bead.
electrode, but it also may be used with anexternal shield-
ing gas if recommended by the manufacturer. The com-
position of this classification is similar to that ofan
ENiFe-CI except for a higher manganese content. It can
Part H:
be used in thesame types of applications as the ENiFe-CI
electrode. It is generally used for thick basemetal or
Titanium and Titanium
Allov
where processes can be automated. This electrode con- 24. Guide to Classification of Titanium and Titanium
tains 3 to 5 percent manganese to aid in resisting weld- Alloy Welding Electrodes and Rods
metal hot cracking, and to improve strength and ductility
of the weld metal. 24.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSUAWS A5.16-90,
Specification for Titanium arid Titanium Alloy Welding
23.5.6 In addition to the electrodes and rods classified Electrodes und Rods.
in ANSUAWS A5.15-90, a number of copper-base weld-
ing rods frequently are used for braze-welding cast iron. 24.2 Introduction. The purposeof this guide is to corre-
late the fillermetal
classifications
presented in
ANSIIAWS A5.16-90 with their intended applications.
Table 10 Reference to appropriate basemetal specifications is
Copper-Base Welding Electrodes made whenever possible and when it would be helpful.
and Rods from AWS Specifications Such references are intended only as examples rather than
Suitable for Welding Cast Irons complete listings of the materials for which each filler
Classifiention T m Specification metal is suitable.
Cast Filler Metals (OFW)

RBCuZn-A Naval brass A5.7
RCuZn-B Low fuming brass (Ni)
AL7 24.3.1 The system for identifying the filler metal clas-
RCuZn-C Low fuming brass AL7 sifications follows the standard pattern used inAWS filler
RBCuZn-D Nickel
AS. brass 7
metal specifications. The letter “E’ at the beginning of
Covered Electrodes (SMAW)
each classification designation stands for electrode, and
the letter “R” stands for welding rod. Since these filler
ECuSn-A Phosphor bronze A5.6 metals are used as electrodes in gas metal arc welding and
ECuSn-C Copper-tin A5.6
ECuALA2 Copper-aluminum A5.6 as rods in gas tungsten arc welding, both letters are used.
Note: 24.3.2 The chemical symbol, Ti, appears after “R’ as a

means of identifying the filler metals as unalloyed titani-
ANSIIAWS A5.6. Specification for Covered Copper and um or a titanium-base alloy. The numeral provides a
Copper Allay Arc Welding Electrodes.
means of identifying different variations in the composi-
ANSIIAWS A5.7. Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy tion. The letters “ELI” designate titanium alloy filler met-
Alloy Bare Welding Rods and Electrodcs. als with extra-low content of interstitial elements (carbon,
oxygen, hydrogen, and nitrogen).
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05145L2 5 8 1 W
69
Table 11
Specification Cross Index*
Filler Metal Bast Metal
AWS Aerospace
Classification Military Materials
Specification
Specification ASTMIASME
1990 1970 (AMs) (MIL) Grades
~ ~ ~ ~~
ERTi- ERTi-I I 495 I MIL-R41558 I

Ti-2 ERTi-2 - MIL-R-81558 2
ERTi-3 - MIL-R41558 3
Ti4 ERTi4 - MIL-R41558 4
ERTi-5 ERTi-6A14V 4954 - 5
ERTI-SELI MIL-R-81558
ERTi6A14V-I 4956 -
4953ERTi-6 ERTi-SAI-2.5Sn - 6
RTi-SAI-2.5Sn-I ERTMELI - MIL-R41558 -
ERTi-7 ERTM.2 Pd - - 7
ERTi-9 - - 9
ERE-9ELI ERTi-3AI-23-1 - - -
ERTi- I2 ERTi4.8Ni0.3Mo - - 12
I5 ERTi- - 1558 MIL-R-8 -
ITa-1Mo
'Specifications arc not exact duplicates. information issupplied only for general comparison.
24.3.3 Designations for individual alloys in this revi- pheric contamination. This can be provided by shielding
sion are different from those used in earlier documents. the metal with high-purity inert gas in air or ina chamber,
With the exception of ERTi-15, specific alloys now are or by a vacuum ofat least torr. Duringarcwelding,
identified by a number similar to the grade designation the titanium should beshielded from the atmosphere until
used in ASTMASMEll specifications for corresponding it has cooled below about 800°F (430°C). Adequate pro-
base metals. In the absence of a grade number in general tection by auxiliary inert-gas shielding can be provided
usage for the Ti-6A1-2Cb-lTa-lMo alloy, the number 15 when welding inair, but ventilation andexhaust at the arc
was assigned arbitrarily to designate this classification of should be carried out in such amanner that theprotective
filler metal. See Table 11 for cross reference with the ear- atmosphere (i.e., arc shielding and backing) arenot
lier designations. impaired. For critical applications, welding should be per-
formed in a gas-tight chamber thoroughly purged of air
24.3.4 Table 11 provides acorrelation of the classifica- and filled with high-purity inert gas.
tions in this revision with those in the previous (1970)
revision, and with other specifications for titanium-alloy
24.4.2 The titanium metal shouldbe chemically clean
filler metals. The aerospace materials specifications, mil-
itary specifications, and ASTWASME specifications list- and free of thick oxide prior to welding, since contami-
ed are also widely used in industry. Table 11 presents a nationfrom oxide, water, grease, or dirt will cause
general correlation of the filler metals in these other spec- embrittlement.
ifications with those in ANSVAWS A5.16-90.
24.4.3 Titanium weldingrodsshouldbe chemically
clean and free of heavy oxide, absorbed moisture, grease,
---

|
and dirt. The welding rod should be kept in the inert gas
| ||||
24.4.1 Titanium and titanium alloys can be welded by during welding;andthe oxide atthetip, formed upon
|||| || || |||||
gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, plasma arc and electron cooling, should be removed beforereusing the rod.
beamwelding processes. Titanium is a reactive metal;
and, at temperatures above 500°F (26OoC), it is sensitive
|| || ||
to embrittlement by oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen. 24.4.4 Titanium can be fusion welded successfully to
zirconium, tantalum, niobium, and vanadium- although
||
Consequently, the metal must be protected from atmos-

the weld metal will be stronger and less ductile than the
||||
l1 American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, parent metals. Titanium should not be fusion welded to
New York, New York 10007. other commonly welded metals - such as copper, iron,
--
70
nickel, and aluminum - since brittle titanium intermetal- Mechanical and physical properties are similar to those
lic alloys will fom, producing extremely brittle welds. of ERTi-2. This alloy extends the use of titanium into
mildly reducing media, to much higher chloride levels,
or where the environment fluctuates between oxidizing
24.5 Description and Intended ofUse
Titanium and and reducing.
Titanium Alloy Electrodes and Rods
24.5.7ERTi-9. These electrodes androds often are
24.5.1 ERTi-1, ERTi-2, ERTi-3, and ERTi-4.These referred to as “half 6-4” because the major components
alloys commonly are referredto as commercially pure are roughly half thatfound in ERTi-5. Theprimary use,to
(C.P.) titanium with the level of impurities and mechani- date, has been in welding hydraulic tubing andfittings for
cal properties increasing slightly from ERTi- 1 to ERTi-4. aircraft. Other industrial applications are being developed,
C.P. Grade 2 (equivalent to ERTi-2) is the most widely particularly where its high strength and ability to maintain
used titanium alloy for industrial applications because of strength at elevated temperatures allowfor more efficient
its good balance of strength, formability, and weldability. design of pressure vessels. Corrosion resistance, in most
Typical uses are in seawater and brackish-water heat environments,appears to be similar to or slightly less than
exchanges,chemical processheat exchanges, pressure
that of weld metal from ERTi-2 electrodes.
vessels and piping systems, pulp bleaching systems, air
pollution control scrubbers, and electrochemical and
24.5.8ERTi-9ELI. The reducedoxygen content of
chemical storage tanks. These gradesalso have some uses
---
the ERTi-9ELI alloyresults in slightly lower strength and
in the aerospace industry.
|
improved toughness in comparison with weld metal from
| ||||
ERTi-9 electrodes.
24.5.2 ERTi-5. This alloy is commonly referred to as
|||| || || |||||
“6-4” titanium, and it is probably the most widely used
titanium alloy. Its high strength, ability to be heat treated, 24.5.9ERTi-12. Welds madewiththis filler metal
offer improved resistance to corrosion - especially
|| || ||
weldability, excellent fatigue strength, and hardness make
this alloy excellent for industrial fans, pressure vessels, crevice corrosion in hot brines-and higher strength lev-
||
aircraft components, compressor blades, and automotive els compared to similar welds made using ERTi-2 elec-
||||
and jet engine parts. trodes and rods. Uses inindustrial applications are similar
to those of ERTi-2 electrodes and rods, but can beextend-
--
24.5.3 ERTi-SELI. This filler metal is a slightly purer ed to less oxidizing conditions.
version of ERTi-5 with ELI (extra-lowinterstitial) content
- which, in practice, refers primarily to the oxygen con- 24.5.10ERTi-15. Welds madewithERTi-15 elec-
tent. With special processing, this alloy can develop high trodes and rods have excellent resistance to salt-water cor-
fracture toughness. Primary uses are in surgical implants, rosioncombinedwith good toughnessandmoderate
cryogenic vessels, and airframe components. strength. Typical uses include the fabrication ofsub-
mersible hulls, pressure vessels, etc. using base material
24.5.4 ERTi-6. This filler metal has good weldability, of a matching composition.
goodoxidation resistance, and stability and strength at
elevated temperature. Typical uses include gas-turbine
Part I:
engine casings, aerospace structural members located
near engines and wing leading edges, and chemical pro-
Magnesium and Magnesium
Allov
cessing equipment that requires high elevated-tempera- 25. Guideto Classification of Magnesium Alloy
ture strength. Welding Electrodes and Rods
24.5.5 ERTi-6ELI. This filler metal is a slightly purer 25.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSVAWSA5.19-92,
versionofERTi-6 electrodes and rods, withextra-low Specification for Magnesium Alloy Welding Electrodes
interstitial (ELI) content. They are used to fabricate pres- and Rods.
sure vessels for liquified gases and other high-pressure
cryogenic vessels requiring better ductility and toughness 25.2 Introduction. The purposeof this guide is to corre-
with slightly lower strength. late the filler
metal
classifications
presented in
ANSYAWS A5.19-92 with their intended applications.
24.5.6 ERTi-7. Welds made with electrodes and rods Appropriatebase metal specifications are referred to
of this classification probably are the most corrosion- whenever possible and when it would be helpful. Such
resistant titanium welds used in industrial applications. references are intendedonly as examples rather than
07842b5 0534534 354 m
71
complete listings of the base metalsfor which each filler 25.4.3 The basic principles for gas metal arc welding
metal is suitable. (GMAW) of magnesium alloys are the same as for other
base metals. The higherfiller metal deposition rate of this
process reduces the welding time, thereby reducing weld
25.3 ClassificationSystem
distortion and fabrication costs. Argon generally is used
25.3.1 Welding electrodes and rods are classified as a shielding gas; occasionally mixtures of argonand
according to their chemical composition. The alloys are helium are used. PulsedGMAW and short circuit GMAW
designated by the same standard system used for base are both used for magnesium alloys. Higher welding cur-
metals, which consists of a three-part combination of let- rent, to produce spraytransfer of the filler metal without
ters and numerals. The first part indicates the two princi- pulsing, is also used. Globular transfer is not suitable.
pal alloying elements by their chemical symbols,arranged
in order of decreasing percentage. The second part indi-
25.5 Description and Use of Magnesium Alloy
cates the percentages of the two principal alloying ele-
Electrodes and Rods.
ments in the same order as the chemical symbols. (The
percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.) 25.5.1 The weldability of mostmagnesium alloys is
The third part is a letter assigned to distinguish different good when the proper filler metal is employed. A filler
alloys having the same percentages of the two principal metal with a lower melting point and a wider freezing
alloying elements. range than the base metal will provide good weldability
andminimizeweld cracking. AZ61A or AZ92A filler
25.3.2 A letter prefix designates usability of the filler metals may be used to weld base metals of similar com-
metal. The letter system for identifying the filler metal position and also ZK21A base metal.
---
|
classifications follows the standard pattern used in AWS AZ61A filler metal generally is preferred for welding
| ||||
filler metal specifications. The prefix “E’ indicates that wrought base metals of thosealloysbecause of lower
|||| || || |||||
the filler metal is suitable for use as an electrode, and the cracking tendency.
However, weldsmade in cast
prefix “R’ indicates suitability as welding rod. Both let- Mg-Al-Zn and AMlOOA base metals with AZ92A filler
ters (“ER”) are used to indicate suitability as an electrode metals show less crack sensitivity. The weld metal will
|| || ||
or a rod, since some of these filler metals are used as elec- respondto the precipitation heat treatment normally
||
trodes in gas metal arc welding and as welding rods in applied to repaired castings. AZlOlA filler metal also may
||||
oxyfuel gas, gas tungstenarc, and plasma arc welding. be used to weld thosecast base metals. EZ33A filler metal
is used to weld wrought andcast base metals designedfor
elevated-temperatureservice;however, this filler metal
--
should not be used for welding aluminum-bearing magne-
25.4.1 Gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc welding are sium alloys because of severe weld cracking problems.
the most commonly used processes for welding magne- When no other filler metal is available, most base metals
sium alloys. Plasma arc welding also is suitable for mag- may be welded withstrips cut from the base metal.
nesium alloys. Oxyfuel gas welding should be used only
for temporaryrepairwork,when suitable arc welding 25.5.2 Additional information onfiller metals suitable
equipment is not available. for welding specific base metalsand combinations of base
metals is given inTable 12. Cast base metals generally are
25.4.2 Magnesium alloys are welded by the gas tung- welded with filler metal of the same or similar composi-
sten arc welding (GTAW) process using techniques and tion. When such filler metals are not available, the com-
equipment similar to those used for aluminum. Argon, mercially available filler metals listed in the table may be
helium, or mixtures of these gases are used for shielding. used, but with the possibility of some disadvantage in
Alternating current (ac) is preferred for its combination of weld properties. If it is desired to weld base-metal combi-
goodarccleaning action and goodjoint penetration, nations other than those listed in Table 12, they should be
although direct current (dc) also is used. Direct current, evaluated as to suitability for the purpose intended. The
electrode positive (dcep)provides excellent cleaning base-metal combinations listed will be suitable for most
action, but it is limited to thm base metal. Sometimes, environments, although someare preferable from one or
direct current, electrode negative(dcen) is used for more standpoints. In the absence of specific information,
mechanized welding with helium shielding gas in order consultation with the filler metal or base metalsupplier
to provide deep joint penetration. GTAW generally is is recommended.
recommended for the welding of magnesium alloy cast-
ings. Welding usually is limited to the repair of defects in 25.5.3 Proper storage of welding rods and electrodes is
clean castings. essential to avoid contamination, which may affect their
72
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 07842b5 0514535 290 m
performance. Packages of filler metal should not be left 25.5.4 The possibility of ignition when welding magne-
outdoors or inunheatedbuildings,becausethe greater siumalloysinthicknessesgreater than 0.01 in. isvery
variations in temperature andhumidity increase the possi- remote. Magnesium alloy will not ignite inair until it is at
bility for condensation to createhydrated oxides. fusion temperature; then, sustained burning will occur only
Experiencehasdemonstrated that undesirable storage if the ignition temperature
is maintained. Inert gas shielding
conditions may adversely affect filler-metal performance. during welding prevents ignitionof the weld pool.
Table 12
Guide to the Choiceof Fiiler Metal for General Purpose Welding
Base Metal
AMlOOA
AZlOA AWlB AZ61A
Az31c
AZ63A AZMA AZ8lA D 1 C =%?A EK41A EZ33A HIolA
etal Base Filler Metal+'

AMlOOA
AZlOA
AZIA
AZ63A C C C
AZ8OA
AZ81A
Az91C
A
Zm AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZlOlA
EK41A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A EZ33A
EZ33A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A EZ33A U 3 3 A
HK3lA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A A D 2 A AZ92A EZ33A EZ33A €Z33A
HM2lA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A A

Zm AZ92A EZ33A EZ33A EZ33A
HM3lA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A EZ33A E u 3 A EZ33A
HZ32A AZ92A -9% AZ92A AZ92A c AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A u 3 3 A EZ33A
EZ33A
KlA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A c Az92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A EZ33A EW3A u 3 3 A
LAl41A d d EW3A c C C C C C d d d
AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A
MG1
QUZA d d AZ92A d C d d d d EZ33A EZ33A EZ33A
ZElOA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A
ZE41A d d d d C d d d d EZ33A
EZ33A EU3A
ZIUlA AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A AW2A
C C C C C C C C C C C C
ZK6OA
ZK61A
{continued)
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
73
Magnesium fires usually occur with accumulations of in determining the classification best suited for a particu-
grinding dust or machining chips. Accumulation of grind- lar application, with due consideration to the particular
ing dust on clothing should be avoided. Graphite-base or requirements for that application.
salt-base powders, recommended for extinguishing mag-
nesium fires, should be conveniently located in the work
26.3 Methodof Classification. The system of classifica-
area. If large amounts of fine powders are produced, they
tion is similar to that used in filler metal specifications.
shouldbe collected inawaterwash-typedust collector
The letter “ E ’ at the beginning of each designation indi-
designed for usewithmagnesium. Special precautions
cates a welding electrode, and the letter “R” indicates a
pertaining to the handling of wet magnesium fines must
welding rod. Since these filler metals are used as welding
be followed.
electrodes in gas metal arc welding andas welding rods in
gas tungsten arc welding, both letters are used.
The chemical symbol, Zr, indicates that the filler metals
Part J: have a zirconiumbase. The subsequentletters and numer-
Zirconium and Zirconium Alloy als provide a means for identifying the nominal composi-
tion of the filler metal.
26. Guideto Classification of Zirconium and
Zirconium Alloy Welding Electrodes and Rods 26.4 Welding Considerations
26.1Provisions. ExcerptsfromANSVAWS A5.24-90, 26.4.1 Zirconium and zirconium alloys can be welded
Specijîcation for Zirconium and ZirconiumAiioy Welding by gas tungsten arc, gas metal arc, plasma arc, and elec-
Electrodes and Rods. tronbeamweldingprocesses. Zirconium isa reactive
metal and is sensitive to embrittlement by oxygen, nitro-
26.2Introduction. Thisguidehas beenprepared for gen and hydrogen at temperatures above1100°F(590°C).
prospective users of the zirconium and zirconium-alloy Consequently, the metal should be protected from atmos-
filler metals presented in ANSVAWS A5.24-90 as an aid pheric contamination. This can be provided by shielding
Table 12 (continued)
lkst Mcul
m62A
PESlA
M1A pc6oA
HM21A HMJlA HZ32A KlA LA141A MG1 QE22A ZElOA ZE4lA ZK2lA ZK6lA
Bue Metal Ffflcr Metal*’
--
HM21A EZ33A
HM31A EZ33A EZ33A
HZ32A EZ33A EZ33A
||||
K1A EZ33A EZ33A EZ33A

EZ33A
||
EZ33A d d d EZ33A
|| || ||
Az
m AZ92A A
Zm Az92A
MG 1
|||| || || |||||
QE22A EZ33A EZ33A EZ33A EX33A EZ33A c EZ33A

ZElOA
E4 EZ33A EZ33A
Az92A Az92A Az92A
EW3A
| ||||
ZE41A EZ33A EW3A U33A EZ33A d d EZJ3A EZ33A

ZKZA Az92A AZ92A AZ92A AZ92A d AZ61A AZ92A AZ61A
I I
|
---
~ 9 % AZ92A
C C C C C C C C c EZ33A
ZK61A
Notes:
P. When more than one filler metal is given, they are listed in order of pnfcrcncc.
b. The letter prefix (ER or R), dcsigmting uubiiityof the filler mad, has been deleted,to nducc clutter in the table.
c. Welding not recommended.
d. No data available.
~ ~~ ~
S T D - A W S UGFM-ENGL 3995 W Q7842b5 0534537 Ob3 m

74
the metal with high-purity inert gas in air, in a chamber, Part K:

or by a vacuum of 10-4 torr or lower. Surfacing
During arcwelding, the zirconium must be shielded
from the atmosphere until it is cooled below about 1100°F of Surfacing WeldingRods
---
and Electrodes
|
(593°C).Adequate protection by auxiliary inert-gas
| ||||
shielding should be provided when welding in air; and, 27.1Provisions. Excerptfrom ANSUAWSA5.13-80,
|||| || || |||||
for critical applications, the welding should be performed Specification for Solid &$acing Welding Rods and
in a gas-tight chamber thoroughlypurged of air and filled Electrodes
with high-purity inert gas.
|| || ||
27.2Introduction. This guide has beenprepared for
||
26.4.2 Thezirconiummetalshouldbechemically prospective users of the welding rods and electrodes pre-
||||
clean and free of heavy oxide prior to welding; since sented in ANWAWS A5.13-80, as an aid in determining
contamination from oxide, water, grease, and dirt will which classification of filler metal is best suited for a par-
--
cause embrittlement. ticular application, with due consideration to the particu-
Zirconium welding rods also must be chemically clean lar requirements for that application.
and free of heavy oxide, absorbed moisture, grease, and
27.3 Classifcation System
dirt. The welding rod should be kept in the inert gas dur-
ing welding; and the oxide at the tip, formed upon cool- 27.3.1 Thesystem for identifying weldingrodand
ing, must be removed before reusing the rod. electrode classifications follows the standard pattern used
in AWS filler metal specifications. The letter “E” at the
26.4.3 Zirconium can be fusion-welded successfully to beginning of each classification indicates an electrode,
titanium, tantalum, columbium (niobium), and vanadium and letter “R’ indicates a welding rod. The letters “ER’
- although the weld metal will be stronger and less duc- indicate a filler metal that may be used as either a bare
tile than the base metals. Zirconium should not be fusion electrode or a rod. The letters immediately after E, R, or
welded to other common structural alloys of copper, iron, ER are the chemical symbols for principal elements in the
nickel, and aluminum; since brittle zirconium intermetallic classification. Thus,CoCr is cobalt-chromium alloy,
alloys are formed which produce extremely brittle welds. CuZn is a copper-zinc alloy, etc. Where more than one
classification is included in a basic group, the individual
classifications in the group are identified by letters (A, B,
26.5DescriptionandIntended Use of Electrodesand C, etc.) as in ECuSn-A.Furthersubdividing is accom-
Rods using
plished numerals (1,2, etc.) after the last letter, such
as the 2 in ECuAl-A2.
26.5.1 The E E r 2 classification is a“commercially
pure” zirconium. It producesweldmetalhavinggood 27.3.2 Some years ago, the committee designated sur-
strength and ductility. The tensile strength should be at facing filler metals as shown in Table 13. The COlTelatiOn
least 55 OO()psi (379 MPa). These electrodes and rods c m between these old designations and the new classifica-
be used to weld all of the zirconium alloys. tions covered by the specification is indicated in Table 14.
26.5.2 TheERZr3 classification contains tin as an 27.4 We5 and EFeSHigh-speedSteel Filler Metals
alloying element. Tin increases the strength of the weld 27.4.1Applications. RFe5weldingrodsand EFeS
metal, yet allows it to retain good ductility. The strength electrodes have proved very popular for applications where
should be as least 60 ksi (410 MPa). These electrodes and hardness is required at service temperatures up to 1100”
rods are intended only for welding UNS R60704 zirconi- (595”C), and where good wear resistance and toughness
um alloy. Weld metal from E m 3 filler metal may not also are required. These filler metals are essentially high-
resist corrosion as well as that from E m 2 filler metal. speed steels, modified slightly for welding applications.
The three classifications are approximately interchange-
26.5.3 The ERZr4 classification contains columbium able, except that Fe5-A and Fe5-B(with high carbon) are
(niobium) as an alloying element. It produces weld metal more suitable for cutting and machining (edge-holding)
of good ductility with a tensile strength of at least 80 ksi applications; EFe5-C (with lower carbon) is mostsuitable
(550 MPa). These electrodes and rods are used only to for hot working and for applications requiring toughness.
weld UNS R60705zirconiumalloy.Weldmetal from Some typical surfacing applicationsare cutting tools, shear
ERZr4 filler metal may not resistcorrosion as well as that blades, reamers, forming dies, shearing dies, guides, ingot
from ERZr2 filler metal. tongs, broaches andother similar tools.
~~ ~ ~~
STD.AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 07842b5 0514518 TTT W

75
27.4.2 Hardness. The Rockwell hardness of the undi- 27.4.3 Hot Hardness. Hardness at elevated tempera-
luted Re5 filler metals in the as-welded condition is in the tures (i.e., hot hardness) is a very important property for
range of C 55 to C 60. Where a machining operation is weld deposits of these filler metals. Tungsten andmolyb-
required, hardness may be reduced to approximately C 30 denum are probably the most influential elements present
by an annealingtreatment. in obtaining hot hardness. Due to the large size of these
atoms and their low diffusion rates, the carbides do not
coalesce but stay in very small particles. At temperatures
up to 1100°F (595"C), the as-deposited Rockwell hard-
ness of C 60 falls off very slowly to approximately C 47
Table 13 (448 Brinell). At higher temperatures, it falls off more
suriacingfiller metals rapidly.At
about1200°F (650°C), the maximum
(old designations) Rockwell hardness is about C 30 (238 Brinell).
I. Fermur
A. 27.4.4 Impact. The Fe5 filler metals as-deposited can
1. cubonrtwlr withstand only medium impact without cracking. After
a. Low (O. 1% C MX) tempering, the impact resistance is increased appreciably.
b. Medim (0.20-0.60LkC)
C. H
i&
(0.61-1,50%C)
27.4.5OxidationResistance. Deposits of the Fe5
2. Lorrlbyaietlr
a. Lowclrban filler metals, because of the high molybdenum content,
b. Mediumcarbon will oxidize readily. A non-oxidizing, furnace-atmos-
c. Hi~clrban phere salt bath or borax coating should be usedto prevent
d.cutiroatypar decarburization when heat treatments are required.
3. Mediumdhyrresfr
a. Mediumc8rbal
b. Highcætma 27.4.6 Corrosion Resistance. The Fe5 weld metal can
C.cllt-irocllyp# withstand atmospheric corrosion, but it is not effective in
4. Msdiumhi&rlby providing resistance to liquid corrosion.
a. Lm&
b. Mediumarboa
Highcarboo
C.
27.4.7Abrasion. The high-stress abrasion resistance
d. Clrt-imayPer(l.S%Cmin) of these filler metals -as-deposited, at roomtemperature
5. High-rpssdresd - is much better than low-carbon steel. However, they
B. AwcDicicltedr are notconsideredhigh-abrasion resistance alloys.
1. ClImmi~mdcr-Ni Resistance to deformation at elevated temperatures up to
a. herbaa
b. Higharbaa,lorvaicM 1100°F (593°C)is their outstanding feature, and this may
c.Hi#h~.highniclpl aid hot abrasion resistance.
2. Hishmauavv
c. Austdic-MtUIUIUyhert-(rcrtsd 27.4.8 Metal-to-Metal Wear and Mechanical
1. H gh
ichm m omi h Properties in Compression. Deposits of Fe5 filler met-
2. Higbrlbyima
a. 1.7psemtclrboa als are well suited for metal-to-metal wear, especially at
---
b. 2.5 paccnt crrbm elevated temperatures. They havealow coefficient of
|
| ||||
c. very high .uoy
II.colbrltbuerlbyr |||| || || |||||
A. taWrUoy Table 14
B. Hi&ruOy Surfecing filler metals
m.carbides (new classifications)
|| || ||
A.
B. Canpo&e AWS classifr?tion Old designation
||
c. pbmler
||||
IV.cagpabrae Fe5 ........................... IA5

A. Cappa-ziac FeMn ......................... IB2
B. c4ppa-silican FeCr .......................... IC1
--
c. Ccppa-rluminum CoCr-A ........................ IIA

V. Niclcel bue CoCr-C.. ...................... IIB
A. Nidrcl-coppa C a ......................... IVA
B. N"Cbl0mim CuSi .......................... IVB
c. N"hromumi "myWolcnum CuAl ......................... IVC
D. N " c h m i u m ~ NiCr .......................... VB
76
friction, and the ability to take a high polish and retain Annealing [1550 to 1650°F (845 to 9OO"C)l. This treat-
their hardness at elevated temperatures. The compressive ment is applicable onlywhen dictated bymachining
strength is verygood and will fall or rise with the temper- requirements.
ing temperature used. Hardening [preheat, 1300 to1500°F (705 to 815°C);
harden,2200 to 2250°F(1200 to123OoC), air or oil
27.4.9 Machinability. These filler metals, after depo- quench]. Hardening is necessary only if the part has been
sition, often havetobeannealed for machining opera- annealed for machining.
tions. For machinability, when thoroughly annealed, they Double Temper. First operation, 1025°F (550°C) then
are rated at 65 - as compared with a 1-percent-carbon two hours air cool to room temperature; second opera-
tool steel, which has a rating of 100. Full hardness can be tion, 1025°F (550"C), then two hours air cool to room
regained by heat-treating procedures discussedherein. temperature.
Due to the highmolybdenum content of these filler
27.4.10Identification. The Fe5 filler metals, in the metals, weld deposits aresusceptible to decarburization at
hardened or as-deposited condition, are highly magnetic. high temperature. Consequently, inheat treatment and
When spark tested, they give off a very small, thin annealing, care must be used to prevent decarburization.
stream of sparks approximately 60 in. (1500 mm) long.
Close to the grinding wheel, the spark is red; at the end, 27.4.13WeldingCharacteristics. The procedure for
it is a straw color. applying Fe5 filler metals is similar to that employed for
other surfacing materials. The workmust be carefully
27.4.11Metallography. The Fe5 filler metals,when cleaned of all foreign material prior to welding.All
deposited, containhighly alloyed tetragonal martensite, cracked or spalled metalshouldberemovedto ensure
highly alloyed retained austenite, and undissolved com- sound fusion of weld and base metals. Definite welding
plexcarbides.Molybdenum has beenused to replace instructions dependuponthe specific job andwelding
tungsten found in many other high-speed tool steels such process to be employed. Preheating, although generally
as the 18-4-1 grade (18 percenttungsten, 4 percent recommended, is not used in all surfacing applications;
chromium, and 1 percent vanadium). Molybdenum forms rather, it is dependent upon the shape, size, and composi-
the same type of complex double carbide with iron and tion of the part to be surfaced. Peening of each bead after
carbon as doestungsten. Since molybdenum isan element deposition sometimes is employed to reduce stresses in
of smaller atomic weight than tungsten (approximately the weldment.
one-half), it will produce twiceas many atoms of alloying
element in the steel as will tungsten when added in the 27.5 EFeMn Austenitic Manganese Electrodes
same weight percentage. This appears to be a partial rea-
son for the fact that l-percent molybdenum can besubsti- 27.5.1 Applications. The twoclassifications of
tuted for approximately 2-percent tungsten. EFeMn electrodes are substantially equivalent, except
The carbon content of high-speed steel usually is fixed that the yield strength of EFeMn-B weld depositsis high-
---
within narrow limits. Carbon as low as 0.5 percent will er thanthat of EFeMn-A. For track work, the higher yield
|
is considered an asset.
| ||||
not permit maximum hardness becauseof the presence of
appreciable amounts of ferrite. As the carbon increases, The surfacing applications in which EFeMn electrodes
|||| || || |||||
the quenchedhardness also increases because of the aremost appropriate are those dealing withmetal-to-
absence of ferrite, and because ofthe increased amount of metal wear and impact, where the work-hardening quali-
ty of the deposit becomes a major asset. Soft rock crush-
|| || ||
carbon dissolvedin the austenite. Chromiumis present in

this deposit at 3.0 to 5.0 percent; this appears to be the ing operations - involving limestone or dolomite, for
||
right percentage for the best compromise between hard- example - alsocan benefit fromsuch protection.
||||
ness and toughness. In conjunction with the carbon con- Abrasion by angular quartz particles does not seem to be
tent, chromium is mainly responsible for the great hard- altered in laboratory tests by work-hardening manganese
--
enability of this deposit. steel. Severe service with quartz abrasionisbest dealt
with by using manganese steel as a tough base metal and
surfacing with a martensitic iron. Under very high-stress
27.4.12 Heat Treatment. A summary of heat-treating
conditions, such as those in a jawcrusher, experience may
data follows:
demonstrate thatallwear-resistantmetals except man-
Preheat [300"F (150°C) minimum]. Preheat usually is ganese steel are too brittle. Surface protection then
used; although, in some instances, no preheating is becomes a matter of replacingwornmetalwithmore
required. EFeMn filler metal, which is common. Railway frogs and
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842h5 05L4520 h58
77
crossings also are reclaimed in this way. Extensive areas, 27.5.10Metallography. Thechiefconstituentof
as in crushers and power-shovel parts, usually are pro- EFeMn weld deposits is austenite, the nonmagnetic form
tected with a combination of weld deposits and filler bars, of iron that can holdconsiderable carbon insolid solution.
which are flats and rounds of manganese steel, welded in Austenite that is nearly saturated with carbon is responsi-
place. Such protection may be applied up 3toin. (76 mm) ble for the properties of these filler metals.
thick, which is near the upper thickness limit of common The austenite is not entirelystable. It willreject some of
surface-protection methods. the carbon at intermediate temperatures or during defor-
mation. This rejected carbon takes the formofman-
27.5.2 Hardness. The normal hardness of these weld ganese-iron carbides that occur as fine particles; as films
deposits is 170 to 230 BHN; but this is misleading, since at grain boundaries; as flat, brittle plates; and as forma-
they work-harden very readily to 450 to 550 BHN. tionsin pearlite. Carbide precipitationinany of these
27.5.3 Hot Hardness. Reheating above 500 to 600°F forms leads toincreasedhardnessand brittleness.
(250 to 315°C) may cause serious embrittlement. Thus, Deformation (work-hardening from pounding, etc.) raises
hot hardness is not a property that can be exploited. hardness most effectively with the least loss in toughness.
Carbide precipitation, caused by slow cooling from the
27.5.4. Impact. The EFeMn electrodes, as-deposited, completely austenitic range or byreheatingthetough
usually are considered the outstanding engineeringmate- structure, is undesirable.
rials for heavy-impact service. The normal tough structure of manganese steel is pro-
duced in manufactureby water-quenching from above
27.5.5 Oxidation Resistance and Corrosion 1800°F(980°C). Weld deposits depend on modified com-
Resistance. The EFeMn weld metal issimilar to ordinary positions to approximate this toughness after air-cooling
carbon steels in this respect and is not resistant to oxida- from the welding temperature.
tion or corrosion.
27.5.6Abrasion. Resistance to high-andlow-stress 27.5.11 EFeMn-A (Nickel-Manganese). Nickel addi-

abrasion is moderate against hard abrasives like quartz, as tions to the standard grade of manganese steel produce no
shown by the following data: apparent changes in yield strength, but there is a distinct
Wet Quartz Sand Abrasion Factor- 0.75 to 0.85 trend toward higherelongation. The quenching rate is per-
(compared toSAE 1020 steel as 1.W). haps less critical, but quenchingis still necessary to obtain
Dry Quartz Sand Erosion Factor- 0.41 to 0.56 the maximum toughness.
(compared to SAE 1020 steel as 1.00). A lower carbon content is much more effective in con-
The assumptionthat abrasion resistance increases with ferring toughness without quenching. Because added nick-
hardness has not beenconfirmed with carefully controlled el seems to prevent the lower intrinsic toughness of the
testing using quartz as an abrasive. straight 12-percent-manganese low-carbon steels; an alloy
of 0.50 to 0.90 percent carbon and about 3 to 5 percent
27.5.7 Metal-to-Metal Wear and Mechanical nickel has become popular for welding electrodes. This
Properties in Compression. Metal-to-metal wear resis- alloyexhibitsgreaterresistance to embrittlementfrom
tance is frequently excellent. The yield strength in com- reheating up to 800°F (425°C)than the standard grade.12
pression is low, but any compressive deformationrapidly
raises it until plastic flow ceases. This behavioris an asset
27.5.12 EFeMn-B (Molybdenum-Manganese). The
in battering, pounding, and bumping wear situations.
addition of molybdenum to manganese steel tends to raise
27.5.8Machinability. Machining is very difficult its yield strength. Like nickel, molybdenum increases the
with ordinary tools and equipment; finished surfaces usu- toughness of the lower-carbon manganese steels and can
ally are ground. be used interchangeablyto produce a satisfactory welding
electrode. Either approximately 3 to 5 percent nickel or
27.5.9 Identification. Because of the unusual 1/2 to 1-1/2 percent molybdenum willstabilize the tensile
response to heating of the EFeMnweld metal, correct strength of the low-carbon type near the standard level of
identification before welding is very important. A small 120,000 psi (827 MPa)after heat treatment. The associat-
magnet and a grinding wheel usually suffice; since a clean ed elongation with 1/2 to 1-1/2 percent molybdenum is
ground surface is substantially nonmagnetic, and grinding not so high, but it has a compensatinghigher yield
sparks are plentiful in contrast to the nonmagnetic stain- strength. Deposits of EFeMn-B electrodes have given sat-
less steels. isfactory performance insuch exacting applications as
railway switches and frogs, where battered-down castings
12ASM Hczndbook, 8th Ed. Vol 1. are rebuilt with molybdenum-manganese weld deposits.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L795
78
27.5.13 Heat Treatment. Weld deposits usually are relieves thetensionthatwouldotherwisecausecracks.

not heat-treated, since the filler metals are formulated to be The peening, for which a machinist’s ball-peen hammer is
“air-toughening.” However, sometimes it may be advis- suitable, should be performed promptly after deposition
able to heat-treat a weldmentto restore the toughness of a of one or even half an electrode. In no instance should a
manganese base embrittled by too much reheating. Water bead longer than9 in. (230 mm) be left without immedi-
quenching after two hours at 1850°F (1010°C) is usually ate peening.
sufficient for this purpose. The weld deposit should be free 27.5.14.6 The weld metal is weakest while hot. Sinceit
of cracks if this is to be done; otherwise, oxidation of the is easiest to deform red
at or yellow heats, and since crack-
cracks may cause considerable structural damage and can- ingismostlikelytooccurabove 1500°F (815”C), it is
cel the benefits of the toughening heat treatment. advisable to peen the bead as quickly as practicable.
27.5.14.7 Thereisexperimentalevidencethatarc
27.5.14 Welding Characteristics power, arc length, bead size, and melting rate are related to
bead cracking. Unlessthe beads can be peened quickly and
27.5.14.1 If EFeMn filler metal is deposited on carbon properly, arc power above 3.5 kw or melting rates above
or low-alloy steel, the transition zone may be too low in 12 in./min (5.1 W s ) should be avoided. In any case, a
manganese; thus, it may develop a martensitic structure, weaving bead that has a cross-sectional area greater than
which can permit spalling of the weld deposit because of 0.18in.2 (116mm2)- for example 0.8 in. (20mm) wide
brittleness.Suchuse ofan austeniticmanganesesteel by 0.2 in. (5 mm) high above the base; which may mean
overlayforabrasionresistance is generallynotrecom- about 0.40 in. (10 mm) thick - is desirable. These condi-
mended, since an air-hardening steel or martensitic iron is tions may not prevent underbead cracking, but they should
usually more satisfactory. minimize fissuringin the weld.
27.5.14.2 Manganesesteelis so popular for battering 27.5.14.8 MuchuseofsurfacingwithEFeMnelec-
metal-to-metal wear that it has seen considerable service as trodes is to buildup worn manganese steel parts.To avoid
an overlay on carbon steels despite its tendency to develop embrittling this base metal,it should be kept below500°F
martensite. For many years, it has been used as an overlay (260°C)within 2 in. (5 1 mm) from the weld by watercool-
on large steel-mill coupling boxes, pinions, spindles, and ing, intermittent welding, or other procedures.
other items working under heavy impact load. Cracking has
beenobservedinsuchapplications;however,sincethe
contactingfacesareenclosed,highlystressededgesare
avoided. Also, perhaps because large surface areas are in 27.6 RFeCr-A and EFeCr-AAustenitic High
contact, the surface protection technique has been consid- Chromium Iron Filler Metals
ered satisfactory. Four layers of the manganese-steel over-
lay are recommended. 27.6.1 Applications. The RFeCr-A welding rods and
EFeCr-A electrodes have proved very popular for facing
27.5.14.3 Not all users of this procedure maybe so for- agricultural machinery parts. Arc weldingis used on heavy
tunate in avoiding trouble from the brittle fusion zone. One
materials and large areas; oxyfuel welding is used for thin
way to avoid cracking is to “butter” the carbon steel with
a layer of austenitic stainless steel. This blends well with sections. Plowshares can be considered as a typical appli-
carbon or low-alloy steels and manganese steel without cation; because these filler metals flow well enough to pro-
forming brittle structures. The EFeMn filler metal may duce a thin edge deposit, and because the wear conditions
then be welded on top of thestainless steel deposit without in sandy soil are typically those of erosion or low-stress
sacrificing the toughnessof austenite. scratching abrasion. It is significant that the FeCr-A filler
27.5.14.4 Bare EFeMn electrodes sometimes are used. metals become unsuitable in very rocky soil because of the
Acceptable welds can be produced with sufficient power, associated impact. Industrial applications include coke
and the high melting ratesare consideredan asset. Covered chutes, steel mill guides, sandblasting equipment, brick-
electrodes permit the use of lower power, are easier for an making machinery, etc.
inexperienced welder to use, and minimize annoying short
circuits in restricted space; but they generally have a lower
meltingrate.Directcurrent,electrodepositive(dcep)is 27.6.2 Hardness. The as-welded hardness for FeCr-A
preferred for both covered and bare electrodes. filler metals when deposited by oxyfuel welding will vary
with carbon content. The average Rockwell hardness of
27.5.14.5 Whilemanganesesteelhashighductility
104 production-quality control tests was (36.1 with an
when strained in one direction; the two- and three- dimen-
sional stresses that occur in weld deposits can, and fre- observed range of C5 1 toC62, representing a range of 4.3
quently do, cause failure with no apparent ductility. The to 5.2 percent carbon. Macrohardness values, such as
undesirableweld-beadtensilestressesthatdevelopon Rockwell or Brinell numbers, will increase slowly as car-
cooling can be changed to compressive stressby peening bon increases. Such figures reflect the greater proportion
the deposit. Such peening, preferably with a pneumatic of the hard carbides in the softer matrix, but they do not
hammer,flowstheoutersurface;andthedeformation reliably indicate abrasion resistance.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5
0534522 420 m
79
Since dilution is not expected in normal oxyfuel weld- sion increases, their performance declines. As deposited,
ing, the chief variable is carbon pickupper flame adjust- FeCr-A is only mediocre under high-stress grinding abra-
ment. With a 3xfeather-to-cone reducing flame, a pickup sion, and it is usually not advantageous for such service.
of 0.4 percentcarbon hasbeen observed if the welding rod
is on the low side of the carbon range. On the high side of 27.6.8 Metal-to-MetalWear. Low-stressabrasion
the carbon range, a neutral flame can slightly decarburize produces a good polish on FeCr-A filler metals, with a
the deposit. resulting low coefficient of friction. Where the polish is
--
The austenitic matrix canwork-harden somewhat under produced by metal-to-metalwear,performanceis also

impact; however,since the consequent deformation leads good. Resistance to galling is considered better for these
||||
to cracking, impact service is avoided. filler metals thanfor ordinary hardenedsteel, because tem-
||
|| || ||
pering from frictional heat is negligible. Austenite alone is

27.6.3 Hot Hardness. Hardness for FeCr-A filler met- prone to gall, and its presence may lead to unfavorable per-
|||| || || |||||
als falls slowly with increasing temperatures up to about formance.Also,thehardcarbides can stand inrelief
800 to 900°F (425 to 480°C); thereafter, it falls rapidly through wear of the austenite, and cancut or cause exces-
and also becomes strongly affected by creep. At 900°F sive wearuponamatingsurface. Therefore, metal-to-
| ||||
(480°C), the instantaneous Rockwellhardnessis about metalserviceshould be approachedcautiously.Rolling

|
---
C43, and three minutes under load willcause an apparent mill guides have been foundto be appropriate applications.
drop to near C37. At 1200°F (650"C), the instantaneous
value may be no higher than C5, and the apparentloss due 27.6.9 Mechanical Properties in Compression. In
to creep in 3 minutes may beas much as 45 points on the compression, the depositedFeCr-A filler metals are
C scale. However, the lossof hardness due to tempering is expected to have a yield strength (0.1 percent offset) of
negligibleincomparisonwithmanymartensiticalloys, between 80,000 and 140,000 psi (55 1 to 965 MPa) with
and the drop in hardness shown by hot testing is practical- an ultimate strength ranging from 150,000 to 180,000
ly recovered upon coolingto ordinary temperatures. psi (1034 to 1930 MPa). Theywill show about one-per-
Very little is known about the resistance of these filler cent elastic deformation and tolerate from 0.5 to 3 per-
metals to thermal shock and thermal fatigue. cent additional plastic deformation before failure at the
ultimate. Like othercast iron types, their tensile strength
27.6.4 Impact. FeCr-Adepositsmaywithstandvery is low; therefore, tension should be avoided in designs
light impact without cracking, but cracks will form readily for their use.
if blows produce plastic deformation. These filler metals
seldom are used under conditions of medium impact, and 27.6.10 Machinability. The FeCr-A deposits are con-
they are generally considered unsuitable for heavy impact, sidered commercially unmachinable with cutting tools,
where cracking is objectionable.Dynamiccompression and they are also very difficult to grind. For machine
stresses above 6 0 , O O O psi (413 MPa) should be avoided. shop use, the recommendedgrindingwheels are alu-
minum-oxide abrasive with a 24-grit size, hard (Q) and
27.6.5 OxidationResistance.The highchromium medium space resinoid bond for off-hand high-speed
content of FeCr-A filler metals confers excellent oxida- work, and a slightly softer (P) vitrified bond for off-hand
tion resistance up to 1800°F (980"C),and they can be con- low-speed use.
sidered for hot wear applications in which their hot plas-
ticity is not objectionable. 27.6.11 Identification. When welding rods are mixed,
the FeCr-A filler metals frequently can be identified by
27.6.6 Corrosion Resistance. The matrix chromium certain characteristics: (1) brittleness of the cast rod;
content of the deposited FeCr-A filler metals is compara- (2)nonmagnetic behavior; (3) avery dull, lifeless spark
tively low and, thus, not very effective in providing resis- thatisshortandproducedwith difficulty; andsome-
tance to liquid corrosion. These deposits will rust in moist times (4) the presence of fine needle-like Cr7C3crystals on
air and are not stainless, but they are more stable than a fracture section. A spot test for cobalt (see AS. 1 1, "CoCr
ordinary iron and steel. Identification") will distinguishit from the somewhat sim-
ilar CoCr-C filler metals. The magneticpermeabilityis
27.6.7 Abrasion. Resistance of FeCr-A filler metals to about 1.O3 with a magnetizingforce of 24 oersteds.
low-stress scratching abrasionis outstanding and is related
to the volume of the hard carbides. Deposits of FeCr-A 27.6.12 Metallography. Deposits of these filler met-
will wear about
one-eighteenth as muchas soft als consist of hard carbides of the chromium carbide
(SAE 1020) steel against rounded quartz sand grains and (Cr,C3) type, dispersed in amatrix of austenite that is sta-
against sharp angular flint fragments. As stress the
on abra- ble during slow cooling. The FeCr-A classification does
STDOAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 0534523 3b7 m
80
not apply to those high-chromium irons that are subject to 27.7 RCoCr and ECoCr Cobalt-Base Filler Metals
pearlite formation, martensitic hardening, and other man-
27.7.1 Applications. The contact surfaces of exhaust
ifestations of austenite transformation.
valves in aircraft, truck, bus, and diesel engines are fre-
The Cr$, carbides have a diamond pyramid hardness quently surfaced withthe softer alloys. MuchCoCr-A
(DPH)orVickerspyramidnumber(VPN) of approxi- filler metal is used for this purpose. Its success is attrib-
mately 2000. They are harder than quartz; thus, they con- uted to its combination of heat, corrosion, and oxidation
fer resistance to scratchingabrasion by mostcommon resistance. It also is used for valve trim in steam engines,
materials. The austenite matrix is softer (about 450 DPH) on pump shafts, and on similar parts subject to corrosion
and somewhat plastic. It can be eroded from around the and erosion. The higher-carbon filler metals - CoCr-B
carbides and may not give them competent support under and CoCr-C - are used in applications wheregreater
conditions of high-stress abrasion. The austenite is rich in hardness and abrasion resistance are needed, but where
dissolved carbon as welded. Much of it separates out as impact resistance is not mandatory.
spine-like crystalsof CqC, during cooling; although some
crystallizes as smaller particles, and some remains in solid 27.7.2 Hardness. The usual hardness ranges for CoCr
solution. The hard carbides are brittle andfracture readily. filler metals are shown in Table 15. CoCr-A filler metal
usually is employed as aprecise,oxyacetylene-welded
--
overlaywith little ifany base metaldilution.When so

27.6.13HeatTreatment. The austenite in FeCr-A
deposited, it is likely to be near RockwellC42 in hardness.
||||
filler metals,which is stabilized partly by dissolved

CoCr-C filler metal may be used for wear resistance in
chromium and partly by manganese, does not transform
||
rougher service - where precision and quality are less

|| || ||
by usual steel-hardening reactions. It can precipitate some

important, but where hardness and carbide volume may
carbon in dispersed form during aging heat treatments,
|||| || || |||||
be significant. Oxyfuel gas deposits are expected to be

but this hardening is minor and is negligible in practical
near Rockwell C55, which is comparable tothe hardness
surfacing operations.
of the austenitic chromium irons (FeCr-A). Arc-welded
| ||||
deposits are much more variable. Some experience with

|
27.6.14 Welding Characteristics. In oxyfuelgas these is shown in Table 16.

---
welding with FeCr-A filler metals, flat-position welding Many surfacingalloys are softenedpermanently by
with a 3x feather-to-cone reducing flame is recommend- heating to elevated temperatures. CoCr filler metals are an
ed. The coefficient of thermal expansionis about 50 per- exception. Although they do exhibit lower hardness while
cent greater thanthat of carbonsteelsandirons. hot, they return to approximately their original hardness
Contraction stresses are prone to crack the deposit; and, upon cooling andcan be considered immuneto tempering.
while these cracks may do no harm, they may be mini-
mized by preheating and postheating techniques. The use 27.7.3HotHardness. Elevated-temperature strength
of a flux may be helpful in dealing with dirt, scale, and andhardness are outstanding properties of CoCr filler
other undesirable surface contamination; but on a clear, metals. They generally are considered superior to other
bright metal surface such as grinding produces, flux is surfacing alloys where these properties are required above
ordinarily unnecessary. A good bond can be produced on 1200°F(650°C).In the range from1000 to 1200°F (540 to
all ironbase materials, providedthe base metalisnot
damaged by the high-temperature conditions of welding
and weld cooling.In arc welding, the procedure for apply-
ing FeCr-A filler metals is similar to that used for other
surfacing electrodes.
~~ ~ -~ ~ ~ ~~
B 2.28 41 465 389 4!W 509 41 48 53

Table 15 G I .83 40 391 328 399 444 47
43
32
Usual hard- of cobalt- H
E
431
2.12
2.95
49
41 448
368 455 489 44 51
381 433 528 42 46
53
53
base weld deposits( 7 O O F) (21"C) ~eofhudncss~from3wuponrbruchslmp*.3~
foruchof3w~tiolwoncrbof3I.vcrs
Hardness. Rockwell C
BrinellhvQesa ROCkW3lIClUdrSSS
CoCr-A C&-B CoCr-C Spmpk
1 2 3 3 1 2
Oxyruel gas w e w 38to47 4Sto49 4 8 ~ 0 5 8 B 35710440
44310557
39010640
331046
381050 48056
Arcweldtd 341047231047 Oto58 G 29710353
37310415
42910478
271035
381045 440%
H 32410384
41310483
45010514
411045
411053 S1056
a. tower vllucr c m be cxpccted in ringle layer depor¡&due to dilution E 35110443
32210514
465t0578 3 7 ~ 0 4354 m 5530 t o 5 S
wich the base meul.
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995
650"C), their relative advantage is not always clear; and acetic, citric, formic, lactic, sulfuric, sulfurous, and trichlo-
below 1000°F (54OoC), other classifications may be bet- racetic acids. However,if an application that involves cor-
ter. The hot hardness expectancy is shown in Table 17. rosion is underconsideration,generalstatementsabout
Creep, which is plastic flow that occurs under sustained corrosion should be confirmed by a field test, if possible.
loading, is ordinarily a high-temperatureproblem. In weld The field testshouldincludeallservice factors, since
deposits, it appears as a slow yielding; in hardness tests, it minor variables are sometimes decisive. Inany event, a
shows as an apparent lowering of hardness as the time recognized authority on corrosion should be consulted.
period of a hardness indentation is increased.Evidence of
this is shown in Table 18. 27.7.7 Abrasion. Carbon content hasmuch to do with
At temperatures above 1000to 1200°F (540 to 650"C), the response of CoCr filler metals to abrasion. At 1.O-per-
weld deposits of these CoCr filler metals have greater cent carbon (CoCr-A), the performance is inferior to that
resistance tocreepthan other commercially available of carbon steel; at 2.5-percent carbon (CoCr-C),the resis-
surfacing alloys for which data are available. This distance to high-stress grinding abrasion is good. Under the
tinction, and their hardness at 1200°F(650°C) and low-stress conditions of scratching abrasion, laboratory
above, are the primary reasons fortheir selection for use tests indicate that CoCr-C oxyfuel gaswelds may wear at
in many applications. one-twentieth the rate of carbon steel; while, for CoCr-A
deposits, the rate is near one-fifth.
27.7.4 Impact. Resistancetoflowunderimpact There has been considerable field use of CoCr-C filler
--
increases withcarboncontent in CoCr filler metals. metal to withstand abrasion. Someof this experiencedates
CoCr-C weld deposits are quite brittle and crack readily
||||
back to the time when the cobalt-base filler metals were

when impact flow does occur. CoCr-A deposits, while practically the only surfacing materials available. It should
||
more easily deformed, can withstand some plastic flow

|| || ||
be notedthatequivalentperformancecurrentlycanbe
under compression before cracking. However, a tough obtained with iron-base filler metals if heat and corrosion
|||| || || |||||
martensitic steel is considered superior in bothflow are unimportant service factors.

resistance and toughness.
27.7.8 Metal-to-Metal Wear. The CoCr filler metals
| ||||
27.7.5 Oxidation Resistance. The presence of more arewellsuited for metal-to-metalwearbecause of

|
---
than 25 percent chromium in CoCr filler metals promotes their ability to take a high polish and their low coeffi-
the formation of a thin, tightly-adherent protective scale cient of friction.
under oxidizing conditions. For deposits of these filler
metals at temperatures up to 1800°F (980°C),this means 27.7.9 Mechanical Properties in Compression.
a scaling rate below O. 10 in. (2.5 mm) per year in common Some reported mechanical properties for CoCr filler met-
oxidizing atmospheres. Scaling resistance to combustion als appear in Table 19.
products of intemal-combustion enginesis also generally
adequate, even in the presence of lead compounds from
27.7.10Machinability. None of the deposits from
"doped" fuels.
CoCr filler metals are easily machinable, and the difficul-
ties increase alongwithincreasedcarbon content.
27.7.6CorrosionResistance. CoCr filler metals, as However, CoCr-A depositsare machined regularly, prefer-
deposited, are recognized as "stainless" and are frequent- ably with sintered carbide tools. With deposits of CoCr-C
ly useful where both abrasion and corrosion are involved. classification, grinding is the accepted methodof finishing.
Theycanbe considered corrosion-resistant in the less
severe media,in foods, and in air; and they even may have
27.7.11 Identification. Filler metals of the three CoCr
good resistance insome corrosives - such as nitric,
classifications usually may be distinguished by their rela-
~.
tive hardness and brittleness. They are nonmagnetic and
~~
Table 17
Instantanew8hardness value8
Table 18
"A c0cr-c
Avsrage hardnesswith 1- and Minute holdingtimes
Rodwell C br saqk RochllCbrSunpk
COCr-A CoCr-C
Rmpanuc. numbugiveo numburn Time
T T B G H-rH-b E B O HJ E undu T E B r i d l turdnus for Brinell hudncss for
Iod m p k number given umpk number given
650 345
29.6 33.3 26.529.841.043.735.741.2 46.1 "F "C B G H-r H-b E B G H E
850
455 24.326.821.5 28.536.641.0 31.9
38.0 40.6
1050 565 20.201.189.212.372.325.269.8 35.1 30.5 I min 850 455 297 320 291 309 388 381 319 426 429
1200 650 15.199.176.241.285.289.294.239.207.9 4min 850 455 307 350 269 306 376 394 304 409 422
1400 760 46.8'45.8' 44.7' 49.8'49.8'53.9'53.0'53.4'51.3' Imin 650
IMO 250 274 221 250 304 363 268 326 328
4min I200 650 235 243 U7 220 278 363 234 2% 298
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL 3775 m 0784265 0534525 L3T m
82
thusmaybescreened from the magnetic iron-base alloys. 27.7.12.3 Oxyacetyleneweldingmayincreasethecar-

Thespark testwill differentiate themfrom austenitic man- bon content oftheCoCrfiller-metaldeposit,whilearc
ganese steel, FeMn.However, the austenitic chromium weldingtendstoreducecarbonandatthesametimedilute
irons, FeCr-A, are so similar to the CoCr-C classification the CoCr deposit with elements from the base metal. These
that the following test or someother test may be necessary changes will be reflected in the structures.
for differentiation. 27.7.12.4
solid-solution
matrix
The CoCr of metalfiller
Identification Test, Clean 1-in. and 2-in. (25 mmand has a hardness near C40 Rockwell. The Cr,C3-type car-
bides may be expected to show a Vickers microhardness
5 1 mm) lengths of the filler metal and place in 250 mL,
between 1500 and 2000 VPN. However, despite the hard
beakers. Cover with dilute HCI (one part concentrated carbidecrystals, thegeneralhardness(asmeasuredby
HCI and one part water), and heat. In a few minutes, the Rockwell or Brinell tests) seldom exceeds RockwellC 60.
following
observed:
be
may softer
supporting
or 600 the
BHN,
because
matrix.
of
Filler Metal Color of Solution Dissolvine Action
slow CoCr-A blue 27.7.13 Heat Treatment. The CoCr filler metals are
slow CoCr-B blue not subject to hardening transformations like steel, and
slow CoCr-C blue they
havenegligible
responseto
heat
treatment.
Occasionally, stress-relief treatment of welds may be
FeCr-A 1 green fast advisable to minimize cracking; usually, however, these
welds go into service in the as-welded condition.
27.7.12 Metallography
27.7.12.1 CoCr filler metals contain 25- to 33-percent 27.7.14 Welding Characteristics. For oxyacetylene
chromium, which confers oxidation resistance; and 3.0 to weldingwith CoCr filler metal,a 3X feather-to-cone
14 percent tungsten, which promotes elevated temperature reducing flame is recommended. Preheating the cleaned
strength. The cobalt base gives corrosion resistance and surface with a neutral flame upto 800°F (425°C) is advis-
providesastablesolid-solutionmatrix.Carbonis an able for heavy sections. For shielded metal arc welding,
important element that contributes strength and, in combi- direct current, electrode positive (dcep) is usedwitha
nation with chromium, forms hard carbides that may pro- short arc. For a1/4-in. (6.4 mm) diameter electrode, a cur-
vide abrasion resistance. Different levels ofcarbonand
tungsten are responsible for the distinctive properties of rent of approximately 190to 200A is recommended. All
the three classifications. deposits should be cooled slowlyto prevent cracking.
27.7.12.2 Thesolid-solutionmatrix of CoCrweld
deposits is harder than the austenite of the iron-carbon sys- 27.8 Copper-Base Alloy Filler Metals
tem and the chromium-nickel-iron stainless steels. In the
matrix, complex carbides appear that increase the overall 27.8.1 Applications. Thecopper-base alloy filler
hardness and brittleness.In CoCr-A deposits, thesemay be metals are used to deposit overlays and inlays for bear-
small and well dispersed. In deposits of CoCr-C, character- ing, corrosion resistant, and wear resistant surfaces.
istic spines and pseudohexagonal crystals, comparable to ERCuAl-A2 filler metal and ECuAl-A2 electrodes are
the Cr,C, carbides of the high-chromium irons (FeCr-A), used for surfacing bearing surfaces between the hardness
are plentiful. They appear similar to the various fine car- ranges of 130 to 190 BHN as well as corrosion-resistant
bides, all of which have in commona complex, eutectifer- surfaces. TheERCuAl-A3,RCuAl-C,ECuAl-B, and
rous structure. The complexity of such structures increases
ECuA1-C filler metals are used primarily for the surfac-
with the increasing percentages of carbon - as wellas ele-
ments, such as iron, which mingle due to base-metal fusion.ing of bearing surfaces requiring the higherhardness
range of 140 to 290 BHN.
Table 19 ClassificationsRCuAl-C, RCuAl-D,RCuAl-E,
CompressbnpropMtiesofcast cobalt.bascalloys ECuA1-C, ECuA1-D, and ECuAl-E are used to surface
bearing and wear-resistant surfaces requiring the higher
CoCr-A Cdr-C
”
hardness range of 230 to 390 BHN - surfaces such as
Yield strength (0.1 m ~ o f f s e t )k.si 641076 8Sto Il0
Ultimnc compresim strengh. ksi IS0IO 230 2.50 to 270 gears, cams sheaves, wear plates, dies, etc.
Plastic &(anUrion. p r a n t 5to8 It02
Brincll h u d n e s s 350 to 420 480 to 550
The RCuSi-A and ECuSi filler metals are used primar-
a.Crurrlvcruclnsludcd~vcldmeuld.uucnanuLb*.
ily for the surfacing of corrosion-resistant surfaces.
Generally, the copper-silicon deposits are notrecom-
SI eqUlWhCr
mended for bearing service.
km MR ksi MR - ksi - MR -
The copper-tin (CuSn) filler .metals are used primarily
64 441 8S 586 230 1586
76 524 I10 758 u0 1724 for surfacing bearing surfaces where the lower hardness of
IS0 1034 270 I861 these alloys is required. They are used also for surfacing
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STDaAWS UGFM-ENGL L775 M 0784265 051452b 07b m
03
corrosionresistantsurfaces and, occasionally, for wear goodimpact properties. The CuSn filler metals, as-
resistant applications. deposited, have low impact values due to the coarse grain
Many of the filler metals classified by the specification structure and the lower strength inherent in these alloys.
also can be used for joining like and dissimilar metals (see The CuZn-E deposits have very low impact values.
AWSA5.6-84, Specification for Copper and Copper
Alloy Covered Electrodes,
and AWS A5.7-77, 27.8.5OxidationResistance. Deposits of the CuAl
Specificationfor Copper and Copper Alloy Bare Welding filler metals form a protective oxide coating upon expo-
Rods and Electrodes) as well as forcasting repairs. sure to the atmosphere. Oxidationresistance of the CuSi
deposit is fair, while that of CuSn filler metals is compa-
rable to that of pure copper.
27.8.2 Hardness. Deposit hardness will vary with the
welding process used and the manner in which the metal is 27.8.6CorrosionResistance. The copper-base alloy
deposited. For example,deposits made with the gas metal filler metals are used rather extensively to surface areas
arc or gas tungsten arc process will be higher in hardness subjected to corrosion from various acids, mild alkalies,
than deposits made with the oxyfuel gas or shielded metal and salt water. The only exception is filler metal of the
arc process.This is because lower lossesof aluminum, tin, CuZn-Eclassification.Thefillermetalsproducing
silicon, and zinc are encountered in the remelting process deposits of higher hardness - that is, 120 to 200 BHN
due to the better shielding from oxidation. In oxyfuel gas (3000kg load)-may be usedto surface areas subjected to
welding, excessive “puddling” of the molten weld metal corrosive action as well as erosion from liquid flow.Such
will cause excessivelosses of the hardening elements, pro- applications include condenser heads and turbine runners.
ducing deposits of lower hardness than those specified.
See Table 20for hardness ranges of these alloys. 27.8.7 Abrasion. Noneof the copper-base alloy
deposits are recommended for use where severe abrasion
27.8.3HotHardness. Thecopper-base alloy filler is encountered in service.
metals are not recommended for use at elevated tempera-
tures; because the mechanical properties, especially hard- 27.8.8 Metal-to-Metal Wear. The CuAl filler metals
ness, will tend to decrease consistently as the temperature producing deposits of highest hardness - that is, from
increases above 400’F (205°C). 130 to approximately 390 BHN (3000 kg load) - are
used to overlay surfaces subjected to excessive wear from
metal-to-metal contact. Such applications include gears,
27.8.4Impact. The impact resistance of CuAl-A2 cams,sheaves, wear plates, dies, etc. For example,
deposits will be the highest of the copper-base alloy clas- CuA1-E filler metals are used to surface dies, both male
sifications. As the aluminum content increases, impact and female, for drawing and forming stainless and carbon
resistance decreases markedly. CuSi weld deposits have steels and aluminum.
All of the copper-base alloy filler metals classified by
ANWAWS A5.13-80 are used to deposit overlays and
inlays for bearing surfaces, with the exception of the CuSi
filler metals. Silicon bronzes are considered poor bearing
alloys. Copper-base alloy filler metals selected for a bear-
ing surface should produce a deposit with a Brinell hard-
ness thatis 50 to 75 hardnessvalues below that of the mat-
ERrcuAI.Az 1MlU) GTAW, GMAW ing metalor alloy. Thus, the equipment will beengineered
EcLlA&A2 115140 SMAW so that the bearing will wear in preference to the mating
E”A3 140-180 GTAW, GMAW
part. Slight porosity in the deposit is sometimes accept-
ECuACB 140-180 SMAW
ERcuALc m290 GTAW able for bearing service. In fact, CuZn-E, which is alead-
180220 SMAW ed bronze, was designed to produce a porous deposit in
310-3U) GTAW order to retain oil, primarily for additional lubrication pur-
230-270 SMAW
35@390 GTAW poses in the overlay of locomotive journalboxes.
280-320 SMAW
80-100 SMAW 27.8.9 Mechanical Properties in Compression.
80-100 O W ,GMAW, GTAW Deposits of the CuAl filler metals have high elastic lim-
70-85 GRAW, GMAW its and ultimate strengths in compression - ranging from
70-85 SMAW
85100 SMAW 25,000 to 65,000 psi (172 to 448 MPa) and 120,000 to
90-110 GTAW 171,000 psi (827 to 1174 MPa), respectively. The elastic
13omin om limit of CuSi deposits is around 22,000 psi (152 MPa)
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
84
with an ultimate strength in compression of 60,000 psi the surface on the first layer. Excessive dilution from the
(414 MPa). The CuSn deposits will have an elastic limit base plate will produce hard spots in the deposit that are
of 11,000 psi (76 MPa),and an ultimate strength of difficult to machine.
32,000 psi (221 MPa). The mechanical properties of the
leaded bronzes, CuZn-E, are verylowin compression, 27.8.16 Electrodes. In shielded metal arc or gas metal
with an elastic limit of about 5000 psi (34 MPa) and an arc welding, base-metalpickup can be held toa minimum
ultimate strength of 20,000 psi (138 MPa). only throughthe use of a fast, wide weave-bead technique
in depositing the initial layer. Generally, the initial layer
27.8.10 Machinability. All of these copper-base alloy should be made by weaving passes in widths four to six
deposits can be machined
if a machined surface is required. times the core-wire diameter. Subsequent layers may be
appliedinany manner. The deposit shouldbe at least
27.8.11Identification. All of the copper-base alloy 3/16in. (4.8 mm)in thickness in order to develop the
deposits are nonmagnetic and non-sparking inthe general hardness specified. Generally, a deposit thicknessof
sense of the word. In fact, so-called “non-sparking” tools 1/4in. (6.4 mm) is most desirable, built up with a mini-
are produced from someof the hard CuA1 alloys listed in mum of three layers.On large sections, a preheatof 300°F
the specification. (150°C)should beused, and interpass temperatures
27.8.12Metallography. The CuSi alloys are com- should not exceed 600°F(315°C).
posed of alpha (single-phase) structures containing rather
--
fine-grained deposits. The 5 to 8 percentphosphor 27.9RNiCr and ENiCr Nickel-Chromium-Boron

bronzes, CuSn, have an alpha structure similar to alpha Filler Metals
||||
brass; but asthe tin content increases, delta particles form.

27.9.1 Application. For the RNiCr welding rods and
||
Unlike the CuSi alloys, deposits of CuSn filler metals will

|| || ||
ENiCr electrodes, chemical composition as specified in

have acoarse, dendritic grain structure unless precautions
ANSUAWS A5.13-80does not determine the physical
|||| || || |||||
are taken during welding to refine the grain through hot

properties as clearly as it does for the other filler metals
peening or subsequentheat treatment, or both. Deposits of
classified therein. Theoverlappingcompositionranges
CuAl-A2 filler metalsarecomposedof light-colored
| ||||
represent current commercial practices. Deposit hardness

alpha crystals in a darker-colored beta matrix. As the alu-
increases from NiCr-A to NiCr-C, but machinability and
|
minum content increases, greater amounts of light-blue

---
gamma particles will appear in the darker beta matrix. toughness decrease. Selection is generally basedupon
consideration of these factors.
CuAl alloys may be etched with either ferric chloride or
ferric nitrate etchants. Deposits of the lead-tin alloy, Deposits of the NiCr filler metals have good metal-to-
RCuSn-E, will have an alphastructure with grey particles metal wear resistance, low-stress scratch-abrasion resis-
of free lead unevenly distributed throughout. tance, corrosion resistance, and retention of hardness at
elevated temperatures. Applications include seal rings,
27.8.13 Heat Treatment. Ordinarily, no heat treatment cement pump screws, valves, screw conveyors, and cams.
is needed in surfacing with copper-base alloy
filer metals.
27.9.2 Hardness. The hardnessof arc and oxyfuel-gas
27.8.14Welding Characteristics. Whensurfacing weld deposits is shownin Table 21. Deposits ofNiCr
iron-base metals or alloys with copper-base alloy filler filler metals work-harden to a greater degree when con-
metals, a minimum amount of dilution from thebase siderable iron dilution is present (one-layer arc weld) than
metal is desired.
27.8.15WeldingRods. Generally, a preheatisnot Table 21
necessary unless the part is exceptionally large; in this Hardnessof weld deposits
case, a 200°F (95°C)preheat may be desirable to facilitate kwdd
Oxyfud
the smooth flow of the weld metal. At no time should the gas wdd deposit hardnus
preheat temperature be above 400°F (205°C) when apply- deposit of covered and
ing the first layer. On subsequent layers, an interpass tem- AWS Number hardness,
bare dmode.
perature of approximately 200°F to 600°F (93 to 315°C) Qassifìeation
oflayers Rockwd C Rockwell C
will simplify deposition of the weld metal. 1 35 to 40 24 to 29
N1CI-A
Generally, deposit thickness of 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) is most 2 35 to 40 30 to 35
desirable, built up with a minimumofthreelayers.If 1 45 to 50 30 to 35
NiCr-B 2 45 to 50 40 to 45
welding rods are used with the oxyacetylene, carbon arc,
or gas tungsten arc process, dilution from the base plate 1 56 to 62 35 to 45
Ni Cr-C 49 to 56
can be controlled easily by proper precoating (tinning) of 2 56 to 62
~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 03842b5 0514528 949

85
when there is less iron dilution (two-layerarcweld). in compression for deposits of the NiCr-C filler metal;
These filler metals normally are not used for their work- they are as follows:
hardening properties, since this usually would imply more Modulus of elasticity psi (MPa) . . . . 32,000,000 (200,608)
impact resistance than they possess. Elasticlimit,psi(MPa) . . . . . . . . . . .42,000 (290)
Yield strength, psi (MPa)
27.9.3 Hot Hardness. The Rockwell C hardnessread- (0.01 percent offset). . . . . . . . . . . 92,000 (634)
ings shown in Table22wereobtainedusing single (0.10 percent offset).. . . . . . . . . . 150,000 (1034)
specimens of arc and oxyfuel-gas weld deposits, tested (0.20 percent offset). . . . . . . . . . . 210,000 (1448)
consecutivelyat three temperatureswithoutprevious All tests wererunon duplicate specimens and the
heat treatment. results are averaged.
27.9.4Impact. Deposits of NiCr filler metal will 27.9.10 Coefficient of Expansion. The average coef-
withstand light impact fairly well. However, if the impact ficients of expansion [inches per inch per"F (mm per mm
blows produce plastic deformation, cracks are certain to per "C)] for deposits of these filler metals are as follows:
appear in the NiCr-C weld metal and less likely to appear NiCr-A . . . . . . . . . .0.00000856 (0.00000476)
in the NiCr-A and NiCr-B deposits. NiCr-B . . . . . . . . . .O.OOOOO84 1 (0.00000467)
NiCr-C . . . . . . . . . .0.00OO0814 (0.00000452)
27.9.5 Oxidation Resistance. NiCr deposits are oxi-
dation resistant up to 1800°F (980°C) because of their 27.9.11 Machinability. Deposits of NiCr filler metals
high nickel and chromium contents. However, incipient may be machined with tungsten-carbide tools by using
fusion may occur near this temperature, and use of these slow speeds, light feeds, and heavy tool shanks. Deeper
filler metals above 1750°F (955°C) is not recommended. cuts and faster speedscan be obtained on the softer
deposits than on the NiCr-C deposits. NiCr filler metals
27.9.6 Corrosion Resistance. Deposits of NiCr filler also may be finished by grinding, using a soft-to-medium
metal are completely resistant to atmospheric, steam, salt vitrified-silicon-carbide wheel.Theycanbeground to
water, and salt-spray corrosion. They are also resistant to between 2.2 and 4.4 pin. (0.052 and O. 113 pm) AA sur-
the milder acids and many common corrosive chemicals. face finish.13 An aluminum-oxide orresin-bonded wheel
However, ifan application that involves corrosion is has a tendency to load when grinding NiCr.
under consideration, general statements about corrosion
should be confirmed by a field test, if possible. The field 27.9.12 Identification. NiCr deposits are nonmagnet-
test should include all service factors, since minor vari- ic, having a permeability of 1.005with a magnetizing
ables are sometimes decisive. In any event, a recognized force of 500 oersteds. When spark tested, they give off a
authority on corrosion should be consulted. short, dull, red spark without bursting. They have a high-
er fluidity and lower melting point than the cobalt-base
27.9.7Abrasion. Thehigh-carbon classification of filler metals, CoCr.
this group, NiCr-C, has excellent resistance to low-stress
scratching abrasionandis particularly valuablewhere 27.9.13 Metallography. Themicrostructure of
such abrasionis combined withcorrosion. Abrasion resis- deposits oftheNiCr filler metals consists of six-sided
tance is expected to decrease with decreasing carbon con-
tent. These filler metals are not recommended for high-
stress grinding abrasion. ~ ~~~
Rockwdl C Rockwell C
Loading hardness of hardness d oxyfud
27.9.8 Metal-to-MetalWear. NiCrdepositshave AWS interval. arc wdd g u wdd
adcation ndn depoat dcpoait
excellent metal-to-metalwear resistance and acquire a
high polish under wearing conditions. They are particu- 600°F 800°F I W F 6 W F 8 0 V F I O W F
(315" C) (430" C ) (54V C) (315"C ) (430" C) (540" C)
larly resistant to galling. These properties are best demon- O 30 29
34 24 33 29
strated in the NiCr-C alloy. I 30 28
33 21 26 32
NiCrA 2 30 28 20 25
33 32
3 29 za 19 33
24 31
27.9.9 Mechanical Properties in Compression. O 41 39 33 42
46 45
1 41 38 29 46 44 39
Information on these properties is not available. How- 2 41 38 28 45 43 38
ever, data have been reported on some of the properties 3 40 37
45 26 42 37
O 49 46 39 S5 52 48
I 49 45 33 54 51 42
NiCr4545-
2'
~~
I3ANSI standard 846.1 requires r m s surface Jnish to be expressed as 48 32 54 51 41

3 48 31 54 50 40
the arirhmaric average ( A A ) , which is equal to I . I I rms.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD. AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514529 885 m
86
crystals of chromium carbides and globular white islands of a rippled surface and craters. Because of their low melt-
of chromium borides in a complex nickel eutectic (low ing point and the brazing techniques used, these filler met-
melting) matrix. In many cases, no etchant is needed due als maybe oxyfuel-gas welded more rapidly and easily
to the character of the constituents. Polishing leaves the than most surfacing alloys.
hard constituents standing out in relief to about the same 27.9.15.3 The NiCr filler metalsmay be applied to cast
degree as a mild etch. To accentuate the degree of relief, iron, steel, copper, and nickel-base alloys. For surfacing of
cold concentrated HCl or a mixture of 20-percent cold high-chromiumsteels,thefluiditycanbeimproved by
concentrated HC1 and 80-percent glacial acetic acid may using aslightlyreducingflamewithafeatherapproxi-
be used. The chromium borides have a hardness of mately the length of the inner cone. If checking of the
deposit occurs, preheating of the workpiece and slow cool-
approximately 4000 VPN.
ing in anoven or insulating material will minimize this
In general, the chromium carbides and chromium condition, and may eliminate checking entirely.
borides are larger in oxyfuel gas weld deposits than in arc
weld deposits. This probably is related to differences in 27.9.15.4 These filler metals may be applied to low-
and medium-carbon steels and to austenitic stainless steels
cooling rates between the two welding processes.
with no tendency for the base metal to crack. With high-
carbon steels and alloy steels, a preheat and postheat gen-
27.9.14 Heat Treatment. In order to prevent cracks erally are necessary to prevent cracking of the base metal.
when applying the NiCr filler metals to hardenable iron
27.9.15.5 When arc welding, the surface to be welded
and steel alloys, preheat and postheat treatments should
should be free from rust, dirt, oil, scale, and all foreign
be used. All hardenable alloys should be preheated to 600 matter. The NiCr electrodes may be bare or covered. For
to 800°F(315 to 425°C). Water- and oil-hardening alloys best results, the electrode shouldbe used with dc reverse
should be slow-cooled by placing them in an insulating polarity. The following current ranges are recommended:
medium or a furnace immediately after welding. Air-
Electrode diameter, in (mm) Current. A
hardening steel should be isothermally annealed immedi-
3/16 (4.8) 130 to 180
ately after welding.
114 (6.4) 180 to 240
27.9.15 Welding Characteristics 27.9.15.6 The minimum possible current setting should
be used to prevent undue penetration. Preheating or post-
27.9.15.1 The NiCr-B filler metal has a broad solidifi- heating depends upon the type of alloy being welded and
cation range. This property, together with its low melting should be sufficient to prevent cracking at the fusion zone.
point,contributestoitslessertendencyto warpweld- Arc weld deposits are slightly softer and less wear-resis-
ments. If it is desired to hot-form some special shape of the tantthanoxyfuelgaswelddepositsduetodilution.
deposit to minimize grinding, the weldmentmay be heat- Hardness and wear resistance are increased by building up
ed -preferably usingan oxyacetylene torch-to 1800 to with two layersinstead of one.Thebareelectrodearc
1975°F(980 to l080"C),which is within the solidification deposit of these alloys will be much sounder than the aver-
range of these alloys. The deposit should not be held at age bare electrode application, due to their high boron con-
this temperature, because it will start to flow. However, tent, with resultant self-fluxing properties.
while in this broad range,it may be readily formed usinga
suitable dieand pressing by hand.It alsomay be shaped by 27.9.15.7 These alloys, when in powder form, can be
scraping with afile or bar steel. Square edges on the weld deposited by sprayingtoformamechanicallybonded
may be formed in this manner. The deposit will hold its overlay(i.e.,metallizing)andthenfusedto a smooth,
contour after this forming and regain its original hardness denseoverlaywiththesamemetallurgicalbondasthat
upon cooling to room temperature. obtained with welding rod deposits. Fused overlays up to
0.060 in. (1.5mm) in thickness are practical on surfaces of
27.9.15.2 For best results during oxyfuel gas welding, almost any contour.
the piece to be welded should be free from oil, rust, scale,
or other foreign matter. If the piece is to be undercut for
surfacing, comers should be rounded. A neutral oxyfuel 28. Guide to Classification of Composite Surfacing
flame is recommended for theNiCr-C filler metal; and Welding Rods and Electrodes
reducingflamesarerecommendedforthesoftertypes,
NiCr-AandNiCr-B. This givesproperfluiditytothe 28.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSYAWSA5.21-80,
deposit. No flux is necessary for most applications, and it Specification for Composite Surfacing WeldingRods
is not necessary to "sweat" the surface of the base metal. and Electrodes.
These filler metals shouldbe applied when the surface
of the base metal is at a red heat. Large sections require
bulk preheat to 600°F (315°C). The applicationis similar 28.2Introduction. This guide has been prepared for
to brazing. The deposit will spread evenly and quietly over prospective users of the welding rods and electrodes pre-
the heated portionof the base metal. The deposit should be sented in ANSVAWS A5.21-80 as an aid in determining
smooth and should not have the normal weld appearance which classification of filler metal is best suited for a par-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD=AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 M 0784265 0514530 5 T 7 m
87
ticular application, with due consideration to the particu- ting tools, shear blades, reamers, forming dies, shearing
lar requirements for that application. dies, guides, ingot tongs, broaches, and
other similar tools.
28.3 Classification System 28.4.2 Hardness. The Rockwell hardness of the undi-
28.3.1 Thesystem for identifying weldingrodand luted Fe5 filler metals in theas-welded conditionis in the
electrode classifications follows the standard pattern used range of C 55 to C 60. Where a machining operation is
in AWS filler metal specifications. The letter “ E at the required, hardness may be reduced to approximately C 30
beginning of each classification indicates an electrode, by an annealing treatment.
and the letter “R” indicates a welding rod.
28.4.3 Hot Hardness. Hardness at elevated tempera-
28.3.2 For the high-speed steels, austenitic manganese tures (i.e., hot hardness) is a very important property of
steels, and austenitic high-chromium irons, the letters weld deposits of these filler metals. Tungsten and molyb-
immediately after the “ E or “R’ are the chemical sym- denum are probably the most influential elements present
bols for the principal elements in the classification. Thus in obtaining this property. Due to the large size of these
FeMn is an iron-manganese steel, and FeCr is an iron- atoms and their low diffusion rates, the carbides do not
chromium alloy, etc. Where more than oneclassification coalesce, but stay in verysmall particles. At temperatures
is included in a basic group, the individual classifications up to 1100°F (595”C), the as-deposited Rockwell hard-
in the group are identified by letters (A, B, etc.) as in ness of C 60 falls off very slowly to approximately C 47
EFeMn-A. Furthersubdividing is accomplishedusing (448 Brinell). At higher temperatures, it falls off more
numerals (1, 2, etc.) after the last letter. rapidly. At about 1200°F (650°C). the maximum
Rockwell hardness if about C 30 (283Brinell).
28.3.3 For the tungsten-carbide classifications, the WC
immediately after the “E’ or “R’ indicates that the filler 28.4.4 Impact. The Fe5 filler metals as-deposited can
metal consists of a mild steel tube filled with granules of withstand only medium impact without cracking. After
fused tungsten-carbide. The numerals following the WC tempering, the impact resistance is increased appreciably.
indicate themesh size limits for thetungsten-carbide
granules. The numeral preceding the slash indicates the 28.4.5 OxidationResistance. Deposits of the Fe5
sieve size for the “pass” screen, and the numeral follow- filler metals, because of the high molybdenum content,
ing the slash indicates the sieve size for the “hold” screen. will oxidize readily. When heat treatments are required, a
Where only onesieve size is shown, this indicates the size non-oxidizing furnaceatmosphere, salt bath, or borax
of the screen through which the granules must pass. coating should be used to prevent decarburization.
28.3.4 ANWAWS A5.21-80 classifies composite sur-

facing filler metals. Surfacing welding rods and elec- 28.4.6 CorrosionResistance. TheFe5 weld metal
can withstand atmospheric corrosion, but it is not effec-
trodes made from wrought core-wire are covered in AWS
tive in providing resistance to liquid corrosion.
A5.13-80, Specification for Solid Sugacing Welding Rods
and Electrodes.
28.4.7Abrasion. The high-stress abrasion resistance
---
of these filler metals, as-deposited and at room tempera- |
| ||||
28.4 R
F& and EFe5High-speedSteel Filler Metals ture, is muchbetter than that of low-carbon steel; howev-
|||| || || |||||
28.4.1Applications. RFe5weldingrodsandEFe5 er,they are notconsideredhigh-abrasion-resistance

electrodes haveproved very popular for applications alloys. Resistance to deformation elevated
at temperatures
where hardness is required at service temperatures up to up to 1100°F (595°C)is their outstanding feature, and this
|| || ||
1100°F (59573, and where good wear resistance and may aid hot abrasion resistance.
||
toughness are also required. These filler metals are

||||
essentially high-speed steels, modified slightly for weld- 28.4.8 Metal-to-Metal Wear and Mechanical
ing applications. Properties in Compression. Deposits of Fe5 filler met-
The three classifications are approximately interchange- als are well suited for metal-to-metal wear, especially at
--
able, except that Fe5-A and Fe5-B (with highcarbon) are elevated temperatures. They have a low coefficient of
more suitable for cutting and machining (i.e., edge-hold- friction andtheability toacquire a high polishwhile
ing) applications; whereas EFe5-C (with lower carbon)is retaining their hardness at elevated temperatures. The
most suitable for hot working and for applications requir- compressive strength isverygood and will fall or rise
ing toughness. Typical surfacing applications include cut- with the tempering temperatureused.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3775 07842b5 0514531 433
88
28.4.9 Machinability. These filler metals, after depo- Double Temper. First operation, 1025°F (550°C) then
sition, often havetobeannealed for machiningopera- two hours air cool to room temperature; second opera-
tions. They are rated at 65 for machinability when thor- tion, 1025°F (550°C), then two hours air cool to room
oughly annealed - as compared to a 1-percent-carbon temperature.
tool steel, which has a rating of 100. Full hardness canbe Due to thehighmolybdenum content of these filler
regained by heat-treating procedures discussed herein. metals, weld deposits are susceptible to decarburization at
high temperature; consequently, inheat treatment and
28.4.10Identification. The Fe5 filler metals, inthe annealing, care must be used toprevent decarburization.
hardened or as-deposited condition, are highly magnetic.
,Whenspark tested, they give off a very small, thin 28.4.13WeldingCharacteristics. The procedure for
stream of sparks approximately 60 in. (1500 mm) long. applying Fe5 filler metals is similar to that employed for
Close to the grinding wheel, the spark is red; at the end, othersurfacingmaterials.Theworkmustbecarefully
it is a straw color. cleaned of allforeignmaterialprior to welding.All
cracked or spalledmetalshouldberemoved to ensure
28.4.11Metallography. The Fe5 filler metals,when sound fusion of weld and base metals. Definite welding
deposited, contain highly alloyed tetragonal martensite, instructions depend upon the specific job and welding
highly alloyed retained austenite, and undissolved com- process to be employed. Preheating, although generally
plex carbides. Molybdenumhas beenused to replace recommended, is not used in all surfacing applications;
tungsten found in many other high-speed tool steels such rather, it is dependent upon the shape, size, and composi-
as the 18-4-1 grade(18-percent tungsten, 4-percent tion of the part to be surfaced. Peening of each bead after
chromium, and l-percent vanadium). Molybdenum forms deposition is sometimes employed to reduce stresses in
the same type of complex double-carbide with iron and the weldment.
carbon as does tungsten. Since molybdenum is an element
of smaller atomic weight than tungsten (approximately
one-half), it will produce twiceas many atoms ofalloying 28.5 EFeMn Austenitic Manganese Steel Electrodes
element in the steel as will tungsten when added in the
same weight percentage. This appears to be a partial rea- 28.5.1 Applications. The twoclassifications of
son for the fact that l-percent molybdenum can besubsti- EFeMn electrodes are substantially equivalent, except
tuted for approximately 2-percent tungsten. that the yield strength of EFeMn-B welddeposits is high-
er than that of EFeMn-A. For track work, thehigher yield
---
The carbon contentof high-speed steel usually is fixed
is considered an asset.
|
within narrow limits. Carbon as low as 0.5 percent will
| ||||
not permit maximum hardness because of the presence of The surfacing applications in which EFeMn electrodes
|||| || || |||||
appreciable amounts of ferrite. As the carbon increases, are most appropriate are thosedealingwithmetal-to-
the quenched hardness increases because of the increased metal wear and impact, where the work-hardening quali-
amount of carbon dissolved in the austenite. Chromium is ty of the deposit becomes a major asset. Soft rock crush-
|| || ||
present in thisdeposit at 3.0 to 5.0 percent, which appears ing operations involving limestone or dolomite, for exam-
||
to be the right percentage for thebest compromise ple, also can benefit from such protection. Abrasion by
||||
between hardness and toughness. In conjunction with the angular quartz particles does not seem to be altered in lab-
carbon content, chromium is mainly responsible for the oratory tests by work-hardening manganese steel. Severe
service with quartz abrasion is best dealt with by using
--
great hardenability of this deposit.
manganese steel as a tough base metal, andsurfacing with
a martensitic iron. Under very high stress conditions, like
28.4.12 Heat Treatment. A summary of heat-treating
those in a jaw crusher, experience may demonstrate that
data follows:
all wear-resistant metals except manganese steel are too
Preheat [300"F (150°C) minimum]. Preheat usually is brittle. Surface protection thenbecomes a matterof
used; although, insome instances, no preheating is replacingwornmetalwithmoreEFeMn filler metal,
required. which is common. Railway frogs and crossings also are
Annealing [1550 to 1650°F (845to 900"C)l. This treat- reclaimed in this way.Extensive areas, as in crushers and
ment is applicable onlywhen dictated by machining power-shovel parts, usually are protected with a combina-
requirements. tion of weld deposits and filler bars, which are flats and
Hardening [preheat, 1300 to 1500°F (705 to 815°C); rounds of manganese steel, welded in place. Such protec-
harden,2200 to 2250°F(1200 to 1230"C), air or oil tion may be applied upto perhaps 3 in. (76 mm) thick, and
quench]. Hardening is necessary onlyif the part has been represents the approximate upper thickness limit of com-
annealed for machining. mon surface-protection methods.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 m 07811265 053453237T m
89
28.5.2 Hardness. The normal hardness of these weld Austenite that is nearly saturated with carbon is responsi-
deposits is 170 to 230 BHN; but this is misleading, since ble for the properties of these filler metals.
they work-harden very readily to 450 to 550BHN. The austenite is notentirely stable. It will reject some of
the carbon at intermediate temperatures or during defor-
28.5.3 Hot Hardness. Reheating above 500 to 600°F mation. This rejectedcarbontakestheformofman-
(260 to 315°C) may cause serious embrittlement. Thus, ganese-iron carbides that occur as fine particles; as films
hot hardness is not a property that can be exploited. at grain boundaries; as flat, brittle plates: and as forma-
tionsin pearlite. Carbide precipitationinany of these
28.5.4Impact. The EFeMn electrodes, as-deposited, formsleadstoincreasedhardnessand brittleness.
usually are considered the outstanding engineeringmate- Deformation (work-hardeningfrom pounding, etc.) raises
rials for heavy-impact service. hardness most effectively with the least loss in toughness.
Carbide precipitation, caused by slow cooling from the
completely austenitic range or by reheatingthetough
28.5.5 Oxidation Resistance and Corrosion
structure, is undesirable.
Resistance. The EFeMn weld metal issimilar to ordinary
carbon steels in this respect and is not resistant to oxida- The normal tough structure of manganese steel is pro-
ducedin manufacture by water-quenching from above
tion or corrosion.
1800°F(980°C). Weld deposits depend on modifiedcom-
positions to approximate this toughness after air-cooling
28.5.6Abrasion. Abrasion resistance tohigh-and from the welding temperature.
low-stress abrasion is moderateagainsthard abrasives
like quartz, as shown by the following data.
28.5.11 EFeMn-A (Nickel-Manganese). Nickel addi-
Wet Quartz Sand Abrasion Factor: 0.75 to 0.85 (com- tions to the standard gradeof manganese steel produce no
pared to SAE 1020 steel as 1.00). apparent changes in yield strength, but there is a distinct
Dry Quartz Sand Erosion Factor: 0.41 to 0.56 (com- trend toward higherelongation. The quenching rate is per-
pared to SAE 1020 steel as 1.00) haps less critical, but quenching is still necessary to obtain
The assumption that abrasion resistance increases with the maximum toughness.
hardness hasnot been confirmed with carefully controlled A lower carbon contentis much moreeffective in con-
testing using quartz as an abrasive. ferring toughnesswithoutquenching.Becauseadded
nickel seems to prevent the lower intrinsic toughness of
28.5.7 Metal-to-Metal Wear and Mechanical the straight 12-percent-manganeselow-carbon steels,
Properties in Compression. Metal-to-metal wear resis- an alloy of 0.50 to 0.90 percent carbon and about3 to 5
tance is frequently excellent. The yield strength in com- percent nickel hasbecomepopular for weldingelec-
pression is low, but anycompressive deformationrapidly trodes. This alloy exhibits greater resistance to embrit-
raises it until plastic flow ceases.This behavior is an asset tlementfromreheating up to 800°F (425°C) than the
in battering, pounding, and bumping wear situations. standard grade.14
28.5.8Machinability. Machining is very difficult 28.5.12 EFeMn-B (Molybdenum-Manganese). The

with ordinary tools and equipment; finished surfaces usu- addition of molybdenum to manganese steel tends to raise
ally are ground. its yield strength. Like nickel, molybdenum increases the
---
toughness of the lower-carbon manganese steels, and can |
| ||||
28.5.9 Identification. Because of the unusual be used interchangeably to produce a satisfactory welding
response toheating of theEFeMnweld metal, correct electrode. Either approximately 3 to 5 percent nickel or
|||| || || |||||
identification before welding is very important. A small 1/2 to 1-1/2 percent molybdenum will stabilize the tensile
magnet and a grinding wheel usually suffice; since a clean strength of the low-carbon type near the standardlevel of
|| || ||
ground surface is substantially nonmagnetic, and grinding 120,000 psi (827 MPa) after heat treatment. The associat-
sparks are plentiful in contrast to the nonmagnetic stain- ed elongation with 1/2 to 1-1/2 percent molybdenum is
||
less steels. not so high, but it has a compensating higheryield

||||
strength. Deposits of EFeMn-B electrodes have given sat-

28.5.10 Metallography. Thechief constituent of isfactory performance insuch exacting applications as
--
EFeMn weld deposits is austenite, the nonmagnetic form railway switches and frogs, where battered-down castings
of iron that can holdconsiderable carbonin solid solution. are rebuilt with molybdenum-manganese weld deposits.
14Specijìcation for AusteniticManganese-Steel Castings (ASTM 28.5.13HeatTreatment. Welddepositsareusually

Designation A 128) not heat-treated, since the
filler metals are formulatedto be
~~ ~
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1975 m 07842b5 05L4533 206

90
“air-toughening.” However, sometimes it may be advis- even half an electrode. In no instance should a bead longer
able to heat-treat a weldmentto restore the toughness of a that 9 in. (230 mm) be left without immediate peening.
manganese base embrittled by too much reheating. Water 28.5.14.6 The weld metal is weakest while hot. Since
--
quenching after two hours at 1850°F (1010°C) is usually it is easiest to deform at red or yellow heats, and since
sufficient for this purpose. The weld deposit should be free cracking is most likely to occur above 1500°F(815”C), it
||||
of cracks if this is done; otherwise, oxidation of the cracks is advisable to peen the bead as quickly as practicable.
||
may cause considerable structural damage and cancel the 28.5.14.7 There is experimentalevidencethatarc
|| || ||
benefits of thetoughening heat treatment. power, arc length, bead size, and melting rate are related to
|||| || || |||||
bead cracking. Unless the beads can be peened quickly and

28.5.14 Welding Characteristics properly, arc power above 3.5 kw or melting rates above
12 in./min (5.1 mm/s) should be avoided. In any case, a
| ||||
28.5.14.1 If EFeMn filler metal is deposited on carbon weaving bead that has a cross-sectional area greater than
or low-alloy steel, the transition zone may be too low in 0.18. inz (116 mm’) - for example, 0.8 in. (20mm) wide
|
---
manganese; thus, it may develop a martensitic structure, by 0.2in. (5.1 mm) high above the base; which may mean
which can permit spalling of the weld deposit because of about 0.40 in. (10 mm) thick - is desirable. These condi-
brittleness.Suchuse ofan austeniticmanganesesteel tions may not prevent underbead cracking, but they should
overlayforabrasionresistanceisgenerallynotrecom- minimize fissuring in the weld.
mended, since an air-hardening steel or martensitic iron is 28.5.14.8 MuchuseofsurfacingwithEFeMn elec-
usually more satisfactory. trodes is to build up worn manganese steel parts. To avoid
28.5.14.2 Manganesesteelis so popular for battering embrittling this base metal, it should be kept below 500”F,
metal-to-metal wear that it has seen considerable service as (260°C) within2 in. (5 1mm) from the weld by watercool-
an overlay on carbon steels despite its tendency to develop ing, intermittent welding, or other procedures.
martensite. For many years, it has been used asan overlay
on large steel-mill coupling boxes, pinions, spindles, and
other items working under heavy impact load. Cracking has28.6 RFeCr-A1 and EFeCr-A1 Austenitic High
beenobserved;however,sincethecontactingfacesare Chromium Iron Filler Metals
enclosed, highly stressed edges are avoided. Also, perhaps
because large surface areas are in contact, the surface pro- 28.6.1Applications. RFeCr-Alweldingrods and
tectiontechniquehasbeenconsideredsatisfactory.Four EFeCr-A1 electrodes have proved very popular for fac-
layers of the manganese steel overlay are recommended. ing agricultural machinery parts. Arc welding is used on
heavy materials and large areas; oxyfuel welding is used
28.5.14.3 Not all users of this proceduremay be so for-
tunate in avoiding trouble from the brittle fusion zone. One for thin sections. Plowshares can be considered as a typ-
way to avoid cracking is to “butter” the carbon steel with ical application; because these filler metals flow well
a layer of austenitic stainless steel. This blends well with enough to produce a thin edge deposit, and because the
carbon or low-alloy steels and manganese steel without wear conditions in sandy soil are typically those of ero-
forming brittle structures. The EFeMn filler metalmay sion or low-stress scratching abrasion. It is significant
then be welded on top of thestainless steel deposit without that the FeCr-Al filler metals become unsuitable in very
sacrificing the toughnessof austenite. rocky soil because of the associated impact. Industrial
28.5.14.4 Bare EFeMn electrodes frequently are used. applications include coke chutes, steel mill guides, sand-
Acceptable welds can be produced with sufficient power, blasting equipment, brick-making machinery, etc.
and the high melting rates are considered an asset. Covered
electrodes permit the use of lower power, are easierfor an 28.6.2 Hardness. The as-welded hardnessfor FeCr-Al
inexperienced welder to use, and minimize annoying short filler metals when deposited by oxyfuel welding will vary
circuits in restricted space; but they generally have a lower with carbon content. The average Rockwell hardness of
meltingrate.Direct-current,electrodepositive(dcep) is 104 production quality control tests was (256.1 with an
preferred for both covered and bare electrodes. observed range of C5 1 to C62, representing a range of 4.3
28.5.14.5 Whilemanganesesteelhashighductility to 5.2 percent carbon. Macrohardness values, such as
when strained in one direction, the two- and three-dimen- Rockwell or Brinell numbers, will increase slowly as car-
sional stresses that occur in weld deposits can, and fre- bon increases. Such figures reflect the greater proportion
quently do, cause failure with no apparent ductility. The of the hard carbides in the softer matrix, but they do not
undesirable weld-bead tensile stresses that develop on cool-
reliably indicate abrasion resistance.
ing can be changed to compressive stress by peening the
deposit. Such peening, preferably with a pneumatic ham- Since dilution is not expected in normal oxyfuel weld-
mer, flows the outer surface; and the deformation relieves ing, the chief variable is carbon pickup per flame adjust-
the tension that would otherwise cause cracks. The peen- ment. With a 3x feather-to-cone reducing flame, a pickup
ing, for which a machinist’s ball-peen hammer is suitable, of 0.4percent carbon has been observed if the welding rod
should be performed promptly after deposition of one or is on the low side of the carbon range. On the high side of
91
the carbon range, a neutral flame can slightly decarburize stress grinding abrasion,and it isusuallynotadvanta-
the deposit. geous for such service.
The austenitic matrix can work-harden somewhat under
impact; however,since the consequent deformationleads 28.6.8 Metal-to-MetalWear. Low-stressabrasion
to crackmg,impact service is avoided. produces a good polish on FeCr-Al filler metals, with a
resulting low coefficient of friction. Where the polish is
28.6.3HotHardness. Hardness for FeCr-Al filler produced by metal-to-metalwear,performance is also
metals falls slowly with increasing temperatures up to good. Resistance to galling is considered better for these
about 800 to 900°F (425 to 480°C); thereafter, it falls filler metals thanfor ordinary hardenedsteel, because tem-
rapidly and also becomes strongly affected by creep. At pering from frictional heat is negligible. Austenite
alone is
900'F (480"C), the instantaneous Rockwell hardness is prone to gall, and its presence may leadto unfavorable per-
about C43, and three minutes under load will cause an formance.Also, the hardcarbides can standinrelief
apparentdrop to nearC37.At1200°F(650°C), the through wear of the austenite, and cancut or cause exces-
instantaneous value may be no higher than C5, and the sive wearuponamatingsurface. Therefore, metal-to-
apparent loss due to creep in three minutes may be as metalserviceshouldbeapproachedcautiously.Rolling
much as 45 points on the C scale. However, the loss of mill guides have been foundto be appropriate applications.
hardness due to tempering is negligible in comparison
with many martensitic alloys, and the drop in hardness 28.6.9 Mechanical Propertiesin Compression. In
shown by hot testing is practically recovered upon cool- compression, the depositedFeCr-A1 filler metals are
ing to ordinary temperatures. expected to have a yield strength (0.1 percent offset) of
Very little is known about the resistance of these filler between 80,000 to 140,000 psi (551 to 965 MPa), with
metals to thermal shockand thermal fatigue. an ultimate strength ranging from 150,000 to 280,000
psi (1034 to 1930 MPa). Theywill show about one-per-
cent elastic deformation and tolerate from 0.5 to 3 per-
28.6.4 Impact. FeCr-Al deposits may withstand very
cent additional plastic deformation before failure at the
light impact withoutcracking, but cracks will form read-
ultimate. Like othercast iron types, their tensile strength
ily if blowsproduce plastic deformation.These filler
is low; therefore, tension should be avoided in designs
metalsseldom are usedunderconditions ofmedium
for their use.
impact; and they are generally considered unsuitable for
heavy impact, where crackingis objectionable. Dynamic
28.6.10Machinability. TheFeCr-A1 deposits are
compression stresses above 60,000psi (413 MPa) should
consideredcommerciallyunmachinablewith cutting
be avoided.
tools, andtheyare also very difficult to grind. For
machine shop use, the recommended grinding wheels are
28.6.5 Oxidation Resistance. Thehighchromium aluminum-oxide abrasive with a 24-gritsize, hard (Q) and
content of FeCr-Al filler metals confers excellent oxida- mediumspacedresinoidbond for off-hand high-speed
tion resistance up to 1800°F (980"C),and theycan be con- work, and a slightly softer (P) vitrified bond for off-hand
sidered for hot wear applications in which their hot plas- low-speed use.
ticity is not objectionable.
28.6.11 Metallography. Deposits of these filler met-
28.6.6CorrosionResistance. The matrix chromium als consist ofhard carbides of the chromiumcarbide
content of the deposited FeCr-A1filler metals is compar- (Cr,C3) type, dispersed in a matrixof austenite that is sta-
ativelylow and, thus,notvery effective in providing ble during slow cooling. The FeCr-Al classification does
resistance to liquid corrosion. These deposits will rust in not apply to those high-chromiumirons that are subject to
moist air and are not stainless, but they are more stable pearlite formation, martensitic hardening, and other man-
than ordinary iron and steel. ifestations of austenite transformation.
The Cr+, carbides have a diamond pyramid hardness
28.6.7 Abrasion. Resistance of FeCr-Al filler metals (DPH) or Vickerspyramidnumber (VPN) of approxi-
to low-stress scratching abrasion is outstanding and is mately 2000. They are harder than quartz; thus, they con-
related to the volume of the hard carbides. Deposits of fer resistance to scratching abrasion by most common
FeCr-Al will wear about one-eighteenth asmuch as soft materials. The austenite matrix is softer (about 450DPH)
(SAE 1020)steel against rounded quartz sand grains and and somewhat plastic. It can be eroded from around the
against sharp angular flint fragments. As stress on abra- carbides and may not give them competent support under
sion increases, their performance declines. As deposited, conditions of high-stress abrasion. The austenite is rich in
the resistance of FeCr-Al is only mediocre under high- dissolved carbon as welded. Much of it separates out as
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD*.AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995
92
spine-like crystals of Cr$, during cooling, although some welded into place to provide localized abrasion resistance,
crystallizes as smaller particles, and some remains in solid but such carbide inserts for this useful technique are not
solution. The hard carbides are brittle and fracture readily. covered by the specification.A quick field inspection for
tungsten-carbide particles, to determine if the carbide is
28.6.12HeatTreatment. The austenite in FeCr-A1 alloyed with other constituents, is to empty a tube and
pass a small magnet over the carbide granules. Tungsten-
filler metals, which is stabilized partlyby dissolved
carbide that contains an appreciableamount of iron,
chromium and partly by manganese, does not transform cobalt, or nickel will be attracted to the magnet. An excess
by usual steel-hardening reactions. It can precipitate some of magnetic material will indicate the need for a chemical
carbon in dispersed form during aging heat treatments, analysis check.
but this hardening is minor and is negligible in practical 28.7.1.4 Thetungsten-carbideweldingrodsandelec-
surfacing operations. trodes are usedtomakeoverlayswhoseabrasion resis-
tance currently surpasses that of any other available hard-
28.6.13Welding Characteristics. In oxyfuelgas facing material. They typically are usedto armor the cut-
welding with FeCr-Al filler metals, flat-position welding ting teeth and gage holding surfaces of rock drill bits; the
with a 3x feather-to-cone reducing flame is recommend- wearing surfaces of mining, quarrying, digging, and earth-
ed. The coefficient of thermal expansion is about 50 per- movingequipment;and a multitude of partswherethe
centgreater than that of carbonsteels and irons. roughness of the weld deposit (as it wears) is nota handi-
Contraction stresses are prone to crack the deposit; and, cap, but where the high abrasion resistance is needed.
while these cracks may do no harm, they may be mini- 28.7.1.5 The deposits donot consist of hard carbidesin
mized by preheating and postheating techniques. The use a soft steel matrix, as
might be supposed. When the sheath
of a flux may be helpful in dealing with dirt, scale, and of carbon steel melts during welding,it dissolves enough
other undesirable surface contamination, but on a clear, of both tungsten and carbon to form a hard matrix that is
bright metal surface such as grinding produces, flux is a competent support for the hard granules that it anchors
in place. This matrix has characteristics that range from
ordinarily unnecessary. A good bond can be produced on
those of air-hardening tungsten steelto those of cast-iron
all iron-base materials, provided the base metal is not structurescontainingconsiderablesecondarytungsten-
damaged by the high-temperature conditions of welding iron carbides.
and weld cooling. In arc welding, the procedure for apply-
28.7.1.6 Surface roughness of abraded deposits
ing FeCr-A1 filler metals is similar to that used for other
depends upon initial granule size and welding procedures.
surfacing electrodes. Abrasion resistance depends largely upon the volume of
undissolved carbides and is generally better for oxyfuel
28.7 Tungsten-Carbide Welding Rods and Electrodes gas welds.
28.7.1Applications
28.7.2 Hardness. The hardness of good-quality, cast
28.7.1.1 These welding rods and electrodes usually are tungsten-carbide is:
sold as steel tubes containing 60-percent carbide granules Vickers pyramid number . . . . . .About 2400
by weight (designated 60:40), but lower tungsten-carbide
Rockwell A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 to 95
percentages are available for certain applications. The car-
bide isa mixture of WC and W2Ctungsten-carbides thatis Knoop KI, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1500
produced by melting, solidifying, crushing,and sizing the Scratch (Mohs scale, about . . . .9.4
carbide with screens. The size of the carbide granules has same as silicon carbide)
an important influence on weld deposit properties and is The Microhardness of the 6.1-percent-carbon, tung-
appropriately included by the various grades in the speci- sten-carbide crystals occurring in the cast carbide is
fication. The shapeof the carbide granules is also impor- Knoop (KI,) 1880. The hardness of the bonding metal
tant. Granules approaching cubes or spheres are desired. will vary - from RC30 for a deposit of 10-mesh parti-
28.7.1.2 Therequirementsfortungsten-carbidegran- cles (40-60) in a carbon steel tube, to RC60 for 100-mesh
ules given in the specification may be applied to tungsten- particles deposited with a carburizing flame from a car-
carbidepurchased in bulk.Someusersapplytheloose bon-steel tube.
granules by welding, and others prefer to make their own
welding rods by filling tubes.
28.7.3 Hot Hardness. Tungsten confers hot hardness,
28.7.1.3 Crushed,sinteredtungsten-carbidebonded
and the matrix of these composite weld deposits retains its
with cobalt or other constituents has been used in similar
welding rods; however, it is not covered by ANSI/AWS hardness up to 1000°F(540"C), considerably better than
A5.21-80 because it usually is considered inferior for the ordinary hardened steels. (See Figure 5 . )
purpose. Cobaltmay also be melted with tungsten-carbide, The higher temperatures of arc welding permit more
and the product cast into small inserts or slugs. These are tungsten-carbide solution during arc welding; such welds,
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 M 07842b5 05L453b TL5 D
93
therefore, exhibit betterhot hardness than oxyfuel gas 28.7.5 Oxidation Resistance. Tungsten-carbide has a
welds. The pattern of hardness versustemperature is low resistance to oxidation. Exposed granules of tung-
shown in Figure 6. sten-carbide will oxidize to form voluminousyellow
tungsten oxide at temperatures above 1000°F(540°C).
28.7.4 Impact. Both the carbide granulesand the weld
deposits are relatively brittle and vulnerable to sudden 28.7.6 Corrosion Resistance. Though the granules
tensile stresses. Theyhavehigh compressive strength, may be resistant to many media, the matrix of the stan-
however, and can withstandlight impacts that do not pro- dardized tube-welding-rod deposits is practically as vul-
duce compression stress above the yield strength, which nerable torustingandcorrosion as ordinary steel. The
mayreach 200 ksi (1379MPa) for thematrix.Impact materials covered by thespecificationshouldnotbe
blows faster than 50 fus (15.2 d s ) should be avoided, and selected if corrosion resistance is required. If their great
the design should avoid tensile stress. abrasion resistance impels the risk of application in a cor-
m Indicates l o a of hardnam during2 minutes undar lord
......
....
.x.:.,.
:L::.
I
Y
LL
ìïì
8.
c
P,
'c
E
iE
F
GW
1 GW
GW GW AW AW
I I & I
I I L
Present AWS Classification
Note 1 : -
GW oxyacetylene w i d
AW = shielded metal arc m l d
Note 2: Values below 20 HRC included for illustrative purposes.
Figure 5 - Apparent Hot Hardness of Hard

Surfacing Alloys at 1000°F (540°C)
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 m 0764265 0534537 953 m
94
rosive environment, a preliminary service test should be little concern unless the resultant roughness is objection-
conducted to establish practicability. able. This selective action may cause more-rapid weight
loss in the early stage of a given use, but the wear rate
28.7.7 Abrasion Resistance. Composite weld deposits tends to decrease and stabilize eventually. These stages
made from these materials are appropriate for resisting may not beapparent in a field application, but they can be
low-stress scratching or high-stress grinding abrasion. In demonstrated in a laboratory test. This same test shows
either type, the matrix tends to abrade more rapidly, per- that arc welds have behavior related to granule size and
mitting the carbides to stand in relief. As long as matrix welding current, while oxyfuelgas welds are usually
erosion doesnot undermine the carbide granules, this is of higher in abrasion resistance and are more consistent. The
L I " ' I "

"
- \*- T"
30
\
.
L
- (t- SMAWweld
-
c
c
OAWweld
2
0
"
--
.
c
||||
Wds made withbue 3/16 in. dim. tube
-- roch containing60%by m i M t of granulated

||
10 tungsten carbide i i r d from -40 to +120

|| || ||
m mmh, in the filler,and 40% by wight as the

mild steel -th.
|||| || || |||||
- O, 1,Z. 4, indicate the intervalin minutes

after load applicrtion. and thus provide an
- hdax of creep tendmncies.
| ||||
O -.I-
L
|
---
-
L
-10 "
L
L
-20
Figure 6 - Hot Hardnessof Composite Tungsten-Carbide Weld Deposits,

Effect of Temperature on Apparent Hot Hardness
-
STDaAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 07842b5 0534538 898

95
ho7 OAW mldr
P
aœ P
aro
0.1Sa-
am--
t 3
ar) --
0.40 --
am-"
hm"
am- -
ao--
om- - e
1.0 "
i
1.1 " ?
1.2 " 9
1.I t rl
I
Figure 7 - Abrasion Resistanceof Composite Tungsten-CarbideWeld Deposits

As Affected by Granule Size and WeldingProcess
effect of these variables is shown in the high-stress grind- 28.7.9 Mechanical Properties in Compression.
ing results in Figure 7. Depositscanbemade by usinghigh-strengthbonding
The extreme is attained if high-current arc welding is alloys to give a deposit with high compressive strength;
usedwith electrodes containing very fine granules, but the usual carbon-steel binders givedeposits that have
whereby all of the tungsten-carbide may be dissolved to a compressive strength about the same as a high-carbon
form tungsten steel, andthe resulting behavior isthat of steel deposit.
an air-hardening steel only.
28.7.8 Metal to Metal Wear. Tungsten-carbide 28.7.10 Machinability. Tungsten-carbide deposits are
deposits are not applicable for conditions of metal-to-metal considered commerciallyunmachinable. The deposits are
wear. This is because the wear is chiefly in the matrix, and finished, when required, using silicon-carbide or diamond
the carbideleft in relief produces arough surface. grinding wheels.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
96
28.7.11 Identification. Tungsten-carbideparticles 28.7.13.4 Thefollowingconditionshavebeenfound

have the following properties that may be used for identi- suitable for arc welding:
fication. Current
Diameter
Electrode
h m DCEP Ac
(1) They are nonmagnetic.
1/8 (3.2) 100 to 125 100 to 135
(2) They have high density (over 16 specific gravity).
3/16 (4.8) 125 to 150 135 to 160
(3) They are insoluble in most acids.
(4) They readily form a yellow oxide when heated red 28.7.13.5 The usual overlay is about 1/8 in. (3.2 mm)
hot in air. thick, though skilled welders can make thinner deposits,
and thicker ones are possible by using several layers.In the
( 5 ) They have a high melting point; practically impossi- latter case, tension cracksin the overlay are likely.
ble to melt in oxyacetylene flame.
(6) They are very hard and quite brittle.
28.7.12 Heat Treatment. The properties of tungsten- Part L:

carbide are not changed by heat treatment. However, the Brazing and Braze Welding
metal holding the particles of tungsten carbide in the sur- 29. Guide to Classification of Filler Metals for Brazing
facing layer may or may not respond to heat treatment. and Braze Welding
The response of the bonding metal depends upon the orig-
inal analysis of the binder and upon the carbon and tung- 29.1Provisions. Excerpts from ANSUAWSA5.8-92,
sten pickup during application. Carburizing and harden- Specification f o r FillerMetals f o r Brazingand
ing may be used toharden the bonding metal. Braze Welding.
28.7.13 Welding Characteristics 29.2 Introduction

28.7.13.1 The bare, tubular welding rods used for oxy- 29.2.1 This guide has been prepared for prospective
acetyleneweldingaremadefromcarbonsteel,andthe users of the brazing
filler
metalspresented
in
techniques for oxyfuel gas welding carbon steel should be ANSVAWSA5.8-92, as anaidin determining which
used. Oxidation of the base metal that will interfere with classification of brazing filler metal is best for a particu-
wettingandoxidation of themoltenmetalcanleadto
lar job. TheA WS Brazing Handbook should be consult-
porosity,andshouldbeavoided.Withadequate skill,
excellent oxyacetylene deposits can be obtained. ed for more detailed information. If the component will
However, mechanical behavior of the melt will differ from have critical
applications,
the
latest
edition of
that ofcarbonsteelbecauseoftheincludedgranules. ANSVAWS C3.3, Recommended Practices for Design,
Somesolution of thetungsten-carbidegranulesduring Manufacture, and Inspection of Critical Brazed
welding is expected, but the undissolved portion is impor- Components, should be followed.
tant to the performance of the hard overlay. Granule dis-
tributionisinfluenced by manipulation of thewelding 29.2.2 Brazing is a group of welding processes that
torch and of the welding rod. The welder should strive for produces coalescence of materials by heating them to the
a uniform final distributionof the granules. brazing temperature in the presence of a filler metal hav-
28.7.13.2 Electricarcdepositionfromcoveredelec- ing a liquidus above 840°F (450°C)and below the
trodes will involve little difficulty for a skilled welder, but solidus of the base metal. The filler metal is distributed
thetungsten-carbidegranulesmustbeconsidered.Arc between the closely fitted faying surfaces of the jointby
deposition temperatures are higher than those for oxyfuel capillary action.
gas welding, and thereis a greater tendency to dissolve the
tungsten-carbide granules. It is desirable to use the lowest
29.2.3 Brazing filler metals are metals that are added
feasible arc power in order to minimize granule solution.
Granuledistribution is controlledalmostentirely by when making a braze. They have a liquidus below that of
manipulation of the electrode. If the result is segregation the materials being brazed and above 840°F (450"C), and
of the granules in streaks, the resultant differential wear they possess properties suitable for making joints by cap-
pattern in service may be undesirable. With arc deposition, illary action between closely fitted surfaces.
the welder also should try to attain uniform granule deposi-
tion, which is more difficult than with oxyfuel gas welding.
29.3 Methodof Classification
28.7.13.3 The molten steel matrix is expected to readi-
lywetthetungsten-carbidegranulesandform a strong 29.3.1 The classification method for brazing filler met-
bond. If this does not occur, the presence of dirt (from the als is based on chemical composition rather than on
base metal) or excessive oxidation should be suspected. mechanical property requirements. The mechanical prop-
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
STD*AWS UGFM-ENGL 1975 W 0784265 0534540 446 m
97
erties of a brazed joint depend on, among other things, the 29.4 Brazing Considerations
base metal and filler metal used. Therefore, a classifica-
29.4.1 To avoid confusion, solidusand liquidus are
tionmethodbased on mechanicalpropertieswouldbe
specified instead of melting and flow points. The terms
misleading; since it would apply only if the brazing filler
solidus and liquidus are defined as follows:15
metal were used on a given base metal with a specific
(1) Solidus. The highest temperature under equilibrium
joint design. If a user of brazing filler metal desires to
determine the mechanical properties of a given base metal conditions at which the metal is completely solid; that is,
and filler metal combination, tests should be conducted the temperature at which melting starts.
usingthelatest edition ofANSVAWS C3.2, Standard (2) Liquidus. The lowesttemperature under equilibrium
Method for Evaluating the Strength of Brazed Joints. conditions at which the metalis completely liquid; that is,
the temperature at which freezing starts.
29.3.2 Brazing filler metals are standardized into seven 29.4.2 Table 23 lists the solidus and liquidus, as well as
classification groups as follows: silver, gold, aluminum, the recommended brazing temperature range for the vari-
copper, nickel, cobalt, and magnesiumfiller metals. Many ous brazing filler metals. When brazing with some braz-
filler metals of these classifications are used to join assem- ing filler metals (particularly those with a wide tempera-
blies for vacuum applications, such as vacuum tubes and ture range between solidus and liquidus) the several con-
otherelectroniccomponents.Forthesecriticalapplica- stituents of the filler metals tend to separate during the
tions, it is desirable to hold the high-vapor-pressure ele- melting process. The lower-melting constituent will flow,
ments to a minimum, as they usually contaminate the vac- leaving behind an unmeltedresidue or “skull” of the high-
uumwithvaporizedelementsduringoperationofthe melting constituent. This occurrence, called liquation, is
device. Filler metals for electronic components have been usually undesirable inthat the unmelted skull does not
incorporated as additional “vacuum grade” classifications. flow readily into the joint. However, where wide joint
clearance occurs, a filler metal with a wide temperature
range usually will fill the capillary joint more easily.
29.3.3 The basic classification groups for brazing filler
metals are identified bytheprincipal element in their 29.4.3 Brazing requires an understanding of several
chemical composition.In a typicalexample,such as procedural elements whichare beyond the scope of this
BCuP-2, the “B” isfor brazing filler metal (as the “E” for guide. Thelatest edition of the A WS Brazing Handbook
electrodes and the “R’ for welding rods in other AWS should be referred to for particulars on such items as
specifications). The “RB”in RBCuZn-A, RBCuZn-C, cleaning, brazing fluxes, brazingatmospheres, joint
and RBCuZn-Dindicates that thefiller metal issuitable as clearances, etc. Also, the latest edition of ANSUAWS
a welding rod and as a brazing filler metal. The chemical C3.3,
Recommended
Practices Design,
for
symbol CUPis for copper-phosphorus, the two principal Manufacture, and Inspectionof
Critical
Brazed
elements in this particular brazing filler metal. (Similarly, Components, should be referred to for information on
in other brazing filler metals, Si is for silicon, Ag for sil- procedures for critical components.
ver, etc., using standard chemical symbols.) The numeral
or letter following the chemical symbol indicates chemi- 29.5 Brazing Characteristics and Applications
cal composition within a group.
29.5.1 BAg Classifications (Silver). Brazingfiller
--
The vacuum grade nomenclature follows the examples metals of theBAg classifications are used for joining
above, with two exceptions. The first exception is the addi- most ferrous and nonferrousmetals, except aluminum and
||||
tion of theletter “V”, yielding the generic letters “BV”for magnesium. These filler metals have good brazing prop-
||
brazing filler metals for vacuum service. The second erties and are suitable either for preplacement in the joint,
|| || ||
exception is the use of the grade suffix number; Grade1 is or for manual feeding into the joint. Although lap joints
to indicate the more stringent requirementsfor high vapor
|||| || || |||||
generally are used, buttjoints may be usedif requirements

pressure impurities, and Grade 2 is to indicate less strin- are less stringent. Joint clearances of 0.001 to 0.005 in.
gentrequirements for high-vapor-pressure impurities. (0.025 to 0.13 mm) are recommended for proper capillary
| ||||
Vacuum grade filler metals are considered to be spatter- action. Flux generally is required on mostmetals; howev-
free. Therefore, ANSVAWS A5.8-92 does not list spatter-
|
er, when furnace brazing in a protective atmosphere, flux

---
free and non-spatter-free vacuumgrades. An example of a generally is notrequired. If filler metals containingzinc or
filler metal for vacuum service isBVAgdb, Grade 1. cadmiumareusedin a protective-atmosphere furnace,
~. ~~ ~- ~ ~~~ ~~~~
thenthezinc or cadmiumwill be vaporized, changing
”ASM Handbook, 8th Ed. Vol 1. chemical composition as well as the solidus and liquidus.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 05L454L 382
98
Table 23
Sdidus, Liquldut, and Brazing Temperature Ranges'
AWS
Solidus Liquidus Brazing Tempmtuze R-
Classif~cation O F OC OF O C OF O C
SILVER
BA@I I125 607 1145 618 1145- 1400 618-760
BAg-la 1160 627 I I75 635 1175- 1400 635- 760
BAp-2 I I25 607 1295 702 1295- 1550 702-843
BAg-2a I125 607 1310 710 1310- ISSO 710-843
BAB-3 I I70 632 I270 688 1270- 1 s o 0 688-816
BAg-4 I 240 67 I 1435 779 1435- 16% 779-899
BAg-5 1225 663 I 370 743 1370- ISSO 143- 843
BAg-6 1270 688 1425 774 142% 1600 m-871
BAg-7 I145 618 1205 652 1ms-1400 652-760
BAg-8 I435 779 1435 779 1435- 1650 779 -899
BA$-8a 1410 766 1410 766 1410- 1600 766-871
BA@ I 240 67 I 1325 718 1325-1550 718-843
BA$- 1O 1275 69 1 I360 738 1360- ISSO 738-843
BAg- 13 I325 718 I575 857 1575- 1775 857-968
BAg- 13a I420 77I 1640 893 1 6 0 0 - 1800 871 -982
BAB- I8 Ill5 602 I325 718 1325-1550 718-843
BAg-19 1400 760 I635 891 1610- 1800 m-982
BAg-20 1250 677 1410 766 1410- 1600 7M-871
BAg-2 1 1275 69 I I475 802 1475- 1650 802-899
BAg-22 1260 680 1290 699 1290-1525 "830
BAg-23 1760 960 I780 970 1780-1900 970- 1038
0Ag-24 I220 660 I 305 750 1305-1550 750-843
BAg-26 1305 705 I475 800 1475- 1600 800-870
BAg-27 1125 605 I375 745 1375- I575 -
745 860
0Ag-28 1200 649 1310 710 1310- 1550 710-843
BAg-33 II25 607 I260 682 1260- 1 4 0 0 6 8 1 -760
BAg-34 lm 649 1330 72 I l33O- ISSO 721 -843
BAe-35 1265 685 I390 754 1390- 1545 754-841
BAg-36 I I95 646 1251 677 I 2 5 1 - 1495 677-813
BAg-37 I270 688 1435 779 1435- 1625 779-885
BVAg4 1761 961 I761 %I I761 - 1900 -
961 I038
BVAg-6b I435 779 I 602 872 1600- I s 0 0 871 -982
BVAg-8 I435 779 I435 779 1435- 1650 T19-899
BVAg-8b I435 779 1463 795 1470- 1650 799 -899
BVAg-18 Ill5 602 1325 718 1325- IS50 718-843
BVAg-29 I155 624 I305 m7 1305- 14M 707-788
BVAg-U) 1485 807 I490 810 1490- 1700 830-927
BVAg-3 I 1515 824 1565 852 1565- 1625 -
852 885
BVAg-32 1650 900 1740 950 1740- 1800 950-982
COLD
---
BAU- I 1815 991 1016-1093

|
1860 1016 1860-2000

| ||||
BAU-2 1635 891 1635 891 1635- 1850 891- I010

BAU-3 I785 974 I885 I o29 1885- 1995 1029- 1091
|||| || || |||||
BAu-4 1740 949 I 740 949 1740- 1840 949- 1004

BAU-5 m75 I I35 2130 I166 2130-22s 1166- 1232
BAu-6 1845 1007 1915 IO46 1915-2050 1046- i121
|| || ||
BVAU-2 1635 89 I 1635 891 1635-1850 891 -

1010
||
BVAu-4 1740 949 1740 949 174-1840 949- 1004

BVAU-7 2015 I102 20%
||||
1 I21 2050-21 IO 1121-1154

1240 2265-2325 1240- 1274
--
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 m 07842b50534542 219
99
Table 23 (continued)
AWS
solidus BnzingTnnperuurc
tiquidus Range
Clutifcation O F "C O F "C O F OC
PALLADIUM
BVPd-I 2245 I230 22% 1235 m5-2285 1235- 1252
ALUMINUM
---
BAISI-2 1070 577 I I42 617 1110-1150 599-621
|
| ||||
BAISì-3 970 521 1085 585 1060- 1 I 2 0 571 -604
BAISi-4 lorn sn 1080 582 1080- II20 582-604
|||| || || |||||
BAISì-5 1070 577 1095 59 I 1090- 1120 588 -604
BAIS¡-7 1038 559 1 105 5% 1090- I120 588-604
BAIS¡-9 IO44 562 los0 S82 1" I120 582-604
|| || ||
BAISI-I 1 IO38 559 I I05 5% 1090- 1120 588-604
||
COPPER
||||
ECU-1 I98 I I083 I98 I I083 2000-2100 1093- I149
BCu- I a 1981 I083 I98 I 1083 2000-2100 1093-1 I49
--
BVCU-I X 1981 1083 1981 1083 #100-2100 1093- I149
BCU-2 1981 1083 1981 1083 2ooo-2100 1093- I149
RBCuZn-A I 630 888 1650 899 1670-1750 910-954
RBCuZn-B 1590 866 16x1 882 1620- 1 8 0 0 882-982
RBCuZnS I 590 866 1630 888 1670- 1750 910-9n
RBCuZn-D 1690 921 1715 935 1720-1800 938-982
BCUP-I 1310 710 1695 924 1450- 1700 788-927
BCUP-2 1310 710 1460 793 1350- 1550 732-843
BCUP-3 I190 643 I 495 813 1325- I 5 0 0 718-816
BCuP4 I190 643 I3 2 718 1275- 1450 691 -788
BCUP-S I190 643 I475 802 1300-1m 704-816
BCuP4 I190 643 I450 788 13U1-INO 732-816
BCUP-7 I190 643 1420 nl 1300-1500 704-816
NICKEL
BNC 1 1790 977 1900 1038 1950-2200 1066-1m
BNi-I a I 790 977 1970 I077 19m-u00 1077- 1204
BNi-2 1780 971 I830 999 1850-2150 1010- I I 7 7
BNi-3 982 1900 1038 1850-2150 1010- I 177
BNi4 1800 982 1950 1W 18M-2150 1010- I 1 7 7
BNi-5 I975 1o79 2075 I135 2100-uO0 1149- 1204
BNi-Sa 193I 1065 2111 1 lu) 2100-2200 1149- I 2 0 4
BNid 1610 877 1610 877 lfoo-2ooo 927- 1093
BNi-7 I 630 888 1630 888 1700-2000 9n-
1093
BNi-8 1800 982 I850 1010 1850-2000 1010- 1093
BNi-9 I930 1055 1930 10s 1950-2200 1066-1204
BNi-IO 1780 970 2020 I105 2100-22Lm 1149- I 2 0 4
BNi- I I 1780 9m 2003 1095 2100-2200 1149- 1204
COBALT
BCo- I 2050 1120 2100 1 I49 2100-2250 1149- 1232
MAGNESIUM
BMg-l 443 1110 599 1120- I 1 6 0 604-627
Solius urd lquidrrc shown arc for the nomnd composttion in each clpcuficauon.
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 m 07842b5 0514543 155 m
1O0
Therefore, filler metals free of cadmium or zinc are rec- BAg-2, it is a better filler metal
for filling wide joint clear-
ommended for furnace brazingin a protective atmosphere. ances or forming large fillets.
29.5.1.8 BAg-7. This brazing filler metal, a cadmium-
29.5.1.1 BAg-1. This brazing filler metal has the low- free substitute for BAg-1, is low-melting with good flow
est brazing temperature range of the BAg filler metals. It andwettingproperties.Typicalapplicationsincludethe
alsoflowsmostfreelyintonarrow-clearancecapillary following:
joints. Its narrow melting range is suitable for either rapid (1) food equipment, in which cadmium must be avoided;
or slow methods of heating. This filler metal contains cad-
mium; the special precautions of the warning label pre- ( 2 )to minimize stress corrosion cracking of nickelor nick-
sented in Figure 8 should be followed. BAg-1 is more eco- el-base alloys at low brazing temperatures; and
nomical (i.e., less silver) than BAg-la. (3)wherethewhitecolorwillimprovecolormatching
29.5.1.2 BAg-la. This brazing filler metal has proper- with the base metal.
tiessimilar to BAg-1. BAg-la hasanarrowermelting 29.5.1.9 BAg-8. This brazing filler metal is suitable for
range than BAg-1, making it slightly more free-flowing. It furnace brazing ina protective atmosphere without the use
also has a higher ratio of silver-plus-copper to zinc-plus- ofa flux, as well as for brazing procedures requiring a
cadmium,resultinginaslightlyincreasedresistanceto flux. It usually is used on copper or copper alloys. When
corrosioninchlorine,sulfur,andsteamenvironments. molten, BAg-8 is very fluid and may flow out over the
Either composition may be used where low-temperature, workpiece surfaces during some furnace brazing applica-
free-flowing filler metals are desired. This filler metal con- tions.Italsocanbeusedonstainlesssteel,nickel-base
tainscadmium;thespecialprecautionsofthewarning alloysandcarbonsteel,althoughitswettingactionon
label presented in Figure 8 should be followed. thesemetals is slow.Higherbrazingtemperatureswill
29.5.1.3 BAg-2. This brazing filler metal, like BAg-1, improve flow and wetting.
isfree-flowingandsuitedforgeneral-purposework.Its 29.5.1.10 BAg-8a. This brazing filler metal is used for
broader melting range is helpful where clearances are wide brazinginaprotectiveatmosphereandisadvantageous
or are not uniform. Unless heating is rapid, care must be whenbrazingprecipitation-hardenedstainlesssteels,and
taken that the lower-melting constituents do not separate other stainless steels in the1400 to 1600°F (760 to870°C)
out by liquation. This filler metal contains cadmium, and range. The lithium content serves to promote wetting to and
the special precautions of the warning label presented in increase the flow of the filler metal on difficult-to-braze
Figure 8 should be followed. metals and alloys. Lithium is particularly helpful on base
29.5.1.4 BAg-2a. This brazing filler metal is similar to metals containing minor amounts of titanium or aluminum.
BAg-2; but it is more economical than BAg-2, since it con- 29.5.1.11 BAg-9 and BAg-10. These filler metals are
tainsfive-percentlesssilver.Thisfillermetalcontains used particularly for joining sterling silver. These filler
cadmium; the special precautions of the warning label pre- metals have different brazing temperatures and so can be
sented in Figure 8 should be followed. used for step brazingof successive joints. The color, after
--
29.4.1.5 BAg-3. This brazing filler metal is a modifi- brazing, approximates the color of sterling silver.
cation of BAg-la - i.e., nickel is added. It has good cor- 29.5.1.12 BAg-13. This brazing filler metal is used for
||||
rosionresistanceinmarineenvironmentsandcaustic servicetemperaturesupto 700°F (370°C).Itslowzinc

media. When used on stainless steel, it will inhibit crevice
||
content makes it suitable for furnace brazing.

|| || ||
(interface) corrosion. Because its nickel content improves

wetability on tungsten-carbide tool tips, the most prevalent 29.5.1.13 BAg-13a. This brazing filler metal is simi-
|||| || || |||||
use is for brazing carbide tool assemblies. Melting range lar to BAg-13, except that it contains no zinc, which is
and low fluidity make BAg-3 suitable for forming larger advantageous where volatilizationis objectionable in fur-
fillets or filling wide joint clearances. This filler metal nace brazing.
| ||||
contains cadmium; the special precautions of the warning 29.5.1.14 BAg-18. This brazing filler metal is similar
|
label presented in Figure8 should be followed. to BAg-8 in its applications. Its tin content helps promote
---
29.5.1.6 BAg-4. This brazing filler metal, like BAg-3, wetting on stainless steel, nickel-base alloys, and carbon
is used extensively for carbide-tip brazing; but it flows steel.BAg-18hasalowerliquidusthanBAg-8andis
less freely than BAg-3.This filler metal does not contain used in step-brazing applications where fluxless brazing
cadmium. is important.
29.5.1.7 BAg-5 and -6. These brazing filler metals are 29.5.1.15 BAg-19. This brazing filler metal is used for
used especiallyfor brazing in the electrical industry. They the same applications as BAg-Sa. BAg-19 is used often in
also are used - along with BAg-7 and-24 - in the dairy higher-temperature brazing applications, where precipita-
and food industries, where the use of cadmium-containing tion-hardening heat treatment and brazing are combined.
fillermetalsisprohibited.BAg-5isanexcellentfiller 29.5.1.16 BAg-20. This brazing filler metal possesses
metalforbrazingbrassparts(such as inships’piping, good wetting and flow characteristics, andit has a brazing
band instruments, lamps, etc.). Since BAg-6 has a broad temperature range higher than the popular Ag-Cu-Zn-Cd
meltingrangeandisnot so free-flowingasBAg-1and compositions.Newusesforthisfillermetalarebeing
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 W
developed,due to itsgoodbrazingproperties,freedom er total zinc-plus-cadmium content may require more care

from cadmium, and more economical silver content. duringbrazing.Thespecialprecautionsofthewarning
29.5.1.17 BAg-21. This brazing filler metal is used in label presented in Figure 8 should be followed.
brazing AlSI 300- and 400-series stainless steels, as well 29.5.1.25 BAg-34. This brazing filler metal is a cad-
astheprecipitation-hardeningnickelandsteelalloys.
mium-free filler metal with free-flowing characteristics.
BAg-21 is particularly suited to furnace brazing in a pro-
The brazingtemperaturerange is similartothat of
tective atmosphere because of the absence of zinc and cad-
BAg-2andBAg-2a,makingitanidealsubstitute for
mium. It does not require a flux for proper brazing when
the temperature is 1850°F (1010°C) or above. It requires a these filler metals.
high brazing temperature, and it flows in a sluggish man- 29.5.1.26 BAg-35. This is a cadmium-free filler metal
ner. The nickel-rich layer (halo) formed along the fillet used for brazing ferrous and non-ferrous base metals. It is
edges during melting and flow of the filler metal prevent amoderate-temperaturefillermetalfrequentlyusedfor
crevice (interface) corrosionof stainless steels. This is par- production brazing applications.
ticularly important for the 400-series steels - which con-
tainnonickelandare,therefore,moresusceptibleto 29.5.1.27BAg-36. Thisisalow-temperature,cadmi-
crevice(interface)corrosion.BAg-21hasbeenusedfor um-free, filler metal suitable for brazing ferrous and non-
brazing stainless steel vanes of aircraft gas turbine engines. ferrousbasemetals. The lowerbrazingtemperature
29.5.1.18 BAg-22. This is a high-temperature, cadmi- makes it a useful replacement for several of the cadmium-
um-free filler metal with brazing characteristics that are bearing classifications.
improvedoverBAg-3,particularlyinbrazingtungsten-
carbide tools.
29.5.1.19BAg-23. Thisisahigh-temperature,free- All packages (including individual unit pack-
ages enclosed within a larger package) of BAg-1,
flowing filler metal usable for both torch brazing and fur- BAg-la, BAg-2,BAg-h, BAg-3, BAg-27, and B A p
nace brazing in a protective atmosphere. This filler metal 33 shall haveas a minimum the following cadmium
is used mainly in brazing stainless-steel, nickel-base and warning, permanently affixed and prominently dis-
cobalt-basealloysforhigh-temperatureapplications.If played in legible print.
this filler metal is used in a hard vacuum atmosphere, a
loss of manganese will occur due to its high vapor pres- DANGER:
sure. Thus, a soft vacuum, produced by inert-gas backfill- CONTAINSCADMIUM. Protect yourself and
ing a hard vacuum, is desirable when brazing with this Dthers. Read andunderstand this label.
filler metal.
FUMES ARE POISONOUS AND CAN KILL
29.5.1.20BAg-24. Thisbrazingfillermetalislow-
melting, free-flowing, cadmium-free, and suitable for use Before use, read,understand, and follow the manu-
in joining300-seriesstainlesssteels(particularlyfood- facturer’s instructions, Material SafetyData Sheets
handling equipment and hospital utensils) and small tung- (MSDSs) and youremployer’s safety practices.
sten-carbide inserts for cutting tools. Do not breathe fumes. Even brief exposure to high
29.5.1.21 BAg-26. This brazing filler metal is a low- conccntrations should be avoided.
silver, cadmium-free filler metal suitable for carbide and Use only with enough ventilation, exhaust at the
stainless steel brazing. The filler metal is characterized by work, or both to keep fumes from your breathing
its low brazing temperature, good wetting and flow, and zone and the general area. If this cannot be done,
moderate-strength joints when used with carbide and stain- use air supplied respirators.
less-steel base metals. Keep children away when using.
29.5.1.22 BAg-27. This brazing filler metal is similar See American Standard Z49.1, Safety in Welding
to BAg-2; but it has a lower percentage of silver and is und Cutting available from the American Welding
somewhat more subject to liquation, due to a wider melt- Society, 550N.W.LeJeune Road, P.O. Box 3 5 1 W
ing range. This filler metal contains cadmium; the special Miami, Florida 33135; OSHA Safety und Health
precautionsofthewarninglabelpresentedinFigure 8 Srandurch, 29 CFR 1910, available from the U.S,
should be followed. Government Printing Office,Washington, DC
29.5.1.23BAg-28. Thisbrazingfillermetalhasa 20402.
lower brazing temperature with a narrower melting range If chest pain, shortness of breath, cough, or fevel
than other cadmium-free classifications with similar silver develop after use, obtain medical help immediately.
content. BAg-28 also has free-flowing characteristics.
29.5.1.24 BAg-33. This brazing filler metal was devel- DO NOT REMOVE THIS LABEL
oped to minimize brazing temperature for a filler metal
containing 25-percent silver. It has a lower liquidus and, Figure 8 - Special Precautions Warning Label for
therefore, a narrower melting range than BAg-27. Its high- Cadmium-Containing Filler Metals
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~~ ~
STD.AWS UGFM-ENGL 5995 m 0784265 0554545 T28

102
29.5.1.28 BAg-37. This brazing filler metal is a cadmi- sheet having a core of either 3003 or 695 aluminum
1 alloy.
um-free material frequently used for brazing steel, copper It is used for furnace and dip brazing only.
and brass. The low silver content makes it an economical 29.53.2 BAISi-3. This isageneral-purposebrazing
filler metal suitable for applications where lower ductility fillermetal.Itisusedwithallbrazingprocesses,with
is acceptable. some casting alloys,and where limited flowis desired.
29.5.3.3BAIS¡-4. This is ageneral-purposebrazing
29.5.2 BAUClassifications (Gold). Brazingfiller filler metal. It is used with all brazing processes requiring
metals of the BAUclassifications are used for the brazing a free-flowing fillermetal and good corrosion resistance.
of iron, nickel, and cobalt base metals where better duc- 29.5.3.4 BAIS¡-5. This brazing filler metal is available
tility or a greater resistance to oxidation and corrosion is as sheet and as a cladding on one side or both sides of a
required. Because of their low rate of interaction with the brazingsheethavingacore of 6951aluminumalloy.
base metal, they commonly are used on thin base metals. BAlSi-5 is used for furnace brazing and dip brazing at a
These filler metals usually are used with induction, fur- lower temperature than BAlSi-2. In brazing sheet with this
nace, or resistance brazing in a protective atmosphere. In filler metal cladding, the 6951 core alloy can be solution
these cases, no flux is used. For other applications, a heat-treated and aged.
borax-boric acid flux is used. 29.5.3.5BAIS¡-7. Thisisafiller metal suitable for
brazing in a vacuum, available as a cladding on oneor both
29.5.2.1 BAU-1, -2, and -3. These brazing filler met- sides of a brazing sheet having a core of 3003 or 695 alu-
1
als, when used for different joints in the same assembly, minum alloy. The 6951 alloy core can be solution heat-
permit variation in brazing temperature so that step-braz- treated and aged after brazing.
ing can be used. 29.5.3.6BAIS¡-9. Thisisafiller metal suitablefor
29.5.2.2BAU-4. This brazingfillermetalisusedto brazing in a vacuum. It is available as a cladding onone
braze a wide range of high-temperature, iron- and nickel- side or both sides of a brazing sheet having a core of 3003
base alloys. aluminum alloy, and itis used typically in heat-exchanger
29.5.2.3 BAU-5. This brazing filler metal is used pri- applications to join fins made from 5000- or 6000-series
marily for joining heat- and corrosion-resistant base met- aluminum alloys.
als where corrosion-resistant joints with good strength at 29.53.7 BAIS¡-11. This is a brazing sheet clad on one
high temperatures are required. This filler metal is well or two sides of alloy 3105 to form a composite sheet suit-
suited for furnace brazing under protective atmospheres able for brazing in a vacuum. It also is designed for brazing
(including vacuum). in a multizone furnace, where the vacuum level is inter-
29.5.2.4 BAU-6. This brazing filler metal is used pri- rupted one or more times during a brazing cycle. The com-
marily for joining iron and nickel-base super alloys for posite can be used in batch-type vacuum furnaces; howev-
service at elevated temperature. This filler metal is well er, vacuum sheet suitable for brazing with a 3003 core is
suited for furnace brazing under protective atmospheres more resistant to erosion. The maximum brazing tempera-
(including vacuum). ture for the BAlSi-11/3 105 composite is 1110°F(595°C).
29.5.3 BAlSi Classifications (Aluminum-Silicon). 29.5.4 BCuP Classifications (Copper-Phosphorus).

Brazing filler metals of the BAlSi classifications are used Brazing filler metals of the BCuP classifications are used
for joining the following grades of aluminum and alu- primarily for joining copper and copper alloys; although
minum alloys; 1060,1350,1100,3003,3004,3005,5005, they have some limited use on silver, tungsten, and
5050, 6053, 6951, 7005, and cast alloys 710.0 and 711.0. molybdenum. These filler metals should not be used on
---
Joint clearances of 0.006 to 0.010 in. (0.15 to 0.25 mm) ferrous or nickel-base alloys, or on copper-nickel alloys |
| ||||
are common for members which overlap less than 114 in. having a nickelcontent in excess of 10 percent; since brit-
|||| || || |||||
(6.4 mm). Joint clearances up to 0.025 in. (0.64 mm) are tle intermetalliccompounds will formatthefiller
used for members which overlap more than 1/4 in. metalhase metal interface. B C G filler metals are suitable
Fluxing is essential for all processes, except when brazing for all brazing processes. They have self-fluxing proper-
|| || ||
aluminum in avacuum. After brazing with flux, the ties when used on copper; however, a flux is recommend-
ed when used on all other base metals, including alloys of
||
brazed parts should be cleaned thoroughly. Immersion in

boiling water generally will remove the residue. If this is copper. Corrosion resistance is satisfactory, except when
||||
not adequate, the parts usually are immersed in a concen- the joint is in contact with sulfurous atmospheres. It
trated commercial nitric acid or other suitable acid solu- should be noted that the brazing temperature ranges begin
--
tion, and then rinsed thoroughly. below the liquidus.

295.3.1 BAIS¡-2. This brazing filler metal is available 29.5.4.1 BCuP-1. This brazing filler metal is particu-
as sheet oras a cladding on one or both sides of a brazing larly suited for resistance-brazing applications. This filler
STDOAWS UGFM-ENGL L995 07842b5 051454b 964
103
metal is somewhat more ductile and less fluid at brazing 295.5.3 BCu-2. This brazing filler metal is supplied as
temperature than other BCuP filler metals containing more a copper-oxide suspension in an organic vehicle. Its appli-
phosphorus. Joint clearances of 0.003 to 0.005 in (0.8to cations are similar to BCu-1 and BCu-la.
O. 13 mm) are recommended. 29.5.5.4RBCuZn-A.I6 Thisbrazingfillermetal is
29.5.4.2BCuP-2 and -4.
These brazing filler metals used on steels, copper, copper alloys, nickel, nickel alloys,
and stainless steel where corrosion resistance is not of
are very fluid at brazing temperatures and will penetrate
joints with small clearances. Best results
are obtained with importance. It is used with torch, furnace, and induction
clearances of 0.001 to 0.003in. (0.03 to 0.08 mm). brazingprocesses.Fluxinggenerally is required, and a
---
borax-boric acid flux commonly is used. Joint clearances
|
| ||||
29.5.4.3 BCuP-3 and -5. These brazing filler metals from 0.002 to 0.005 in(0.05to 0.13 mm) are suitable.
maybeusedwherenarrow joint clearances cannot be
|||| || || |||||
29.5.5.5RBCuZn-B. Theselow-fuming,brass-nickle
held. Joint clearances of 0.002 to 0.005 in. (0.06 to 0.13
welding rods are similar to RBCuZn-A,but contain addi-
mm) are recommended.
tions of iron and manganese which serve to increase the
|| || ||
295.4.4 BCuP-6. This brazing filler metal combines hardness and strength.Ïn addition, a smallamount of sili-
some of the properties of BCuP-2 and BCup-3. It has the con (0.04-0.15 percent) servesto control the vaporization
||
ability to fill wide joint clearances at the lowerend of its of the zinc; hence, the “low-fuming” property. The nickel
||||
brazing range. At the high end of the brazing range it is addition (0.2 to 0.8 percent) assures uniform distribution
more fluid. Joint clearancesof 0.002 to 0.005 in. (0.06 to of the iron in the deposit.
--
O. 13 mm) are recommended. This filler metal is used for brazing and braze welding
of steel, cast iron, copper, copper alloys, nickel, nickel
29.5.4.5 BCuP-7. This brazing filler metal is slightly alloys, and stainless steel. RBCuZn-B filler metal also is
more fluid than BCuP-3 or-5, and it has a lower liquidus used for the surfacingof steel. It isused with torch, induc-
temperature. It is used extensively in the form of pre- tion, and furnace processes. Flux and joint clearances are
placed rings in heat-exchanger joints and tubing joints. the same as those specified for RBCuZn-A.
Joint clearances of 0.002 to 0.005 in. (0.06to 0.13 mm)
are recommended. 29.5.5.6 RBCuZn-C. This brazing filler metal is used
on steels, copper, copper alloys, nickel, nickel alloys, and
stainless steel. It is
used with torch, furnace,and induction
brazing processes. Fluxing is required, and a borax-boric
29.5.5 BCu and RBCuZn Classifications (Copper) acid flux commonlyis used. Joint clearances from 0.002 to
and (Copper-Zinc). Brazing filler metals of the BCu and 0.005 in. (0.05to 0.13 mm) are suitable.
RBCuZn classifications are used for joining various fer-
rous and nonferrous metals. They also can be used with 29.5.5.7 RBCuZn-D. This brazing filler metal (called
nickel silver) is used primarily for brazing tungsten car-
various brazing processes. However, with the RBCuZn
bide. It alsois used with steel, nickel, and nickel alloys. It
filler metals, overheating should be avoided; since voids can be used with all brazing processes. This filler metal is
may be formed in the jointby entrapped zinc vapors. not suitablefor furnace brazing in a protective atmosphere.
29.5.5.1 BCu-l. This brazing filler metal is used for
joining ferrous metals, nickel-base alloys and copper-nick- 29.5.6 BNI Classification (Nickel). Brazing filler met-
el alloys; and itis very free-flowing. It often is used in fur- als of the BNi classifications are used generally for their
nace brazing with a protective atmosphere - such as par- corrosion-resistant and heat-resistant properties. The BNi
tially-combusted natural gas, hydrogen, dissociated filler metals have excellent properties at high service tem-
ammonia, or one of the nitrogen-based atmospheres - peratures. They also are satisfactorily used for room-tem-
and generally it is used without flux. On metals that have
perature applications and where the service temperatures
constituents with difficult-to-reduce oxides (e.g.,chromi-
um,manganese,silicon,titanium,vanadium,andalu- are equal to the temperature of liquid oxygen, helium, or
minum) a fluxmay be required. However, puredry hydro- nitrogen. Best quality can be obtained by brazing in an
gen, argon, dissociated ammonia, and vacuum atmospheres atmosphere which is reducing to both the base metal and
are suitable for base metals containing chromium, man- the brazing filler metal.
ganese, or silicon. Flux also may be used with zinc-con- Narrow joint clearances and post-braze thermal diffu-
taining base metals to retard vaporization. Vacuum atmos- sion cycles are often employed to minimize the presence
pheres, electrolytic nickel plating,or both, are used for base of intermetallic compounds and low-ductility joint condi-
metals containing titanium and aluminum. tions. When BNi filler metals are used with torch, air-
29.5.5.2 BCu-la. This brazing filler metalis a powder atmosphere furnace, and induction brazing processes, a
form similar to BCu- 1, and its application and use are sim- suitable flux must be used. BNi filler metals are particu-
ilar to thoseof BCu-l. larly suited to vacuum systems and vacuum-tube applica-
tions because of their low vapor pressure. Chromium is
RBCuZn-X Filler metals are used
for braze welding applications. the limiting element in metals to be used in vacuum appli-
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL m 0784565 0514547 8 T O W
104
cations. It should be noted that when phosphorus is com- 29.5.6.9 BNi-7. This brazing filler metal is used for the
bined with some other elements, these compounds have brazing of honeycomb structures, thin-walled tube assem-
very low vapor pressures and can be used readilyin a vac- blies, and other structures which are used at high tempera-
uum brazingatmosphere of 1x10-3 torr (O. 13 Pa) at tures. It is recommended for nuclear applications where
1950°F(1066°C) withoutremovalof the phosphorus. boron cannot be used. The best results are obtained when
it is used in the furnace brazing process. Microstructure
Greater strength and ductility inthis group of filler metals
and ductility of the joint are improvedby increasing time
is obtainable by diffusion brazing. at brazing temperature.
29.5.6.1BNi-1. This fillermetalwasthefirstofthe 29.5.6.10BNi-8. Thisbrazingfillermetal is usedin
nickel filler metals to be developed. The nickel, chromium, honeycomb brazements and on stainless steels and other
andironcontentsrenderitsuitableforbrazingnickel, corrosion-resistant base metals. Since this filler metal con-
chromium or iron base metals. While high carbon content tains a high percentage of manganese, special brazing pro-
in 300-seriesstainlesssteelsusuallyismetallurgically cedures should be observed. Because manganese oxidizes
undesirable from a corrosion standpoint, the high carbon in morereadilythanchromium,thehydrogen,argon,and
BNi-1wouldappeartomakeitundesirableforbrazing helium brazing atmospheres must be pure and very dry,
stainless steels. The Strauss test for corrosion has been con- with a dew point of -70°F (-57°C) or below. The vacuum
ducted by one aircraft engine company, and it did not show atmosphere must have low pressure and a low leak rate to
any adverse effects of the high carbon content on the cor- insure a very low partial pressure or oxygen. It should be
rosion resistanceof joints in base metals such as AIS1 347 noted that the chemical composition and the melting char-
stainless steels. The reason given for this is that the carbon acteristics of this filler metal will change when the man-
already is tied up with the chromium in the filler metal. ganese is oxidized or vaporized during brazing in gas or
29.5.6.2 BNi-la. This brazing filler metal is a low-car- vacuum atmospheres. However, the effect of manganese is
bon grade of BNi-1, with an identical chemical composi- not a problemin an atmosphere of proper quality.
tion - except that, while the specified carbon content is 29.5.6.11 BNi-9. This brazing filler metal is a eutectic
0.06 percent maximum, the carbon content usually is0.03 nickel-chromium-boronfillermetalthatisparticularly
percent or lower. Although the carbon content is lower, well suited for diffusion-brazing applications. Boron has a
corrosion testing results with the Strauss and Huey test small molecular diameter; thus, it diffuses rapidly out of
were no better than for joints made with BNi- l. This filler the brazed joint, leaving the nickel-chromium alloy in the
metal produces stronger joints but is less fluid than the joint along with elements that diffuse from the base metal
BNi-1 filler metal. intothe joint - suchasaluminum,titanium,etc.
29.5.6.3 BNi-2. This brazing filler metal has a lower Depending on the diffusion time and temperature, the joint
and narrower melting range and better flow characteristics remelt temperature can be above 2500°F (1371°C); and,
thanBNi-1.Thesecharacteristicshavemadethisfiller depending on the base metal, the hardness can be as low as
metal the most widely used of the nickel filler metals. HRB70. With further diffusion time, the grains can grow
29.5.6.4BNi-3. Thisbrazingfillermetalisusedfor across the joint, and it may appear as all base metal. The
applications similar to BNi-1 and BNi-2, andis less it sen- singlesolidusandliquidustemperature(i.e.,eutectic)
sitive to marginally protective atmospheres. eliminates the possibility of liquation and thus helps in
brazing thick sections that require slower heating.
29.5.6.5 BNi-4. This brazing filler metal is similar to
but more ductile than BNi-3.isItused to form large fillets 29.5.6.12 BNi-10. This brazing filler metal is a high-
or joints where fairly large joint clearances are present. strength material for high-temperature applications. The
tungsten is a matrix-strengthener; this makes it useful for
29.5.6.6 BNi-5. This brazing filler metal is used for
brazing base metals containing cobalt, molybdenum, and
applications similar to BNi-1, except that it can be used
tungsten. This filler metal has a wide melting range and
incertainnuclearapplicationswhereboroncannot
--
has been used for brazing cracks .O20 in in. (0.5 mm) thick
be tolerated.
combustion chambers. It results in a layer of filler metal
29.5.6.7BNi-Sa. ThisisamodifiedBNi-5composi-
||||
across the joint which acts as a doubler, while the lower-

tion with a reduced silicon content plus a small addition of melting constituentis fluid enough to flow through the thin
||
boron.Thepresenceofboronexcludesthisalloyfrom crack and produce a suitable brazement.

|| || ||
nuclear applications. Otherwise, the applications are simi-

29.5.6.13 BNi-11. This brazing filler metal is a strong
|||| || || |||||
lar to those of BNi-5. High-strength joints can be pro-

duced. BNi-Sa material can be used in place of BNi-1 filler material for high-temperature brazement applications. The
metal where a reduced level of boron is desired. The braz- tungsten matrix-hardener makesitsuitableforbrazing
ing of thin-gauge honeycomb to sheet-metal base parts is a base metals containing cobalt, molybdenum, and tungsten.
| ||||
typical application. With its wider melting range, it issuitableforslightly

|
higher-than-normal brazing clearances.

---
29.5.6.8 BNi-6. This brazing filler metal is free-flow-

ing,and it is usedinmarginallyprotectiveatmos-
pheres and for brazing low-chromium steels in exother- 29.5.7 BCo Classification (Cobalt). Brazing filler
mic atmospheres. metals of the BCo-1 classification generally are used for
~ ~~
STDmAWS UGFM-ENGL 1795 07842b5 0514548 737 m

105
their high-temperature properties and their compatibility Proper prebraze cleaning is an initial step in any braz-
with cobalt alloys. ing process; however, additional protection and cleaning
is required to maintain this condition throughout the braz-
29.5.8 BMg Classification (Magnesium). Brazing ing procedure.Fluxes may be usedto maintain cleanliness
filler metal BMg-1 is used for joining AZlOA, KIA, and and protection from oxidation. Controlled atmospheres,
MIA magnesium alloys. including vacuum, and active deoxidizing elements are
alternate methodsofprovidingthenecessary surface
29.5.9 Filler Metals for Vacuum Service. These cleanliness during brazing.
brazing filler metals are specially controlled to fabricate
high-quality electronic devices, for which the service life 30.4.2 Brazing fluxes are mixtures of chemical com-
and operating characteristics are of primeimportance. pounds, which mayinclude inorganic salts and mild acids
Brazing filler metals for vacuum service should be used in selected for their ability to provide chemical cleaning or
a high-purity protective atmosphere in order to maintain protection of the faying surfaces and the filler metal dur-
the purity of the filler metal and to assure proper brazing ing brazing. Fluxes must perform thisprotective cleaning-
and final brazement quality. It is very important in some and-fluxing action in conjunction with not only the spe-
applications that the brazing filler metal does not spatter cific filler metals beingused, but also with the other braz-
onto areas near the joint. ing variables such as base metal, brazing process, mass of
In addition to these special grades, BCo-1andBNi the workpieces, and method of flux application. For fur-
brazing filler metals (except BNi-8)are suitable for vac- ther information, refer to the Brazing Handbook, pub-
uum service. lished by the American WeldingSociety.
--
||||
30. Guide to Classification of Fluxes for Brazing and 30.5 Description and Intended Use of Brazing Fluxes
||
Braze Welding
|| || ||
|||| || || |||||
chlorides of some of the alkali-metals.-Water or alcohol

30.2 Introduction. The purpose of this guideistocorre-maybeused for thinning.
| ||||
late the flux classifications presentedinANSVAWS

|
---
A5.31-92 with their intended applications. Reference to

30.5.2 FB1-B. This is a brazing flux in powder form
appropriatebasemetals,fillermetals, and brazing
intended for torch and furnace brazing of aluminum and
processes is made whenever possible and when it would
its brazeable alloys. The lowerend of its activity temper-
be useful. Such references are intended only as examples
ature range is slightly lower than that of the FBI-A clas-
rather than complete listings of the materials and process-
sification. It consists primarily of fluorides and chlorides
es for which each brazing flux is suitable.
of some of the alkali metals. Water or alcohol may be
used for thinning.
30.3 Classification System. The system for identifying
the brazing flux classifications is based on three factors:
applicable base metal, applicable filler metal, and activ- 30.5.3 FB1-C. This is a brazing flux in powder form
ity temperature range. The letters FB at the beginning of intended for salt-bath dip brazing of aluminum and its
each classification designation identify the material as a brazeable alloys. The lower endof its activity temperature
flux for brazing or braze welding. Thethird character is range is much lower than that of the FB1-A and FBI-B
a numeral that stands for a group of applicable base met- classifications. It consists primarily of fluorides and chlo-
als. The fourth character, a letter, designates a change in rides of some of the alkali metals. Water should be avoid-
form and attendant composition withinthe broader base- ed in the flux or removed prior to immersion of the braze-
metal classification. ment in the salt bath.
30.5.4 FB2-A. This is a brazing flux in powder form

30.4 Brazing Considerations
intended for salt-bath dip brazingof magnesium
- alloys
30.4.1 Successful brazing requires that the surfaces of whose designators start with AZ. It consists primarily of
the workpieces and the filler metal be free of oxide, tar- fluorides and chlorides of some of the alkali metals. Water
nish, or other foreign matter at the time the brazing filler should be avoided in theflux or removed prior to immer-
metal flows into the joint. sion of the brazement in the salt bath.
106
305.5 FB3-A. This is a general-purpose brazing flux The flux typically contains complex borates and fluoride
in paste form intendedfor use withmost brazing process- compounds plus powdered boron. Water may be used as
es in the brazing of steels, copper, copper alloys, nickel, the thinning vehicle.
and nickel alloys. It is not suitable for aluminum bronze
or other base metals containing alloying elements, such as 30.5.14 FB3-K. This is a liquid flux used almost exclu-
aluminum, which form refractory oxides. It consists pri- sively in torch brazing. The fuel gas is passed through the
marily of boric acid, borates, and complex fluorine com- container of liquid flux entrainingflux in the fuel gas.The
pounds. Water is used for thinning. flux is applied by the flame where needed on base metals
--
such as carbon steels, low-alloy steels, cast-iron, copper

30.5.6FB3-C. This is abrazing flux in paste form and copper alloys, nickel and nickel-alloys, and precious
||||
similar to FB3-A - except that the activity temperature metals. The flux consists primarily of liquid borates.
||
range extends toa higher temperature, and it may contain

|| || ||
elemental boron. Water is used for thinning. 30.5.15 FB4-A. This is a brazing flux in paste form
|||| || || |||||
intended for brazing of copper alloys and other base met-

30.5.7FB3-D. This is abrazing flux in paste form als containingup to 9-percentaluminum - e.g., alu-
intended for torch, furnace, and inductionbrazing of minum bronze. It may also be suitable for base metals
| ||||
steels, nickel and its alloys, and carbides using high-tem- containing up to 3-percent titanium or other metals that
|
perature filler metals. It consists primarily of boric acid, form refractory oxides. It consists primarily of borates,
---
borates, and complex fluorine compounds. It may contain complex fluorine compounds, and complex chlorine com-
elemental boron. Water is used for thinning. pounds. Water is used for thinning.
30.5.8 FB3-E. This is a low-activity liquid brazing

flux used in the torch brazing of jewelry or to augment
Part M:
borderline furnace-brazing atmospheric conditions. Flux
usually is applied by dipping or by the use of semi- or
lbngsten Electrodes
fully-automatic spray dispensing equipment. The flux 31. Guideto Classification of Tungsten and Tungsten
constituents are similar to those in FB3-D fluxes. Alloy Electrodes for Arc Welding and Cutting
30.5.9 FB3-F. This is a brazing flux somewhat similar 31.1 Provisions. Excerpts from ANSUAWSA5.12-92,
to the FB3-A flux, except that no vehicle is added to the Alloy Electrodes
Speczjìcutionfor Tungsten und Tungsten
powder during manufacture. In application, water may be for Arc Welding und Cutting.
used as a thinning vehicle.
31.2 Introduction
30.5.10 FB3-G. This is a brazing flux in slurry form
31.2.1 The purpose of this guide is to correlate the
for use with automatic spray-dispensing equipment. The
electrode
classifications
presented in ANSUAWS
general range of applications is similar to that of FB3-A
A5.12-92 with their intended applications.
flux. Water may be used as the thinning vehicle.
31.2.2 Tungsten electrodes are nonconsumable in that
30.5.11 FB3-H. This is a brazing flux in slurry form they do not intentionally becomepart of the weld metalas
for use with automatic spray-dispensing equipment. The do electrodes used as filler metals. The function of a tung-
general range of applications is similar to that of the sten electrode is to serve as one of the terminals of an arc
FB3-C flux. The flux typically contains complex borates which supplies the heat requiredfor welding or cutting.
and fluoride compounds, plus powdered boron.Water
may be used as the thinning vehicle.
31.3 Classification
30.5.12 FB3-I. This is a brazing flux in slurry form for 31.3.1 The system for identifying the electrode classi-
use with automatic spray-dispensing equipment. The gen- fications follows the standard pattern used in AWS filler
eral areas of application are similar to those of the FB3-D metal specifications. The letter “E’ at the beginning of the
flux. The flux typically contains complex borates and flu- classification designation stands for electrode. The chem-
oride compounds plus powdered boron. Water maybe ical symbol, W, indicates that the electrode is primarily
used as the thinning vehicle. tungsten. The “Findicates that the electrode is essential-
ly pure tungstenand contains no intentionally added
30.5.13 FB3-J. This is a brazing flux in powder form alloying elements. The chemical symbols- Ce, La, Th,
for areas of application similar to those ofthe FB3-D flux. and Zr -indicate that theelectrode is alloyed with oxides
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 3995 m 07842b5 0534550 395
107
of cerium, lanthanum, thorium, or zirconium, respective- 31.4 Operation Characteristics

ly. The numeral at the end of some of the classifications
31.4.1 The choice of an electrode classification, size,
indicates a different chemical compositionlevel or prod-
uct within a specific group. and welding current is influenced by the type and thick-
ness of thebasemetalsbeingwelded. The capacity of
tungsten electrodes tocarry current isdependentupon
31.3.2 Thisguideincludes electrodes classified as numerous factors in addition to the classification and size
EWG. The “ G indicates that the electrode is of a “gen- -including type and polarityof the current, the shielding
eral” classification, It is general because not all of the gas used, the type of equipment (air or water cooled), the
particular requirements specified for each of the other extension of the electrode beyond colletthe (i.e., the sleeve
classifications are specified for this classification. The or tube that holds the electrode), and the welding position.
intent in establishing this classification is to provide a An electrode of a given size will haveits greatest current-
means by which electrodes that differ in some respect carrying capacity with direct current, electrode negative
(chemical composition,for example) fromall other clas- (straight polarity); less with alternating current; and still
sifications in ANSUAWS A5.12-92 still can be classi- less with direct current, electrode positive (reverse polari-
fied according to the specification. In the case of the ty). Table 24 lists some typical current values that maybe
example, if the chemical composition does not meetthe used with argon shielding gas. However, the other factors
composition specified for any of the classifications in mentioned above should be carefully considered before
the specification, the electrode still canbeincluded selecting an electrode for a specific application.
within the “ G classification.
The purpose is to allow a useful electrode - one that 31.4.2 Tungsten hasan electrical conductivity which is
otherwise would have to await a revision of the specifi- about 30-percent that of copper, and a thermal conductiv-
cation -to be classified immediately, underthe existing ity which is 44-percent that of copper. Therefore, there
specification. This means, then, that two electrodes - will be moreheating as current is passedthrough the tung-
each bearingthe same “ G ’ classification - may be quite sten electrode. When welding with tungsten electrodes,
different in some respect. To prevent the confusion that the arc tip should be the only hot part of the
electrode; the
this
situation
could
create, ANSI/AWS A5.12-92 remainder should be kept as cool as possible.
requires the manufacturer to identify, in the label, the
type and nominal content of the alloy addition made in 31.4.3 One method of preventing electrode overheat-
the particular product. ing is to keepthe extension of the electrode from the col-
Table 24
Typical Current Ranges forTungsten E l e c t m k P
Electrode DCEN DCEP Alternating Cumnt Alternating Cumnt

Diameter (DCSP) (DCRP) Unbalanced Wave Balanced Wave
A A A A
in. mm EWX-X EWX-X EWP EWX-X EWP EM-X
0.010 0.30 Up to 15 nab Up to 15 Up to 15 Up to 15 Up to 15

0.020 0.50 5-20 na 5-15 5-20 10-20 5-20
0.040 I .OO 15-80 118 10-60 15-80 20-30 20-60
0.060 1.M 70-150 10-20 50-100 70- I50 30-80 60-120
0.093 2.40 150-250 15-30 100-160 140-235 60-130 100-180
0.125 3.20 25o-400 25-40 150-200 225-325 100-180 160-250
0.156 4.00 400500 40-55 200-275 300400 160-240 200-320
0.187 5.00 500-750 55-80 250-350 400500 190-300 290-390
0.250 6.40 750-1000 80-125 325-450 500-630 25o-400 340425
N-
a. ~ ~ ~ r r c ~ ~ w r b u c ~ o n OlbcrNrrcatvlluornupkem~~orchrrh#ldialpr,ypcdcq.ipawrc
t h c ~ d ~ p r
Imd.pp(laDbr
h. M = Mn applioMa
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---
~~~ - ~
STDoAWS UGFM-ENGL L775 m 0784265 0514551 2 2 1 m

108
let short. If the extension is too long, even a relatively low These advantages increase with increased ceria content.
current can cause the electrode to overheat and meltabove Unlike thoria, ceria is not a radioactive material.
the terminus of the arc. Conversely, if the current density These electrodes contain about two-percent ceria. They
is too low, the arc will be erratic and unstable. will operate successfully with alternating current or direct
current, either polarity.
31.4.4 Many electrode classificstions contain emissive
oxide additions. These additions lower the temperature at 31.5.3 EWLa-1 Electrode Classification. The
which the electrode emits electrons, to ;L temperature EWLa-1 electrodes are tungsten electrodes which con-
below the melting point of tungsten. Such an electrode tain nominally 1-percent lanthanum oxide, referred to
operates cooler; or it can operate at higher currents, as as lanthana. The advantages and operating characteris-
will be noted from Table 24. Benefits of these additions tics of this electrode type are very similar to those of
include easier starting, particularly when using superim- EWCe-2 electrodes.
posedhighfrequency;morestableoperation;and
reduced contamination. These benefits are noted in the 31.5.4 EW'Zh-X Electrode Classifications. The
description listed for the various classifications contain- EWTh-X electrodes m tungsten electrodes containing
ing oxide additives. thorium oxide, referred to as thoria. The thoria in all class-
31.4.5 All tungsten eiectrodes may be used in a similar es is responsible for increasing the usable life of these elec-
manner. However, electrodes of each classification have trodes beyond hat of the EWP electrodes because of their
distinct advantages with respect to other classifications. higher electron emission, better arc starting, and greater
The following section discusses the specific electrode stability. They generally have longer life and provide
classifications with regard to their operating characteris- greater resistance to tungsten contamination of the weld.
tics and usability. Thoria is a vzry low-level radioactive material. For the
amount of thorja present in these electrodes, the level of
radiation has not been found to represent a health hazard.
Use of Electrodes
However, if welding is to be performed in confined spaces
31.5.1 EWP Electrode Classification. The EWP for prolonged periods of time, or if electrode grinding dust
electrodes are unalloyed tungsten electrodes (99.5-percent might be ingested, special precautions regarding ventila-
tungsten, minimum). Their current-carrying capacity is tion should be considered. The user should consult appro-
lower than that of other electrodes. They provide good priate safety personnel.
stability when used with alternating current, either bal-
31.5.4.1EWTh-1andEWTh-2. Theseelectrodes
anced-wave or continuously high-frequency stabilized.
were designed for direct-current applications. They have
They may be used withdirect current and also with either the thoria content dispersed evenly throughout their entire
argon or helium, or a combination of both, as a shielding length.Theymaintain a sharpenedpointwell,which is
gas. They maintain a clean, balled end, which is preferred desirable for welding steel. They can be used on alternat-
for aluminum and magnesium welding. These electrodes ing-current work; but a satisfactory balled end, which is
have reasonably good resistance to contamination of the desirable for the weldingof non-fernous materials, is diffí-
---
cult to maintain.
|
weld metal by the electrode, although the oxide-contain-
| ||||
ing electrodes are superior in this respect. EWP electrodes 31.5.4.2 Should it be desired to use these electrodes for
|||| || || |||||
generally are used on less critical applications, except for alternating-current welding, then balling can be accom-
welding aluminum and magnesium. The lower-cost EWP plished by briefly and carefully welding with direct cur-
electrodes can be used for less critical applications where rent electrode positive (dcep) prior to welding with alter- || || ||
some tungsten contamination of welds is acceptable. nating current. During ac welding, the balled end does not
melt; so emission is not as good as from a liquid ball on
||
31.5.2 EWCe-2 Electrode Classification. The anEWP electrode.Thehigherthoriacontentinthe

||||
EWCe-2 electrodes were f i s t introduced into the United EWTh-2electrodecausestheoperatingcharacteristic

States market in 1987. Several other grades of this type of improvements to be more pronounced than in the lower
--
electrode are commercially practical, including electrodes thoria content EWTh- l.

containing 1-percent Ceo; but only one grade, EWCe-2,
has been included as having commercial significance. 31.5.5 EWZr-1 Electrode Classification. The
The EWCe-2 electrodes are tungsten electrodes con- EWZr-1 electrode is a tungsten electrodecontaining
taining cerium-oxide, referred to as ceria. Advantages of zirconium oxide, referred to as zirconia. This electrode
tungsten electrodes containing ceria, compared to pure is preferred for applications where tungsten contamina-
tungsten, include increased ease of starting, improved arc tion of the weld must be minimized. This electrode per-
stability, and reduced rate of vaporization or burn-off. forms well when used with alternatingcurrent,asit
1o9
retains a balled end during weldingand has a high resis- Part N:

tance to contamination. Consumable Insert
31.5.6 EWG Electrode Classification. The EWG of Consumable Inserts
electrode is a tungsten electrode containing an unspeci-
fied addition of an unspecified rare-earth oxide or com- 32.1 Provisions. ExcerptsfromANSVAWS A5.30-79,
bination of oxides. The purposeof the addition is to Specijìcation for Consumable Inserts.
affect the nature or characteristics of the arc, as defined
by the manufacturer. 32.2Introduction. The purpose of this guide is to cor-
Although no rare-earth oxide addition is specified, the relatethefillermetalclassificationpresented in
manufacturer must identify the specific addition or addi- ANSVAWS A5.30-79 with intended applications.
tions and the nominal quantity or quantities added.
31.6 General Recommendations. These recommenda-
tions, when followed, should maintain high weld quality 32.3.1 The classification system follows as closely as
and promote welding economy in any specific application. possible the standard pattern used in AWS filler metal spec-
ifications. The inherent nature of the products being classi-
31.6.1 The appropriate current (type andmagnitude) fied have, however, necessitated specific changes that more
should be selected for the electrode size to be used. Too ably classify the product. As an example, consider IN308.
great a current will cause excessive melting, dripping, or Theprefix “IN’ designates a consumableinsert.The
volatilization of the electrode. Too small a current will numeral 308 designates the chemical composition.
cause cathode bombardment and erosion due to the low
temperature, and this will result in arc instability. 32.3.2 The solid products are classified on the basis of
their chemical composition. However,their cross-section-
31.6.2 The electrode shouldbeproperlybroken or
---
al configurations are another consideration that must be
|
ground tapered by following the supplier’s suggested pro- selected and specified when ordering.
| ||||
cedures. Improper breaking may cause a jagged end or a
|||| || || |||||
bent electrode, which usually results in a poorly shaped
arc and excessive electrode heating. 32.4 Description of Process
32.4.1 General. Consumable inserts are used for root-
|| || ||
31.6.3 The electrodes should be handled carefully and
pass welding from one side, where consistent high-quali-
kept as clean aspossible. To obtain maximum cleanliness,
||
they should be stored intheir original package until used. ty welds are required with minimum repairs or rejects.
||||
They also are used where welding conditions may be less
31.6.4 The shielding-gas flowshouldbemaintained than optimum, such as a confined space for welding or the
--
until the electrode has cooled. When the electrodes are necessity for maximuminsuranceagainstweld cracks,
properly cooled, the arc end will appear bright and pol- etc. They usually are used in pipe joints, but they are used
ished. When improperly cooled, the end may oxidize and often in pressure vessel and structural applications also.
appear to have a coloredfilm which can, unless removed,
adversely affect the weld quality on subsequent welds. 32.4.2Purging.Toprovide weldedpiping systems
All connections, both gas and water, should be checked with the integrity requiredby existing codes, the weldjoint
for tightness. must allow full penetration with weld metalof consistent-
ly good quality. One methodof obtaining this high levelof
31.6.5 The electrode extension within the gas shield- quality is the use of preplaced consumable inserts in con-
ing pattern should be kept to a minimum, generally dic- junction with a specific joint configuration, together witha
tated by the application and equipment. This is to ensure suitable protective-gas back purge. The GTAW process,
protection of the electrode by the gas, even at low gas- either manual or automatic, generally is used to consume
flow rates. or fuse the consumable insert. This method is particularly
adaptable to conditions encountered in pipe welding, but it
31.6.6 The equipment- and, in particular, the shield- may be applied to flat plate-type joints. The main consid-
ing-gas nozzle - should be kept clean and free of weld eration is that a full-penetration butt weld is required when
spatter. A dirty nozzle adversely influences the gas shield- the accessibility is limited to one side or when the back-
ing. This contributes to improper gas-flow patterns and side of the joint is inaccessible for welding. In order to
arc wandering, which can result in poor weld quality. It obtain a suitably smooth, uniform back side weld surface
may also contribute to excessive electrode consumption. without crevices or oxidation, a purge must be established
110
using a suitable protective gas. Since the second and third

passes in the joint may take the previously deposited con-
sumable insert root-pass above the oxidizing temperature
of the base and filler metal, it may be necessary to main-
tain the purge until three layers or 3/16 in. (4.8 mm) root
thickness is obtained.
32.4.3 Ferrite Content. For use of austenitic consum-

able inserts, the purchaser should specify in the purchase
order either the applicable limits for femte or the ferrite
number required in the consumable inserts. In general, the
--
limits applied tothe matching filler-metal type beingused

in the joint are recommended for the consumable insert.
||||
The femte shall bemeasured by meansofa suitable

instrument that has been calibrated in accordance with
||
|| || ||
AWSA4.2-74, StandardProcedures for Calibrating

Magnetic Instruments to Measure the DeltaFerrite
|||| || || |||||
Content of Austenitic StainlessSteel Weld Metal.

| ||||
32.4.4 Joint Configuration.It should benoted that the

joint-end-preparation configuration must be compatible
|
---
with the shape of the consumable insert used in order to

obtain consistently high quality, particularly under field-
welding conditions.
For configurations of all shapes, the butt gap inthe
insert (fitted and ready for tack welding) shall not exceed
1/16 in. (1.6 mm).
32.5 Usability
32.5.1 The control of chemical compositionis general-
ly sufficient to insure usability of these classifications.
However, a fusibility test is sometimes specified.
32.5.2 A complete description of the characteristics of

theconsumable insert classifications covered by the
specification is beyond the scope of this document. For
further information, see AWS D10.4-79, Recommended
Practices for WeldingAusteniticChromium-Nickel
Stainless Steel Piping and Tubing; and AWS D1O.ll-
79, Recommended Practicesfor Root Pass Welding and
Gas Purging.
-!T-
STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL L995 = 07842b5 0514554 T30 m

112
Index of Filler Metal Classifications and Specifications

A4.2 . . . 14.4.2,15.5.2,16.4.2,32.4.3 E3003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5.2 E410T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.16
A4.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.4.9,11.4.9 E307 .................... 14.5.3 E430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.35
A5.01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1,2.2,18.3.3 E307T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.8, 16.6.1 E430T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.19
A5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1 -4.7, 23.5.3.1 E308 .................... 14.5.4 E502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.36
A5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.5 E308H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.5.5 E502T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.20
A5.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.1 - 17.5 E308L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.6 E505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.37
A5.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1- 14.7, 16.5 E308LT . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.8,16.6.3 E505T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.21
A5.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.1-5.8,4.6.3 E308Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.7 E6010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.5.6,4.7.1
A5.6 . . . . . . . . . . . 19.1- 19.4,27.8.1 E308MoL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.8 E6011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.6,4.7.2
A5.7 . . . . . . . . . . . 20.1 - 20.4, 27.8.1 E308MoLT . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.8,16.6.5 E6012 .................... 4.7.3
A5.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29.1-29.5 E308MoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.4 E6013 .................... 4.7.4
A5.9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1-15.7, 16.5 E308T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.8, 16.6.2 E6019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.12
A5.10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18.1- 18.5 E309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.9 E6020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.13
A5.11 . . . . 21.1-21.5,22.3.3,27.6.11 E309Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.1 1 E6027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.15
A5.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.1-31.6 E309CbLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.8 E60XX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.4.7
A5.13 . . . . . . . . . . 27.1-27.9,28.3.4 E309L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.10 E630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.38
A5.14 . . . . . . . . . . 22.1-22.5,21.3.3 E309LT . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.2.3, 16.6.7 E7014 .................... 4.7.5
A5.15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23.1-23.6 E309Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.12 E7015 . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.3,4.7.6,4.7.7
A5.16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.1-24.5 E309MoL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.13 E7016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.6,4.7.8
A5.17 . . . . . . . . . . 10.1-10.4, 11.3.1 E309T . . . . . . 16.5.2.3, 16.5.3, 16.6.6 E7018 . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.3,4.7.6,4.7.9
A5.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1-6.5 E310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 14.5.14 E7018M . . . . . . . . 4.4.3,4.7.6,4.7.10
A5.19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.1-25.5 E310Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.16 E7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.14
A5.20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.1-8.5 E310H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.15 E7028 . . . . . . . . . 4.4.3,4.7.6,4.7.11
A5.21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.1-28.7 E310Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.17 E7029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7.16
A5.22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.1- 16.6 E310T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.9 E7038 .................... 4.4.3
A5.23 . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 - 11.4,10.4.4 E312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 14.5.18 E7048 .................... 4.7.6
--
A5.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.1-26.5 E312T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.10 E70XX . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.7, 4.6.3, 4.6.4

A5.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1- 12.4 E316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.19 E7Cr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.40
||||
A5.26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1- 13.4 E316H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.20 E80C-B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1

A5.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.1-7.5 E316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.21 E80C-B2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.2
||
|| || ||
A5.29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1-9.4 E316LT . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.2.3, 16.6.12 E80C-Nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.5

A5.30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.1-32.5 E316T . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.2.3, 16.6.11 ESOC-Ni2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.6
|||| || || |||||
A5.31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.1-30.5 E317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.22 ESOC-Ni3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.7

AMlOOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5.1 E317L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.23 E90C-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.3
AZlOlA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5.1 E317LT . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.2.3, 16.6.13 E90C-B3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.4
| ||||
AZ61A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5.1 E318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.24 ECoCr .................... 27.7

|
---
AZ92A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.5.1 E320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 14.5.25 ECU ..................... 19.4.2

BAg ..................... 29.5.1 E320LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.26 ECuAl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4.6,27.8
BAlSi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5.3 E330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.5.27 ECuMnNiAl . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4.6.5
BAU ..................... 29.5.2 E330H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.28 ECuNi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.4.5
BCo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5.7 E347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.29 ECuSi . . . . . . . 19.4.3, 27.8.8, 27.8.12
BCu ..................... 29.5.5 E347T . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.4.8, 16.6.14 ECuSn . . . . . . 19.4.4, 27.8.1, 27.8.12
BCuP .................... 29.5.4 E349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.30 ECuZn . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.8.8, 27.8.9
BMg .................... 29.5.8 E383 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.31 EFe5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4,28.4
BNi ..................... 29.5.6 E385 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.32 EFeCr-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.6
Ell00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5.1 E4OOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.3, 16.5.4 EFeCr-Al . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.6
E16-8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.39 E4043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.5.3 EFeMn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.5,28.5
E209 .................... 14.5.1 E409T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.15 ENi-1 .................... 21.5.1
E2209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8,14.5.41 E410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.33 ENI-CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.2.1
E240 .................... 14.5.2 E41ONiMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.5.34 ENi-CI-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.2.2
E2553 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8,14.5.42 E410NiMoT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.17 ENiCr ..................... 27.9
E300T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.5.3.16.5.4 E4 1 ONiTiT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.6.18 ENiCrCoMo- 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 -5.5
Previous page is blank
..
~ ~
STD-AWS UGFH-ENGL 3995 m 07842b5 0534555 977 m

113
ENiCrFe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.5.3 ER409Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.38 EWCe-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315.2

ENiCrMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21S.6 ER410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.39 EWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5.6
ENiCu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23.5.2.6 ER41ONiMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.40 EWLa-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5.3
ENiCu-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1S.2 ER420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.41 EWP .................... 31.5.1
ENiFe-CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.2.3 ER430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.42 EWTh-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31.5.4
ENiFe-CI-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.2.4 ER446LMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-6.43 EWZr-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.5.5
ENiFeMn-CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.2.5 ER502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.44 EXXl5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.4
ENiFeT3-CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.5 ER505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.45 EXX16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.6.4
ENiMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 4 ER630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.46 EXX18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6.4
ERlOOS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.9 ER70S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.1 EXXC-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.10
ERlOOS-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4.9 ER70S-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.2 EXXT-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.4,9.4.5.1
ERllOS-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.9 ER70S-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.3 EXXT-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.5
ER120S-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.9 ER7OS-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.4
EXXT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5.6
ER16-8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.47 ER7OS-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.5
EXXT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.7, 9.4.5.2
ER19-1OH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.48 ER70S-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.6
EXXT-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.8, 9.4.5.3
ER209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6.1 ER70S-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4.7
ER218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.2 ERSOS-B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.1 EXXT-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.9
ER219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.3 ER80S-B2L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.2 EXXT-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.10
ER2209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.49 ER80S-D2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.8 EXXT-8 . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.1 1,9.4.5.4
ER240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.4 ER80S-Nil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.5 EXXT-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.12
ER2553 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.50 ER80S-Ni2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.6 EXXT-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.13
ER307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.5 ER80S-Ni3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.7 EXXT-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5.14
ER308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.6 ER90S-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.3 EXXT-GS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.5.15
ER308H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.7 ER90S-B3L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.4.4 EXXT1-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.4. 5.1
ER308L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.8 ERCu .................... 20.4.2 EXXT4-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.4. 5.2
ER308LMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1 1 ERCuAl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27.8 EXXT5-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..9.4. 5.3
ER308LSi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.9 ERCuSi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.4.3 EXXT8-X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..9.4. 5.4
ER308Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.1O ERNi .................... 22.5.1 EXXTX-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4.5.5
ER308Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.12 ERNi-CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.4.2 EZ33A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.5.1
ER309 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.13 ERNiCr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.3 FB1-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.1
ER309L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.14 ERNiCrCoMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.8 FBI-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.2
--
ER309LMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.17 ERNiCrFe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.4 FB1-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30.5.3

ER309LSi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.18 ERNiCrMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22.5.7 FJ32-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.4
||||
ER309Mo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.16 ERNiCu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.2 FB3-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.5

ER309Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.15 ERNiFeCr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.5
||
FB3-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.6
|| || ||
ER310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.19 ERNiFeMn-CI . . . . . . . . . . . 23.5.4.1 FB3-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.7

ER312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.20 ERNiMo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5.6 FB3-E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.8
|||| || || |||||
ER316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.21 ERTi- 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.1 FB3-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30.5.9

ER316H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.22 ERTi-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.9 FB3-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.10
ER316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.23 ERTi-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.10
| ||||
FB3-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.11
ER316LSi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.24 ERTi-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.1
|
FB3-I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.12
ER316Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6.25
---
ERTi-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.1
FB3-J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30.5.13
ER317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.26 ERTi-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.5.1
FB3-K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30.5.14
ER317L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.27 ERTi-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.5.2
ER318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.28 ERTi-SELI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.3 FB4-A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.5.15
ER320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.29 ERTi-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.4 RBCuZn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.5.5
ER320LR . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 15.6.30 ERTi-6ELI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.5 RCI ..................... 23.4.2
ER321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.31 ERTi-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.6 RCI-A . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.4.2,23.5.1.2
ER330 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 15.6.32 ERTi-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24.5.7 RCI-B . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.4.3,23.5.1.3
ER347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.33 ERTi-9ELI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.5.8 RCoCr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.7
ER347Si . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15.6.34 ERXXS-G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.4.10 RCuAl .................... 27.8
ER3556 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.5 1 ERZr2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.5.1 RFe5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4,28.4
ER383 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 15.6.35 ERZr3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26.5.2 RFeCr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.628.6
ER385 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4.8, 15.6.36 ERZr4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.5.3 RNiCr ..................... 27.9
ER409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.6.37 EWC ..................... 28.7 RWC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.7
114
AWS Filler Metal Sbecifications and Related Documents

AWS
Designation
Title
FMC Metal
Comparison
Filler Charts
A4.2 StandardProceduresforCalibratingMagneticInstrumentstoMeasuretheDeltaFerriteContent of
Austenitic and Duplex Austenitic-Ferritic Stainless Steel Weld Metal
A43 StandardMethodsforDetermination of theDiffusibleHydrogenContent ofMartensitic,Bainitic,and
Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by
Arc Welding
A5.01 Metal
Filler
Procurement
Guidelines
A5.1
Specification
for
Carbon
Steel
Electrodes
for
Shielded
Metal
ArcWelding
A5.2 SpecificationforCarbonandLowAlloySteel Rods forOxyfuelGasWelding
A5.3SpecificationforAluminumandAluminumAlloyElectrodesforShieldedMetalArcWelding
A5.4 Specification
for
Stainless
Steel
Welding
Electrodes
for
Shielded
Metal Arc Welding
A5.5 Specification
for
LowAlloy
Steel
Covered Arc Welding
Electrodes
~ ~~ ~~~~~~~~~
A5.6 Specification
for
Covered
Copper
andCopper
Alloy Arc Welding
Electrodes
A5.7 Specification
for
Copper
and
Copper
Alloy
Bare
Welding Rods and
Electrodes
A5.8 Specification
for
Filler
Metals
for
Brazing
and
Braze
Welding
A5.9 Specification
for
Bare
Stainless
Steel
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods
A5.10
Specification
for
Bare
Aluminum
and
Aluminum
Alloy
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods
A5.11SpecificationforNickelandNickelAlloyWeldingElectrodesforShieldedMetalArcWelding
A5.12 SpecificationforTungstenandTungstenAlloyElectrodesforArcWeldingandCutting
A5.13
Specification
for
Solid
Surfacing
Welding Rods and
Electrodes
A5.14 SpecificationforNickelandNickelAlloyBareWeldingElectrodesand Rods
A5.15 Specification
for
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods for
Cast
Iron
A5.16 Specification
for
Titanium
and
Titanium
Alloy
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods
A5.17SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesandFluxesforSubmerged Arc
Welding
A5.18SpecificationforCarbonSteelElectrodesand Rods forGasShieldedArcWelding
A5.19 Specification
for
Magnesium
Alloy
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods
A5.20
Specification
for
Carbon
Steel
Electrodes
for
Flux
Cored
Arc
Welding
A5.21
Specification
for
Composite
Surfacing
Welding Rods and
Electrodes
A5.22 Specification
for
Flux
Cored
Corrosion-Resisting
Chromium
and
Chromium-Nickel
Steel
Electrodes
A5.23SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesandFluxesforSubmergedArcWelding
A5.24 Specification
for
Zirconium
and
Zirconium
Alloy
Welding
Electrodes
and Rods
A5.25 SpecificationforCarbonandLowAiloySteelElectrodesandFluxesforElectroslagWelding
A5.26 SpecificationforCarbonandLowAlloySteelElectrodesforElectrogasWelding
A528 SpecificationforLowAlloySteelFillerMetalsforGasShieldedArcWelding
A5.29 SpecificationforLowAlloySteelElectrodesforFluxCored Arc Welding
A530 Specification
Consumable
for Inserts
A5.31 Specification
for
Fluxes
for
Brazing
and
Braze
Welding
For ordering information, contact the Order Department, American Welding Society
550 N. W. LeJeune Road, Miami, Florida 33126. Phone: 1-800-334-9353.
-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---

AWS-Filler Metal Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AWS-Filler Metal Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S T D - A W S UGFM-ENGL 3795 m 07842b5 0534430 b L b

I AWS User's Guide

AWS User’s Guide

American Welding Society

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY

-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---

First Printing, 1995

International Standard Book Number: 0-87 171-466-3

O 1995 by American Welding Society

Printed in the United States of America

STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 m 07842b5 0514434 2 b 1 m

A5 Committee on Filler Metals

J. P. Hunt, First Vice Chairman D. A. Fink, Second Vice Chairman

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society M. T. Merlo......................................................... Consultant

D. J. Kotecki ....................... The Lincoln Electric Company R. T. Webster ..................................................... Consultant

A. S. Laurenson................................................. Consultant A. E. Wiehe ....................................................... Consultant

J. S. Lee ............................. W. L. Wilcox ....................................................... Consultant

Chicago Bridge & Iron Co, Inc

R. Menon ................................................ Stoody Company K. G. Wold ............................. Siemens Power Corporation

A5X Executlve Subcommittee

STD-AUS UGFM-ENGL 3795 E 07842b5 0534435

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society E. W. Pickering .................................................. Consultant

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. M. Parker........................................ MAONVestinghouse

A5C Subcommittee on Aluminum Alloy Filler Metals

-- |||| || || || || |||| || || ||||| | |||| | ---

A5D Subcommittee on Stainless Steel FillerMetals

J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society A. H. Miller........................... Defense Industrial Supply Ctr

A5E Subcommittee on Nickel and Nlckel Alloy Filler Metals

A5F Subcommittee on Copper and Copper Alloy Filler Metals

J W Harris Co, Inc

R. M. Henson, First Vice Chair

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society A. R. Mertes............................................ Ampco Metal, Inc

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society S. J. Merrick ................................................. Hobart McKay

A5H Subcommittee on Filler Metals and Fluxes for Brazing

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society J. A. Miller .......................................................... Consultant

A51 Subcommittee on Tungsten Electrodes

D. E. Coolbaugh .................................. Osram Sylvania Inc

A5J Subcommittee on Electrodes and Rods for Cast Iron

J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society E. R. Kuch................................................. Gardner Denver

A5K Subcommittee on Titanium and Zirconium Filler Metals

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society A. P.Seidler ......................................................... Ancotech

C. 1. Monaco.................................... Westinghouse Electric J. J. Vagi .............................................. J J Vagi Consultant

A5L Subcommittee on Magnesium Alloy Filler Metals

J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society P. B. Dickerson.................................................. Consultant

M.T. Merlo, Chair

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society R. A. LaFave.............................................. Elliott Company

A5N Subcommittee on Consumable Inserts

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society R. D. Thomas ........................................ R D Thomas & Co

STD-AWS UGFR-ENCL L995 m 07642b5 0534439 643 D

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. M. Parker........................................ MAONVestinghouse

A5R Subcommittee on Carbon-Graphite Electrodes

J. C. Meyers, Secretary............American Welding Society J. R. Evans ...................................... Walker Manufacturing

A5T Subcommittee on Filler Metal Procurement Guidelines

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society M. T. Merlo ......................................................... Consultant

A5U Subcommittee on Surfacing Materials for Thermal Spraying

F. Carus...................................................................... Zinco F. S.Rogers......................................................... Thermion

G. L. Fillion ........................................ Wall Colmonoy Corp

E. S.Hamel ........................ St GobainMORTON Industrial L. T. Vernam ............................................. AlcoTec Wire Co

A5V Subcommittee on International Speclflcations

A5W Subcommittee on Moisture and Hydrogen

J. C. Meyers, Secretary ............American Welding Society D. Lawrenz.............................................. LeCo Corporation

COPYRIGHT 2002; American Welding Society, Inc.

STD-AWS UGFM-ENGL 1995 D 07842b5O534441 4Tl m